Subscribe to the Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal Subscribe Now!

INDIA ON THE CUSP OF CHANGE!

On 8th
November 2016, the Prime Minister may have possibly altered the course India
was taking. He announced demonetisation of Rs. 1000 and Rs. 500 notes which
constituted 86% of the currency in circulation. For its sheer magnitude, his
courageous decision deserves kudos. I would like to compare this decision to
that of his predecessor (as the then Finance Minister) in 1991, which broke the
shackles of the Indian economy. His announcement will have possibly the same
impact if not greater.

The decision
of demonetisation has been taken for three reasons-to tackle the menace of
counterfeit notes, consequentially to turn off the terror funding tap, and last
but not the least to bring holders of unaccounted money to book. To what extent
the decision will succeed in achieving the objectives only time can tell. The
announcement took virtually everyone by surprise and has been applauded by the
majority. The world is looking at India with expectation. Economists differ on
the possible outcomes, as they do in most cases. Political parties, while
supporting the intent have raised questions about tardy implementation, a major
part of them being justified.

The ordinary
citizen has borne the brunt of the difficulties of the currency crunch, and the
problem is far more serious in the villages than in the cities where plastic
money and various forms of electronic transactions have already taken root.
Indians however are patiently bearing the” inconvenience”, to put it mildly, in
the hope that the decision will be of great benefit to the country, reduce
corruption and result in punishing the persons engaged in illegal activities
and evasion of taxes. One hopes that, as far as the drive against the
unaccounted wealth is concerned, this is only the beginning of a series of
actions which the Prime Minister has promised to take.

Much has
already been said about the economic downturn on account of cash crunch. If
long term benefits are to be realised, a limited fall in economic growth should
be acceptable. In any case, this decision will garner much more for the
government coffers, than the two amnesty schemes for foreign/domestic
unaccounted wealth and income could get. If Rs.15 lakh crore is the money in
high denomination notes and 30% of it is not returned / deposited or exchanged,
that itself would amount to Rs. 4.5 lakh crore.

While the
intent of the Prime Minister in this initiative cannot be doubted, there are
certain concerns which need to be addressed. The first is in regard to the
notices that various persons have been receiving on their depositing cash in
their bank accounts and the surveys that are being carried out. While the
Income tax Department certainly has the power to enquire into the source of
money, such actions should not lead to inspector raj which could, in turn, lead
to abuse of power. Even prior to demonetisation, there were complaints of tax
terrorism. There must be a balance between seeking information and
inconvenience to the public.The use of authority must be judicious.

The second
aspect which the government must brace itself for is a possible rise in crime.
If reports are to be believed, a large part of the underworld, particularly the
foot soldiers are unemployed, as hawala, gambling, extortion have halted or
reduced due to non-availability of cash. For a few days, they would survive on
what they have earned in the past, but if society does not create alternative
sources of employment, retrain them or assimilate them into the mainstream
economy,there would be many unemployed youth on the streets who could cause
problems for other sections of society.

While these
problems are certainly a cause for concern, the move to demonetise currency
notes has several benefits, some intended, others unintended. There seems to be
a fall in terrorist activities, both internal and external, with their sources
of funds having totally been choked. This lull in activity is probably an
opportunity to launch a social/ political offensive, so that the menace can be
contained, if not eradicated.

Demonetisation
has also given a fillip to the drive for financial and digital inclusion.
Banks, both in public sector and private sector, are making a serious attempt
to reach the rural areas. This is a drive which the government must
wholeheartedly support with the funds now at its command. Secondly, a much
larger number of people – consumers, manufacturers, traders and service
providers have started making and accepting payment in the cashless mode. This
will ensure that transactions are recorded and costs in making them are cut.

As I write
this editorial, the Finance Minister presented a bill in the Lok Sabha
proposing additional tax liability in respect of the undisclosed income,
voluntarily declared, assessed or income unearthed after a search. In addition,
the said bill contains a scheme whereby the declarant can pay only 50%, 25%
would have to be deposited in a scheme known as Pradhan Mantri Garib Kalyan
Yojana 2016 (PMGKY), and the declarant would be entitled to retain the balance
25%. After the demonetisation announcement, a detailed article had been worked
on by two of our illustrious past presidents Pradip Kapasi and Gautam Nayak.
However, as they were in the process of finalising it, the Taxation Laws
(Second Amendment) Bill, 2016 was moved. It has now been passed in the Lok
Sabha and awaits presidential assent. Reading the clauses in the bill, the
article would have required complete rewriting. After considering the
limitation of time given the deadline for printing of this issue, it was
impossible to make the changes and provide a detailed analysis of the
amendments, which would be expected by readers. The two authors would however
endeavour to carry out the necessary changes in their article and a sincere
attempt will be made to place that article on the BCAS website. This is of
course presuming that more changes are not made! As an information to readers,
I have attempted to summarise the provisions of the bill in regard to the
enhanced tax liability, surcharge and penalty under the Income-tax Act in
respect of such undisclosed money, etc., which makes the PMGKY seem a
worthwhile alternative. Readers may kindly note that this is only a prima facie
view as I do not possess the ability of the eminent past presidents.

Category of Income

Rate of Tax

Surcharge

Penalty

Total liability

If unexplained income is declared in return of income

60%

15%

nil

75%

If unexplained income is determined by
assessing officer

60%

15%

7.5%

82.5%

Education cess would also be payable at 3% of the above
tax and surcharge.

A separate
penalty is also provided if income is found after a search which is carried out
after the bill receives presidential assent, and undisclosed income is
unearthed as a consequence thereof.

The
cumulative effect of the demonetisation, and the amendments in tax provisions
will have to be seen as time progresses.

To conclude, the last quarter of 2016 has seen
the Indian Premier taking a pathbreaking decision. If all goes well, the year
2017 should see the rise of a brighter sun on the Indian horizon.

30 days to GST: Many States, Many Rates, Many Credits, Many Dates

The GST journey, a concoction of ordeal, delay,
collaboration, negotiation, federalism, and convergence has come to its
conclusion. The leg of journey that laid the foundations of GST has culminated;
and a new journey will begin on 1st July, 2017. The SURPRISE of what
it will be is over. The IDEALISM of what it should be is also concluded. With
the law in place, we are about to see the how REALISM plays out and how the
nation copes with it.

Indian laws generally present a process larger than their
purpose. Bridging that difference has been a blind spot for Indian lawmakers.
While GST is projected as One nation, One tax; is that really so? While every
taxing apparatus of every state wants its powers to tax intact, we have ended
up with a GST that in substance is – Many states, Many rates. The spread of
compliances covering dates, rates, credits, invoicing, reverse charge and
filings; one feels that along with the states, the tax payer should also be
given compensation for going through this turbulence.

Some bigger and worrisome questions seem to hover
around the following:

a.  Will GST succeed in including the unorganised
sector in the tax base effectively and swiftly?

b.  Will GST be able to deal with the chasm
between the capabilities of medium sized businesses to deal with over sized
compliances vs. the exposure to the risk of non compliance?

c.  Will the entire chain get seamless credit of
taxes as they are meant to be? Will it not result in ‘unjust impoverishment’
considering the stringent sections such as 16(2) of IGST?

d.  Will GST make supply chain more fragile,
especially for those at the end of that chain?

e.  Will place of supply and time of supply
regulations not violate the principles of equity, certainty, convenience and
economy of collection?

f.   Will 3 phase monthly schedule of compliances
shift energies of business towards compliance?

g.  Lastly, what are the repercussions of
destination based consumption tax? Will the shift of focus from origin to
consumption dissuade production and related economic activities in states?

While GST does remain a bold attempt to unify the
multitudinous taxes that dissipate focus and energies of the nation, we have a
lot more ground to cover even after the GST rollout. While an economic and tax
union is achieved through GST, will we be able to integrate the poorest of
states into the economic benefits the richest states presently enjoy. It is
reported that three richest states are three times richer than the three
poorest states. Four richest states account for interstate trade of the
remaining twenty five states. While uniformity reduces level of differences at
an operational level, it does not necessarily bring result in real economic unity.
While we are jubilant about singularity of one indirect tax, we have some
larger concerns to face. We would not achieve much if we do not close in on the
economic unity, through massive reduction of disparities of income and wealth.
The words of C. Rajagopalachari sum it up – “you cannot achieve unity of this
country by imposing uniformity”.

One World, One Tax (Avoidance) Regime?

While most of us in India are engrossed and entangled in the
roll out of One Nation, One Tax regime, a major shift is getting concluded
globally. Nearly 100 jurisdictions will sign off on conclusions on Multilateral
Instruments (MLI). MLIs will be signed in Paris this month and will result in
‘transposing’ of BEPS projects results into more than 2000 Tax Treaties
worldwide. Upon signing the MLI, each country will apply the provisions of MLI
chosen by it into all the treaties or CTA (Covered Tax Agreements) listed by
them upon signing. MLI will result in amendment to the CTA if listed by both
countries. Of course each country will then ratify and notify those changes.
Some countries, who may not adopt MLI in toto, may only go for ‘minimum
standards’.

In the sphere of international tax, this scale of change is
unheard of, and is a huge milestone towards thwarting Base Erosion and Profit
Shifting in a concerted manner at this level. India is likely to express its
consent to be bound by the convention at the Paris meeting to be held in June
2017. The signing of international treaties being a delegated legislation, the
power to sign and implement MLI falls within the ambit of the Government and
therefore parliament approval is not required as such. The cabinet has already
given its approval last month.

Some of the likely impact will be:

a.  Principal Purpose Test may well become the default
anti-abuse measure;

b.  Avoidance of PE will be tackled by broadening
the definition and introduction of Specific Anti-Avoidance measures;

c.  Hybrid Mismatches caused by Transparent or
Dual-resident entities will be tackled with introduction of specific rules;

d.  Emphasis will be on the ‘place where the
activity is conducted’ and not just ‘rights to earn’;

e.  Consistency, Certainty and Predictability will
be known only as and when MLI is implemented by
all countries;

f.   A monitoring forum is set up for minimum
standards implementation;

g.  Signature, ratification and implementation by
countries will be the next step and the success of the entire process will
depend on how speedily the signatories will adopt the recommended measures.

At the ministerial level conference starting from 5th June,
we can expect a silent beginning to Global Tax Turmoil. MLI will close the
highways of Treaty Shopping and shelters like Azadi Bachao Andolan1 will
no longer be freely available. On reading the text, one will realise that it
will be very difficult to differentiate between evasion, avoidance and planning
as they all could be equated on the same lines. Credible deterrence is the
theme that runs through the script of MLI and BEPS actions. One of the
paragraphs from MLI preamble reads as under:

____________________________________________________________________________________

1   Union of India vs. Azadi Bachao Andolan and
Ors – 263 ITR 706 (SC)

Noting the need to ensure that existing agreements for the
avoidance of double taxation on income are interpreted to eliminate double
taxation with respect to the taxes covered by those agreements without creating
opportunities for non-taxation or reduced taxation through tax evasion or
avoidance (including through treaty-shopping arrangements aimed at obtaining
reliefs provided in those agreements for the indirect benefit of residents of
third jurisdictions);

We can hope that the disappearing of profits or shifting of
profits to low / no tax environments where there are little/no economic
activities will not be a legitimate/legal option anymore. In a lighter vein,
various forms of ‘sandwiches’ will now officially get the status of ‘junk’
food. Some estimates foresee saving of revenue loss of $100-240 billion or 4-10%
of global tax revenues. While BEPS seemed impossible, like GST, MLI signing
could well be a milestone towards achieving that impossible goal. A Bahubali
effect of sorts!

July 2017 Annual issue on GST

The Annual issue of the BCA
Journal (July 2017) is dedicated to GST. What a coincidence it will be that the
inauguration of GST and date of Journal publication both fall on the same day
which is also the CA day. The next issue will be a rich collection of about 20
articles on GST themes. Those who wish to circulate it to clients and friends;
you may please book additional copies in advance as per the information given
in this journal.

Stable Vs. Dynamic Tax Laws – Strike The Right Balance!

8th November 2016 could be a day to remember in India’s
history. On that day, the Prime Minister announced demonetisation of 86% of the
national currency, the stated objectives being the drive against terrorism,
corruption, fake currency and tax evasion. How many of these objectives will be
achieved time alone will tell. I had in my earlier editorial pointed out that
demonetisation was a bold decision and for the sheer enormity thereof the Prime
Minister deserved to be lauded. At that time, many had felt that as far as the
drive against tax evasion was concerned demonetisation was only one small step,
and had to be followed up by other actions.

Tax evasion is a malady from which most developing nations
suffer and India is no exception. An insignificant number of citizens
(approximately 2 %) pay taxes, the reason for the same being evasion and not
avoidance. These actions have been taken by the government. We have now,
Chapter X-A, in regard to general anti-avoidance rules (GAAR), the amendment to
section 6 in regard to the tax residence of foreign companies by the invoking
of the Place of Effective Management (POEM) Rules, a strong legislation like
the recently amended being Prohibition of Benami Property Transactions Act, and
the recent amendments to sections 115BBE and 271AAB and the insertion of
section 271AAC in the Income-tax Act 1961. These will be effective from assessment
year 2017-18, except the GAAR the provisions of which will take effect for
assessment year 2018-19.

While the object of the government in using the Prohibition
of Benami Property Transactions Act as well as the provisions of the Income-tax
Act to which I have made a reference, cannot be faulted one really wonders as
to whether the government has the wherewithal to administer all these changes
fairly and effectively. This is because, the ability as well as the mindset of
those on the ground have not undergone much change in the last few decades.
Once these provisions start being implemented, the result would be a
substantial increase in litigation. All economists are unanimous in their view
that for a developing economy to continue on its progress path, stability and
fair implementation of tax laws play a very important role. In the past, there
have been a number of instances where interpretation placed on tax laws by the
Apex Court has been overturned by legislative amendments, in many cases
retrospectively. The Vodafone case is an example of the same. While no one can
challenge the right of the State to make all the amendments to laws that it
desires, it owes to both its own citizens as well as those who invest in the
country, a reasonably stable tax regime on the basis of which their affairs can
be planned.

Coming to using these changes in law to punish those who have
already evaded law and prevent evasion in future, it is necessary to have an
administration, which is competent, fair and humane. Lack of it is the cause
for concern. For example, let us consider the Prohibition of Benami Property
Transactions Act, which has become effective from November, 2016. Undoubtedly,
in principle it is appropriate that the administration of this law has been
entrusted to the Income Tax Department, since tax evasion is one of the prime
purposes of keeping a property Benami. However, the consequence of a property
being treated as the benami in terms of the Act is confiscation. As the law
stands today, the `Initiating Officer’, the Approving Authority for this purpose is below
the rank of Commissioner. Once an approval to the initiation process is given,
the property can be attached. While this is certainly a step anterior to actual
confiscation, it can have very serious consequences as far as the person
against whom the action is initiated is concerned. Those of us, who practice on
the ground, are conscious of how such approvals are granted in a casual and
routine manner. Thereafter once a panel (Adjudicating Authority) constituted
under the statute accepts that the property is benami, it is liable for
confiscation, such confiscation being subject to an appeal before the Tribunal.
While one wholeheartedly agrees that the law had to have the requisite teeth,
what needs to be guarded against is that they should bite the person for whom
they are meant and not maul an innocent person.

Let us then consider the amendment to 115BBE. This was
possibly a reaction to opinions reported in various media that if, demonetised
currency was deposited in the bank account and declared as income in the return
of income for the assessment year 2017-18, one would get away with paying 30%
tax. Therefore the provision was amended to take effect from assessment year
2017-18, providing a much higher rate of tax. The amendment however ought to
have been made effective only for either a specific period or the intent could
have been more specifically provided for. Now with the provision as it stands
it, is likely to be used in situations and against persons for whom it was not
intended.

This government in the past has been accused of tax
terrorism. One would still believe that the intentions of the government are
laudable but those in power must apprise themselves of the realities and
difficulties on the ground. What one certainly wants is not inertia in tax laws
but stability and fair implementation. Laws must necessarily change to ensure
that the war against corruption and tax evasion is won. They must therefore be
stable yet dynamic; the challenge is to strike the right balance. The
government must appreciate that all things cannot be changed overnight and the
situation on the ground will require patient acceptance for some time. I would
therefore like to end with the popular four lines

O
Lord, give me the courage –

To
change the things that I can change

The
willingness to accept those that I cannot –

And
the wisdom to understand the difference
between the two.

I only
hope that the Lord grant the powers that
be this wisdom.

Satyamev Jayate @15.August.2017

15th August is an
extraordinary day for India as a culture and as a civilization. We became a
nation with a constitution. 15th August is also the day we
collectively took a pledge to unite, to rediscover ourselves and take a
‘pledge to the service of India’1
. We will complete seventy
years this month. Shall we take a minute and look at how far we have come in
meeting that commitment to ourselves?

Freedom

Life derives meaning from freedom. Freedom is coveted by every human. All that we do, all that we seek is
for freedom, to feel and enhance the sense of freedom. We seek joy to feel free
from pain, we work to get free from emptiness and find meaning, we acquire
wealth to free ourselves from a sense of lack and insecurity; we serve and give
to free ourselves from petty self centeredness. At the core of all human
values is Freedom, whatever be its shade
.

Political
freedom finally brought our people that opportunity to actualise these freedoms
at their individual level. Today we are blessed to live in a country that is
not under a feudal ruler, that is not run by war lords or bigots, that is not
steered by outsiders with vested interests. As we complete 70 years, there is
nothing more important than recognising the value of freedom by recommitting to
its preservation and proliferation in every dimension of our lives.

Substratum of Freedom

Our freedom struggle was steered
by Truth in the form of non violence, and like our timeless culture was made
the substratum of modern Indian State. “Satyameva Jayate” is our national motto
and adorns our national emblem.

Truth alone triumphs;
not falsehood;

Through truth the divine path is spread out;

the wise, whose desires have been completely fulfilled,

reach where that supreme treasure of Truth resides.

Manifestation of Satya

Rule of Law and Freedom are
intertwined bedrocks of our constitution. Legislations are meant to enhance
individual and collective freedoms and guarantee rule of law for all people. In
the context of our culture, Satya shapes laws:

While
Satya sounds abstract, it is the substratum of all virtues and lasting
peace, be it collective or individual. It takes shape as Dharma, which
stands for principles of goodness, virtue, and ethics and allows people to
connect and live in harmony. Niti (Policy) should stem from Dharma and
it stands for a stance or approach on how people will live together to achieve
their respective individual and collective goals. However, Niti is
influenced by Niyat (political will) of those governing and finally
results in formulation and administration of Niyam (laws).

The High and Low of Law making

Supremacy
of Rule of Law is what we got along with independence. Plato wrote: “If law
is the master of the government and the government is its slave, then the
situation is full of promise”.
However, over the seventy years, the
divergence from the essential spirit of law making has drifted in so many
cases, that it ‘seems’ like a new normal. The 13th President had
this gentle yet alarming comment in his farewell speech to the parliament: “It
is unfortunate that the parliamentary time devoted to legislation has been
declining. With the heightened complexity of administration, legislation must
be preceded by scrutiny and adequate discussion. Scrutiny in committees is no
substitute to open discussion on the floor of the House. When the Parliament
fails to discharge its law-making role or enacts laws without discussion, I
feel it breaches the trust reposed in it by the people of this great country.”3

Laws are meant to serve people
by being fair, clear, stable, and enabling
. People must get confidence that
legislation is for them and not only to be used against them by an
administrator. Functionally, laws should be necessary, clear, coherent,
effective, and accessible.

However, over the seventy years
we know that laws are often twisted, coloured by outrageous complexity that
they are out of reach of the common man, rolled back and amended way too often,
arbitrarily applied in disregard to people’s rights, crafted for ease of use by
the administrator, and often have conflict of interest/vested interest in their
very design. While there are severe legal barriers when there is conflict of
interest for business transactions, I wonder about a much stronger application
against ‘conflict of interest’ in law making. If the law makers turn a blind
eye, look the other way or wink selectively, then rule of law gets diminished.
Trust in administering of laws whether it will be fair, fast enough, and
effective remains doubtful.

Do Niyam
affect Niyat
of citizens?

India
was recently labelled as a ‘largely tax non compliant society.’ Even if one
were to accept that, we cannot change that situation till we find out why did
it become so? During the freedom struggle, millions made extraordinary
sacrifices. Each of us knows someone who made sacrifices in achieving azadi.
Has the texture of that society drifted so far from that pledge to ‘serve the
nation’ to serving themselves in disregard to the nation? If so, then why?

Could it be that many of those
entrusted with lawmaking and administering, who took that same oath to serve
the nation and guarantee liberty, equality and justice did not pay sufficient
heed to that promise? Could it be that the framework of law is not
comprehensive to address the current reality? Can there be an effect without a
cause? Where does this circle start and where will it end?

Niti and Niyam
affect the Niyat (intention) of the people
. In other words, Niyat of
people is only a reflection
  (as the rulers, so are the people).
The formulation and administration of Niyam does shape the Niyat
of people. At the same time, laws get formed to deal with breaches. And the
circle goes on.

Till
the spirit of rule of law is active and not selective, enabling and not
disproportionately bothersome, till laws exists for people and not to dissipate
their spirit in coping with them, and till laws make people feel optimistic and
not hopeless; the rule of law is yet to ripen4. Till we reach a
point when rule of law is working in spirit and in its splendour for the vast
majority, the Triumph of Truth remains in abeyance.

Many professionals feel helpless
to deal with something that is beyond control. However, we are trained to think,
ask questions and are capable to understand laws. As professionals we can look
through the fine line between form and substance. Can we undertake to refine
our law making and administration within our circle of influence? Can we be
proponents of adherence to laws in ‘spirit’? As we build our nation, we can
once again question and clear our own Niyat, and steer the Niyat
of taxpayer and the administrator towards the essential spirit of law5.
In our professional endeavours, can we ask ourselves – Will this action/advice
be coherent with the essential spirit of the law? Will my action/advice be
right for India that I wish to see? Because, India does not belong only to the
few who speak from high pedestals, but to YOU! Freedom is not only a
personal right, but also our individual obligation
!

BCA Journal

A galaxy of contributors, editors, members and wise men and
women have shaped the BCA Journal in the last fifty years. I grew up reading
the fine features and well researched, thought provoking and useful articles of
this Journal. BCAJ has and will continue to present its content in an
objective, bold, and circumspect manner. I feel humbled to write to you as its
editor from this month onwards. I will strive to keep the balance between
continuity and change, and present the content that reflects those virtues in
light of our current reality. I request your observations and counsel freely
and frequently.

Raman
Jokhakar

Editor

GST Finally Arrives!

I am experiencing mixed feelings
as I write this last editorial of my tenure as the editor of one of the most
prestigious journals of our profession. It has been an enthralling journey,
with a number of challenges. Like everything that you do at the BCAS, this
stint as editor has enriched me greatly. The Journal will soon enter its 50th
year and to share with you that golden moment, you will have my young successor
Raman Jokhakar at the helm. Raman is brimming with new ideas and energy. We at
the Society are sure that this heavy responsibility will rest lightly on his
young shoulders.

On each annual day, the Society
brings out a special issue of the Journal with a theme. I am singularly
fortunate that I will sign off, with the GST special, an issue that contains
more than 20 articles from eminent authors covering virtually all the facets of
this new law. Since the issue is fully devoted to GST it does not contain any
of the regular features. Goods and Service Tax (GST), is possibly one of the
most significant milestones in national history since the independence. It has
been discussed for more than a decade and its impact on all sections of society
can be gauged from the fact that the Parliament will hold a special session on
30th June, to mark this historic moment and will ring in this new
law at the stroke of midnight from 1st July 2017.

While we as citizens take pride
in India’s character as a land with diverse people, cultures, languages and
religions, this diversity, at times, is a bottleneck and hurdle for growth of
business. Our country has a federal structure wherein the states have the power
to legislate on the taxation front. Consequently, we had excise levied by the
Centre, octroi, sales tax and other local taxes levied by different states.
With the growth of the service sector, we had the Centre levying service tax
from 1994. All these, different levies, maze of compliances, enabled the
unscrupulous to evade the law.This, finally resulted in increased costs to the
hapless customer. GST was a necessity to support the Prime Minister’s promise
of creating an environment where there would be “ease of doing business”. On 1st
July, it will become a reality. It is significant that this new law commences
on CA Day, possibly indicating the opportunities that it will create for many
of us.

Undoubtedly, the law that has
been passed after the required constitutional amendment is not ideal. One had
expected GST to be one levy to subsume all others but in its current form we
have CGST, SGST and in the case of interstate transactions IGST. Different
registrations in different states will create substantial compliance burden on
business entities. Normally, GST was expected to be levied in a manner that
only the incremental value addition would attract the tax. Unfortunately, due
to stringent rules for grant of input credit that may not happen. Further
reverse charge mechanism (RCM) would create a burden on the registered
taxpayers. It is also felt that RCM may severely affect the small and micro
enterprises who do not register themselves because they do not cross the
threshold of the turnover limit.

Though there are large number of
problems /issues, GST is indeed a historic step. One is hopeful that as we go
along, many of the creases will get ironed out. The government is alive to
various procedural glitches and is responsive to representations from
professionals, businesses and other stakeholders. Another significant
characteristic of GST is the digital platform through which it will be
administered. If this turns out to be robust it will  reduce the leakages and in the long run
consumers will certainly benefit. The next couple of years promise to be
exciting and challenging for professionals.

This special issue seeks to
unravel some of the mysteries of this new law. I am sure that readers will
benefit from finding answers to their questions at one place. I am thankful to
the chairman of the Indirect Tax Committee Govind Goyal and his entire team for
conceptualising this  issue. I am
grateful to all the authors who have devoted their time and energy in
contributing excellent articles.

I must also thank, all my
colleagues, my seniors in the Journal Committee for supporting me in my tenure.
Thanks are due to all authors and contributors to this esteemed journal.
Finally, I must record appreciation for all readers for their love and
affection.

As I write this piece, there is
the relief for having been relieved from a great responsibility, and a tinge of
sadness that I will miss writing to you each month. My successor has assured me
that he will occasionally grant me the opportunity to write to you.

Therefore, I bid adieu, till we
meet again!

Should Agricultural Income Be Taxed?

The taxability of agricultural income has been a topic of
discussion in the recent past. Niti Aayog the government’s think tank,
recommended taxing income beyond a particular threshold and the Chief Economic
advisor felt that given the constitutional limitations, the states should tax
agricultural income. As expected the opposition criticised the move threatening
an agitation. Finally, the finance minister stepped in to clarify that the
government had no intention of taxing agricultural income.

The mention of the term “agricultural income” always results
in a wry smile on the face of every tax professional and tax official. This is
because on most occasions the term is used as an attempt to explain undisclosed
income.

The Seventh Schedule of the Constitution clearly delineates
the subjects/areas on which the Centre and the States can legislate. Entries 82,
86 and 87 of the Union list grant the Centre the power to tax income, capital
value of assets and levy estate duty on property other than agricultural land.
Entries 46, 47 and 48 of the state list grant the power of such taxation to the
states. There is no entry in regard to agricultural income / land in the
Concurrent List. Article 366 of the Constitution defines agricultural income to
mean agricultural income as defined for the purposes of enactments relating to
Income tax. It must be mentioned that as far as the Income Tax Act, 1961 is
concerned, it grants a specific exemption to agricultural income in terms of
section 10(1), and agricultural income is computed only to determine the rate
of taxation of other income.

What then is the current scenario in regard to reporting of
agricultural income? Reports state that for assessment year 2014-15, four lakh
tax payers claimed exemption in respect of agricultural income of Rs.9,338
crore. This includes some corporates in the private and public sector. Considering
that agricultural income constitutes 15% of India’s GDP, this is indeed an
insignificant figure. This means that a large part of agricultural income
remains unreported to the tax authorities.

Agricultural income and agricultural land have always had a
special status, right from the times of colonial rule. This is probably because
such land was the subject matter of certain levies. Subsequently, large
holdings of agricultural land were prohibited and were subject to a ceiling.
After the independence, the right to tax agricultural income was granted to the
States.

The States, possibly on account of the political influence
that farmers wield, have refrained from taxing such income or over the years
withdrawn the levy. Maharashtra introduced an Act to tax agricultural income in
1962 but repealed it in 1989, as did the largest Indian State Uttar Pradesh
which enacted such a law in 1948 but repealed it in 1957. Assam has such
legislation but it taxes only tea cultivation. Kerala is possibly the only state
that levies such a tax aggressively.

It is possibly the time to revisit this issue. Readers may
feel that while reports of farmers committing suicide, and the waiver of loans
are doing the rounds, it is not appropriate to debate this aspect. It must be
pointed out that it is nobody’s case that a farmer who has no income is to be
taxed. But it is equally true that there are land barons who have circumvented
land ceiling laws, have huge income which is going untaxed. If an argument that
agriculture is subject to vagaries of nature is raised, it must be pointed out
that tax legislation provides for carry forward of losses and in any case these
are aspects which can be taken care of.

If at all the taxation of agricultural income becomes a
reality, who should have the power to tax it – the Centre or the States? To my
mind, agriculture like any other activity is an income earning activity, and
the powers of taxation should rest with the Centre and not the States. Another
reason for this is that keeping such powers with the States is likely to create
inequality. Even today, Kerala taxes plantation income at 50% while there is no
such taxation in the neighbouring state Tamil Nadu, putting the Kerala farmers
to a disadvantage.

Taxing farmers having income over a high threshold may
possibly be a way to start. According to the agricultural census of 2011,
farmers holding more than 25 acres were few in number. They were 35% in Punjab,
22% in Rajasthan, 12% in Gujarat and 10% in Madhya Pradesh. I am deeply
conscious that there are many hurdles including a constitutional amendment that
will have to be overcome and many creases that will have to be ironed out, but
it is time that the government takes a relook at this issue. When the GST dust
settles down it may be a good time to start!

Right to Live Yes – Right to Die?

The month of March 2017, is possibly a landmark month in Indian history. The election results of five states were declared and the ruling party recorded a stunning success. Barring the lone state of Punjab it has come to power in four states. While these results have given the party a boost, the responsibility to deliver on its promises has also increased. The Goods and Services Tax (GST), promising to be a game changer has cleared virtually all hurdles and will come into force from 1st July 2017, some months before the September 2017 deadline. Finally, possibly for the first time since independence the Finance Bill for the ensuing financial year has been passed in the preceding financial year itself.

Amidst all the excitement, two events have not received as much public attention from the public as they deserve. These are passing of the Mental Health Care Act, 2016 which in terms of a specific provision decriminalises an attempt to commit suicide. The second is the Supreme Court declining to permit a mother to terminate the pregnancy although the foetus had a severe abnormality. The woman had completed 27 weeks of pregnancy. The current Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act does not permit termination of pregnancy beyond 20 weeks. Seemingly unconnected events, but both relate to right to live which should include a right to die!

For long, activists have been pleading that, when a person attempts to take his own life, it is an extreme step. Such a person could either be mentally ill or under such severe stress that he/she does not feel it worthwhile to live. After having suffered the trauma of having taken such a step, to prosecute the person under the Indian Penal Code (IPC) was really inhuman to both the person concerned as well as his/her close relatives. Section 115 of the Mental Health Care Act presumes a state of severe mental stress in case of a person who makes an attempt to commit suicide, and prohibits any action under section 309 of the IPC. It is true that there would be unscrupulous elements who may try to take unwarranted advantage of such a provision. However, not to legislate due to the possible misuse by a few was incorrect and the government has taken a positive step. One hopes that apart from this welcome provision, the other sections of the Act are also put to good use so that mentally ill persons get medical attention that they deserve and are treated with dignity by the society.

As far as the second event is concerned, there needs to be a debate in public fora. Given the medical infrastructure that our country has, it is extremely difficult to detect a severe abnormality of a foetus, in the early stages of pregnancy. That being the case, if such an abnormality is detected late, there should be some remedy available to the unfortunate parents. I am deeply conscious of a large number of ethical, moral issues involved and there is really no definite answer to a number of questions that may arise. One can only imagine the predicament of the doctor if such a child with a severe abnormality is born alive. There should be a healthy public debate in regard to these situations and the condition of such a child, and the emotional trauma of the parents must receive due consideration.

Finally, there is the issue of euthanasia. Every day we witness, a number of persons who are terminally ill and the chances of their medical condition improving are virtually nil. In such a situation whether they should have the right to decline medical treatment is a very contentious issue. In this case as well there will be a number of ethical and moral issues involved. I am reminded of the case of the nurse – Aruna – who was sexually assaulted and thereafter lay comatose for nearly four decades. While one salutes the dedication of those nurses and doctors who took care of her for this entire period, one wonders what decision the patient would have taken if she had been in the mental state to take one. Today, the concept of a living will is gaining ground where a person while in possession of his mental faculties puts down in writing his decision should a medical condition of his being terminally ill arise.

There is no point in putting the onus on the judiciary in the situations contemplated above. Courts have to deal with the law as legislated. It is true that in situations like the medical condition of an unborn child, or a terminally ill patient one must tread with extreme care. When one is dealing with life, and yes death of a person the decision is irreversible. Therefore, there must be a continuous public debate on these aspects and one must move forward for reaching a consensus on an acceptable legislation. That much we owe to those who suffer in silence!

The End of an Era – A tribute to Narayan Varma

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 24th of December, an icon of our profession Narayan Varma, Narayanbhai to all of us, breathed his last. I am writing this editorial, a tribute to him saddened by the feeling that he will not be there to correct my mistakes. For the last 30 months, my editorial has passed under his watchful eyes. This time, this piece will reach you without having had the benefit of his critical examination.

Born in 1931, Narayan Varma was a one-man institution. This small piece is inadequate to describe this doyen of the profession, yet to pay my respects, I must make this attempt. He was truly a giant, in every sense of the term, and a gentle one at that.

The words BCAS and Narayan Varma are inseparable. To Narayanbhai, the Society was like his very own child. He was involved in every activity, be it core subjects like taxation, accounting, auditing or offbeat areas like human resources. He was the President of the BCAS in the year 1978 -79. While the Society was very dear to him, he also actively participated in other institutions. He was the President of the Chamber of Tax Consultants (CTC) for the years 1988-1990. While his contribution to the profession was a sterling one, his role as a social activist was equally significant. He made the Right to Information Act, his mission and made it into a movement.

My first interaction with Narayanbhai, was nearly 3 decades ago at a Residential Refresher Course (RRC). I was a young enthusiastic Chartered accountant, participating in group discussions vociferously, in a manner bordering on irreverence. He heard me patiently, and encouraged me to express my views even though they differed from that of the group. During my journey at the Society from a member of various committees to its President, I had the opportunity of sharing many a moment with him. He always came across as a thorough professional, a visionary, but above all, a lovely human being. He was popular with young members and often acted as a bridge between them and seniors. Being young at heart he empathised with the thoughts of youngsters. As a mentor he nurtured a large talent pool, and with his departure we have lost a father figure.

The Journal, the flagship of the Society was very dear to him. He chaired the Journal committee in 1984. He was a member of the Editorial Board from the time it was constituted in 1991. He was the publisher of the Journal for more than two decades. He floated many new ideas. Many features that are popular today in the Journal, were his ideas. Namaskaar, the feature with which the Journal begins today was encouraged by him, the features RTI (Right to Information), Cancerous Corruption were contributed by him. He did not fear failure, and always attempted to tread new paths. He has so many achievements to his credit that if one were to list all of them one would have to possibly devote one entire issue of the Journal for that purpose.

If one were to select three of his qualities which one would do well to inculcate in ones persona, I would choose, pride in the profession he belonged to, his love for innovation and his adherence to democratic principles.

He always made it known to all concerned that this was a profession that did not get the recognition that it deserved. In fact, after he departed I had an occasion to speak to the past president of the ICAI – Mr. T.N. Manoharan. He mentioned that it was Narayanbhai’s idea that all Chartered Accountants should describe themselves with the designation `CA’. He pursued this idea tirelessly with the ICAI, and today it is an accepted designation.

Innovation was his mantra. He always yearned to start something new. Many ventures, such as the Budget Booklet, were popularised by him. He was a visionary and realised that, in the new world chartered accountants would have to think differently, and would have to acquire skills and the mindset which management students had. He was instrumental in structuring a new course for Chartered Accountants in the field of business consultancy jointly with the Jamnalal Bajaj Institute of Management Studies. Many young Chartered Accountants benefitted from this course and their careers reached new heights. These innovations were not limited to the professional sphere. Even in the social field, he preached innovation. He published the RTI Booklet, which helped many citizens. He has been an avowed RTI activist, was a guiding force to the Public Concern for Governance Trust (PCGT), and an inspiration for Dharma Bharati Mission. When he participated in the activities of all these organisations, he came across as a very sensitive person.

The third quality which endeared him to me was that he was a true democrat and respected views of others. I recall a large number of meetings of the Society, the Editorial Board, the Journal Committee when he put across for consideration his innovative ideas. At times those were rejected because his thinking was well ahead of the times. Yet, after his ideas were rejected he willingly went along with the decision of the majority. Despite being a Titan, he took extreme care to ensure that his overpowering personality did not dwarf others.

If we are truly to pay our respects to this great soul, we should try to inculcate in ourselves his sterling qualities. We should follow his ideals, we should not only become good professionals, we should try to become responsible citizens and above all good human beings. If we take steps in that direction, we will have paid homage to him.

Need to show urgency and build consensus

fiogf49gjkf0d
The GST Bill, India’s biggest indirect tax reform since independence is awaiting a nod, from the Rajya Sabha. The Bill which seeks to replace a slew of Central and State levies, will really transform a country of 1.3 billion people into an Indian union at least as far as trade and commerce is concerned.

This government came to power on the promise of substantial economic reforms. It has completed two years in office and while there is intent not much has been achieved in terms of “ease of doing business” on the ground. The Finance Act, 2016, which received the assent of the President on 14th May, is a mixed bag.There are quite a few amendments in the said Act which will increase problems for the taxpayer as well as litigation, both of which the Prime Minister had vowed, to reduce if not eliminate. In regard to its promise to curb the menace of black money, the record of this government is not very encouraging. Its effort at bringing black money stashed abroad into India by way of the Black Money Act did not succeed, and the Income Declaration Scheme, contained in the Finance Act, 2016 might meet the same fate.

The disappointment of trade and industry caused by the failure to meet expectations in regard to direct taxes can totally be obliterated by the Rajya Sabha passing the GST Bill. The Lok Sabha passed this Bill in May 2015, and it is absolutely imperative that the upper house of the Parliament gives its assent to this Bill as well as the Constitution Amendment Bill. For GST to become a reality, it needs to be ratified by half of the 29 states, which in itself will be a huge task.

 It is widely accepted that GST will reduce costs of production, logistics costs, and transaction costs and thereby make Indian goods far more competitive. On account of the complex structure of indirect taxes where the power to legislate is with the states, it results in huge bottlenecks affecting movement of goods. This can change to a great extent with GST.

Initially, the States opposed the Bill on account of possible loss of revenue. The government has already agreed to compensate the states and this issue would no longer be a hindrance. Many of the issues raised were only with an object to stall the passage of the bill. Primarily, there were three issues raised by the major opposition Party in the Rajya Sabha. These were abolition of the 1% tax on the interstate movement of goods, the constitution of the dispute resolution body, and setting a cap in the Constitution on the tax rate.

These appear now to have been largely met. The standard rate of 18% which would apply to a majority of goods and the concessional rate of 12% would meet the principal objections of the Congress. An absolute cap on rate of GST is not very easy to accept. Except for profession tax, the Constitution does not fix a limit on any other tax, including the large number of taxes that the GST will replace. Other objections, if any, are not insurmountable.

With everyone in agreement with the fact that the GST Bill will benefit the consumer, it is time that political parties rose above political posturing, attempts to score brownie points over each other and put national interest to the forefront. It is obvious that a bill with the magnitude of implications that the GST Bill has, is bound to face some teething problems. The wrinkles can certainly be ironed out as the GST Act gets implemented.

On its part, the government must make a very sincere attempt to bring all political parties on board. It must strive to build consensus. The recent assembly results would probably serve as a shot in the arm for the ruling Party.

The regional parties, while they would always strive to protect their regional interest, will also probably realise that it is advisable for them to do business with the ruling combine. It is likely that with deft political management,the regional parties will support the passing of the Bill. Even if their support comes with a political price the government must endeavour to pass the GST Bill in the Rajya Sabha. According to experts, a simplified single tax regime will improve compliance and can certainly improve revenue collections over a period of time. This Bill is the litmus tests for the Modi government. Its passage will make the Indian citizen believe that the government means business and will also send a signal to investors all over the globe that this government has the will to convert intent into reality. “Acche din” may then truly be here.

Change, but with a little more care

fiogf49gjkf0d
“Change is the only constant thing in life“ is a popular quote. It is
true that without change there can be no progress. However, if it is
brought about with a little more thought about the consequences, it
would be welcomed by all those for whom it is made. Otherwise, it causes
unnecessary confusion, heartburn and creates resistance in the minds of
those who are affected by it.

The most recent example is the
notification of the changes in accounting standards notified by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs (MCA) on 30th March 2016. The notification
was to be effective on the date of its issue. Therefore, there was
confusion as to whether the said changes would apply to the accounting
year ended 31st March 2016 or accounting periods/year commencing after
the date of the notification. In terms of logic and rationale, the said
changes should have applied in regard to the accounting year 2016-17 as
they were notified on 30th March 2016, just a day before the end of
accounting year 2015-16. Many leaders in the accounting profession,
however, felt that it would apply to the year ended 31st March 2016 and
there was a mad rush for compliance, causing employees of companies and
their auditors to spend sleepless nights. Some sources feel that the MCA
was of the view that the changes would obviously apply to financial
year 2016-17. A single line in the notification stating that it would
apply to accounting periods commencing after the date of the
notification would have avoided the rigmarole. However, those in the
accounting profession were left to make their own interpretation.
Assuming that there was clarity in the minds of those in the ministry as
regards the effect of the notification, once it came to light that
there was confusion, an immediate response would have mitigated the
problem. This however did not happen, till the air was cleared a few
days ago.

While this was the case of a change in the accounting
standards, in the urge to reduce the reliance on paper, and make tax
compliances online, changes are being made which are causing substantial
problems to the users, both taxpayers and professionals. The new form
15CB, which is to be issued by Chartered Accountants for remittance to
non-residents with or without a withholding tax obligation is a case in
point. The forms have to be submitted online with effect from 1st April
2016. While structuring the form, the drop down boxes are devised in
such a way that it becomes extremely difficult for the proper category
of the remittance to be chosen. It must be appreciated that, whether the
remittance to the nonresident is chargeable to tax in India, requires a
proper analysis of the domestic law, the relevant double taxation
avoidance treaty (DTAA ), and after interpreting these, one forms his
opinion. While the online filing is certainly welcome, the form could
have been devised in a way enabling the issuing Chartered Accountant, to
disclose the basis of his opinion.

The online filing of Income
tax appeals is another example. The form is devised in a manner that it
requires drafting of the grounds of appeal and the statement of facts
with restriction on number of words. Further, the additional evidence if
any is to be disclosed at the stage of filing the appeal as well as the
details of the documents relied on is to be submitted. While there can
be no quarrel with the need for brevity and precision as well as a
reform in appellate procedures, it must be remembered that this is the
first appellate forum to which a litigant comes after having been
aggrieved by earlier assessment or other order. Therefore, it is
necessary to strike a right balance between the streamlining of online
process and the principles of justice, which not only must be done but
must be seen to be done.

In all the illustrations which I have
referred to in the foregoing paragraphs, the issues that have arisen
could have been avoided if there was a prior dialogue between the
authorities making the changes and those affected by it. If the
authorities had reached out to professionals, and placed the changes in
the public domain much of the problems could have been avoided. One
entirely appreciates that when changes are brought about there are bound
to be some problems and glitches and some resistance. But most of these
creases could have been ironed out. The hallmark of true leadership is
the ability to take everyone along. This is what both the politicians
and bureaucrats must do, and I am sure that the profession will respond.
On its part, the ICAI should keep open all the channels of
communications with the authorities. All of us who belong to the
profession must also do our mite to help our alma mater discharge this
responsibility.

At the time that this issue reaches you, the
Finance Bill will have been discussed in Parliament and in all
probability would have been passed. Let us hope that many of the
suggestions and representations made by our Society, and other bodies
are duly considered, and necessary amendments incorporated in the
Finance Bill. That will be a really welcome change!

Tax on ‘Accreted Income’ – a Draconian Proposal

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Finance Bill, 2016 presented by the Finance Minister (FM) in the Parliament has already been discussed threadbare. The proposal to tax accumulated provident fund was vociferously opposed and the FM had to beat a hasty retreat. While the proposal to tax charitable trusts on occurrence of certain events also met with criticism, it has been somewhat muted. The Society sends a postbudget representation in which the issues arising from this proposal will be pointed out. After the Bill becomes an Act, the Journal carries a detailed article analysing the provisions. However, the provisions as proposed in regard to charitable trusts are so devastating that they merit an editorial comment.

The exemption of charitable trusts is based on the rationale that these institutions supplement the activities of a welfare state. The revenue generated is utilised for benevolent objects. It is for this reason that the government foregoes tax revenue from such institutions. The tax provisions in regard to charitable institutions have undergone substantial changes over the last two decades. The provisions in the 1922 Act were extremely lenient. The current Income-tax Act has attempted to plug loopholes which were being misused by certain persons. Over the last few years, the provisions have become much stricter, so much so that one often felt that charity was given a step-motherly treatment. While it is true that, at times, charitable trusts have been used as vehicles of tax avoidance/tax evasion, the acts of a few unscrupulous should not result in burdening genuine trusts with huge tax liabilities. While some regulation is welcome, the inability of the tax officials to bring to book the drivers of such vehicles should not lead to the painting of all charitable trusts with the same brush. This is precisely what the proposals in the Finance Bill seek to do.

There are a number of provisions in the proposed Chapter XII-EB that are blatantly unfair. The tax on trusts liability could be triggered by the occurrence of certain specified events. Once any of such events occurs, the charitable institution would be saddled with a huge tax liability which if it is required to defray will result in its activities coming to a halt. As per the proposals in the Bill, such tax liability has to be discharged in a very short time, in the case of cancellation of registration within 14 days of the cancellation order being received. In such a situation if the trust is made to pay tax even before the order is tested by a judicial forum, it would be manifestly unjust.

Another aspect of the matter, is the impact of section 2(15), which often results in an adversarial action either by way of denial of the exemption u/s. 11 or by way of cancellation of registration u/s. 12AA. It must be appreciated that if the objects of the trust from the point of time that it obtained registration have remained unchanged, merely because the proviso to section 2(15) is attracted, there should not be an impact affecting the exemption of earlier years. In the proposal, as is mooted, such an entity would be taxed on its accreted income with disastrous consequences. In certain cases entities are required to modify their objects. One has witnessed many situations, where the registering authority on an application being made notifying it of the change in objects invokes the provisions of section 2(15) and rejects the application thereby cancelling the registration u/s. 12AA. Here again, requiring the charitable institution to pay tax without the action being tested by an appellate forum is grossly unfair.

The problem is compounded / accentuated by the definition of “accreted income”. Accreted income has been defined as “fair market value of total assets on the specified date as exceeding total liabilities”. A small illustration will highlight how unjust this provision is. If a charitable trust has acquired an office of 1,000 square feet, in 1975 for a sum of say Rs. 4 lakh, the same is being used for the objects of the trust. This today would be valued at Rs. 4 crore. According to the proposal, on the cancellation of the registration of such a trust it would be liable to pay tax on the market value which is a notional income which the trust has not earned and is never likely to earn. In most other situations where the concept of fair market value is used, the sale has taken place and it is only the consideration that is being substituted. In this case the proposal brings into play two fictions the first one assumes a sale and the second assumes it to be at market value. All this in the case of a charitable trust!

Another aspect of the matter is that these taxing provisions are, in a sense, retrospective. By taxing the net worth, that is excess of assets over the liabilities and that too at fair market value, the Finance Minister is proposing to tax accumulation of the past which may have arisen out of absolute genuine charitable activity. To illustrate, an NGO may have been pursuing its objectives lawfully over say three decades. In order to ensure continuation of activity it has accumulated unspent income. In a particular year there is a small infraction of section 13 like making an advance to an interested person or an investment not qualifying u/s. 11(5). In such a case if registration is cancelled it would be a gross violation of the principle of equity and fairness.

Another unfortunate aspect of the matter is that the charitable trust will have to pay tax within a short period of 14 days of the liability arising. The provisions do not contemplate keeping the matter in abeyance till an appeal is preferred and the issue tested. If the provisions are really to be complied with, the trust would have no option but to sell off its assets with tragic consequences. In states where there are Acts governing Charitable trusts (like Maharashtra), obtaining permission to sell assets in the form of immovable property also takes months.

I am at a loss to understand, as to how the same authorities, who on the day of the budget issued a very fair and beneficial circular directing stay of demand on payment of 15% of the tax dues till the first appeal is pending can even contemplate provisions as draconian as have been discussed in the earlier paragraphs.

On a reading of the provisions, it appears that the severe impact they will have on genuine charitable institutions seems to have escaped the attention of the FM. I hope that the representations from all quarters get the attention that they deserve so that the proposals are revisited, and the much awaited “acche din” arrive for charitable institutions.

Justice Easwar Committee Report – A Real Godsend

fiogf49gjkf0d
When the Modi Government came to power there were huge expectations that significant tax reforms would be initiated. However, the first one and a half year belied these expectations. While the Prime Minister talked about ease of doing business, adopting a liberal tax regime, the situation on the ground has been totally different.

Possibly the disappointment of the business community, coupled with electoral reverses has spurred the government into action. The first indications of this change came in the form of the recent circulars issued by the CBDT. The circular raising the monetary limits in regard to litigation pursued by the Income tax department, before the Tribunal and High Courts, and that too with retrospective effect, reduced the pendency before these two forums. The instructions in regard to the manner in which scrutiny assessments were to be completed, when the selection was under CASS, also reflected a refreshing change in attitude.

In this light, the first recommendations of the Justice Easwar Committee are commendable and deserve to be substantially accepted by the Finance Ministry. The Committee was formed on 27th October 2015, to suggest amendments to the Income-tax Act 1961 (the Act), and the procedures thereunder. The terms of reference of the Committee were:

(a) identifying provisions that gave rise to litigation on account of difference in interpretation,
(b) studying provisions that hampered ease of doing business,
(c) identifying provisions of the act for simplification, and
(d) suggesting alternatives and modifications to ensure certainty and predictability of tax laws.

The Committee has a term of one year from the date of its constitution and was to issue its first recommendations by 31st January 2016. The Committee adhered to the timeline and its suggestions are indeed laudable. A perusal of the first batch of suggestions in the draft report indicates that, they are fair, recognise the problems faced by taxpayers on the ground and are capable of immediate implementation. The recommendations have been divided into two parts – one constituting amendments to the Act itself which could be incorporated in the Finance Bill and the other being directions to be issued by the CBDT in the form of circulars or instructions.

The Committee has addressed a number of provisions which have resulted in substantial litigation. The treatment of transaction in shares and securities as business income instead of capital gains, the irrational disallowances under section 14A, the problems caused by the invoking of section 50C at the time of registering of the conveyance when the transaction of transfer had taken place earlier, the notional income arising in the hands of the purchaser of property on account of difference between the purchase price and the stamp duty valuation have all been dealt with.

The problems faced by assessees on account of overzealous bureaucrats have also been mentioned. Audit objections, which are often the result of either an erroneous interpretation of the law or non-appreciation of the ambit of provisions, resulting in reopening and revision of assessments, even though the department really does not agree with the objections. This results in a spate of litigations and with the assessee succeeding in a majority of cases, there is no real ultimate collection of revenue. The amendments suggested to section 147 and 263 of the Act will effectively reduce this menace.

While the implementation of the above suggestions will reduce litigation, other recommendations reflect a fair mind. It is proposed that if an assessee has bona fide, relied on a decision of the Tribunal, a High Court or the Supreme Court and an addition is made to his income, no penalty should be levied. One really wonders whether the department would be in a position to accept this proposal, but it certainly establishes the principles of justice and equity have been recognised. It has also been recommended that even if penalty is levied, the collection should be kept in abeyance if the appeal on merits is pending adjudication before the Tribunal.

For more than a decade, high-pitched assessments and the consequential coercive collection of taxes has made the life of tax payers miserable. The pressure of unreasonable collection targets often forced even wellmeaning officers to resort to irrational assessments. A rethink about the stay provisions which have been recommended by the Committee would go a long way in reducing if not solving the problem.

Though the principle that a tax proceeding is not adversarial is well established, it is rarely adhered to on the ground. A specific provision enabling a taxpayer to make a fresh claim for an exemption, deduction or relief after he has filed the return of income, during the course of an assessment is welcome. If this suggestion is accepted it may reduce unnecessary litigation.

On the equity front the Committee has suggested substantial changes in regard to issue of refunds, interest thereon and adjustment of refunds against tax dues which are really not collectible. Obtaining tax credit is another area which was a headache for both, the assessees and the professionals. The Committee has also dealt with this area and the recommendations are pragmatic.

Finally, the proposal to postpone, the implementation of the Income Computation Disclosure Standards (ICDS), will be welcomed by both, taxpayers and professionals. In fact, the Committee has aptly indicated reservations of tax payers concerning ICDS in their present form.

In all, the first batch of suggestions are worthy of an applause. However, much more needs to be done on the front of accountability of the tax administration. There are suggestions in regard to time limits for disposal of petitions under sections 273A, 220(2A) etc., but a lot more is expected from the Committee. Structural changes, reform in tax policy may possibly be done in the second instalment of the report.

One hopes that the Finance Minister accepts the recommendations of the Committee and proposes appropriate amendments through the Finance Bill while presenting the forthcoming budget. Coupled with this, if there is a change in the mindset of the tax officers and reduction in corruption, a healthy atmosphere where doing business is really easy will have been created. It is said that taxes are the price one pays for civilisation. If taxes are administered fairly and humanely, citizens of this country will be more than willing to pay this price.

A House divided

fiogf49gjkf0d
As this issue reaches you, the Finance Bill 2016 would have been tabled in the Parliament. Before the presentation of the budget, Parliament has seen a heated debate on the concept of nationalism. It has been triggered by two unfortunate events occurring in two universities in the country. The first was a suicide by a Dalit student, and the second was the agitation in the Jawaharlal Nehru University (JNU). The way the politicians of all hues have attempted to take benefit of the situation, and politicise both the events causes deep anguish.

One must note that 68 years after we became an independent nation the Parliament is debating the concept of nationalism. Expectedly most of the speeches were politically motivated though some were really thought provoking. In many of the speeches persons were criticised for what they had said at some point of time but the context was not explained. All of us tend to label, very quickly a person by the thoughts, beliefs and sentiments that he echoes. We treat him as national, antinational, patriotic, traitor, secular, pseudo secular, etc. What we must appreciate is that the person may and is entitled to hold various beliefs. We may not agree with all of them. The right to express dissent has been the cornerstone of any democracy. We have had a number of transitions of power in the recent past, which have taken place in a virtually non-violent manner due to this strong foundation of democratic beliefs.

It is in this context that, the events in both educational institutions are disturbing. The entire world is talking of the demographic dividend that India will enjoy on account of its young population. It is in these universities that, the youth of India develop their academic skills which they will use when they step out to earn their bread in this highly competitive world. The diversity of thought makes them mature, and discerning. They learn to accept that there would be people of their own breed who hold different views; at times the diametrically opposite from theirs. Healthy debate and exchange of thoughts shapes their destiny.

It is equally true that, events in these institutions need to be looked at carefully. The youth who are the future do have impressionable minds and therefore one needs to tread with caution. One feels that meeting verbal violence, with some strong action like arrests, detention could have been avoided. Instead it may be more appropriate to reason with the students. They are after all our future. It was painful to see that fisticuffs were exchanged in an arena where thoughts should be.

As for nationalism, it has many hues. History tells us that those who fought in the freedom struggle had serious differences amongst them over the manner in which freedom was to be achieved. All of them contributed their mite, and it would be unfair calling one more patriotic and the other one less.

The same holds good for the array of thoughts and expressions of the youth. It is not necessary that one has to be in total agreement with all the thoughts of the other person. It is possible that one may have serious differences with some of his beliefs. Educational institutions are the ideal place where after a stirring debate, one may be able to change the other person’s beliefs or come around to accepting them. If they are suppressed, this process can never happen.

We as responsible citizens must try and ensure that, purity and sanctity of these educational institutions should be protected. Politicians and other elements will always try to take advantage of the situation and score some brownie points. It would be better if, the discontent is permitted to be expressed. Let the powers that be, give the youth the freedom to commit mistakes as long as those are not fatal to our national fabric. I believe that we have a rich heritage and our nationalism is strong and not brittle, and it will not crumble with a few slogans or posters.

Many times when we interact with youth we find a degree of disappointment with a number of issues. They are restless with the slow pace of development, decision-making etc. It is their youthful energy that makes them restive. Let Parliament debate as to how these expectations can be met rather than making an attempt to define nationalism. I hope this happens. Otherwise, we might be left with the lines of a soulful melody of Guru Dutt’s film “ Jinhe naaz hain hind par woh kahan hain!”

Independence, transparency, accountability

fiogf49gjkf0d
The judiciary has been the saviour of the Indian public on a number of occasions. It has stepped in when the bureaucracy, politicians and yes occasionally even the media have failed to protect public interest. While the role of the independent judiciary can hardly be forgotten, with utmost respect it is difficult to agree with the decision of the apex court in regard to the procedure for appointment of judges in the higher judiciary.

In a majority judgement, the Supreme Court struck down the validity of the National judicial appointments commission (NJAC), and held that the old collegium system should continue. One would certainly agree that the independence of the judiciary must be protected at all costs, but one wonders whether replacing the Collegium system, with something which was far more transparent would affect such independence. It is possible that the NJAC methodology may have had problems but it could have possibly been fine-tuned rather than rejecting it.

Under the current system a Collegium of the senior most judges headed by the Chief Justice of India (CJI), appoint judges of higher courts. The appointing authority is the President of India who makes these appointments in consultation with the Chief Justice. However, the concurrence of the CJI is absolutely necessary.

While hailing the role of the judiciary, one must appreciate that it is an institution run by human beings. In such a situation if only judges appoint judges without any input from other sections of society, can it be said to be the best system? It is true that in judicial appointments, there must be no interference particularly of politicians and bureaucrats and the line of control must be defended at all costs. Having said this, if the appointments are left to only those within the judicial system without any other stakeholder having a say in such appointments, it is likely that some degree of prejudice might creep in. Further, such a system does not appear to be even transparent.

In regard to appointments to the highest offices of institutions, be it business, industry or public offices the appointing process has inputs from others whose interests are affected. The stakeholders are consulted either directly or indirectly. One entirely appreciates that if there is political influence in appointments of judges the result would be disastrous, and probably this is one factor that may have crossed the minds of the judges when they rejected the NJAC. If that is so, it really reflects on the current quality of politicians.

The people have placed their faith in the judiciary. If that faith is to be maintained, then again with the utmost respect some changes in the process of appointment is essential. As some lawyers have suggested in articles appearing in the press there could be members from the Rajya Sabha and Lok Sabha reflecting the entire political spectrum, eminent lawyers, included in the committee which makes recommendations for these appointments. These recommendations could then be considered by the President. There could be a large number of variations possible. Instead of having a closed door system where persons from only one fraternity decide as to who should be appointed/promoted to more responsible positions, the system should be such that there is accountability to the public whose interest the judiciary protects.

It is however necessary to tread very carefully so that any change that is made does not impinge on the independence which is of paramount importance. Our country has witnessed scenarios where the concept of a “committed judiciary” was mooted. In the recent past, we have seen some battles between the two pillars of democracy namely the legislature and the judiciary to determine as to which one is supreme. The people of India hope that both these, understand their respective roles and respect. The people directly elect the members to the Lok Sabha, and indirectly through their representatives in the state legislatures, members to the Rajya Sabha. If these honourable members so elected go astray in discharging their responsibility, the people look up to the judiciary to crack the whip and rein them in. That is why those appointed to hold these high offices must be appointed in a manner that cannot be faulted. The judges know the saying that justice is not only to be done but must be seen to be done.

It is heartening to note that while the NJAC has been rejected, there is recognition of the fact that there is need to have a relook at the collegium system of appointments. It is possibly for this reason that a hearing has been fixed in November.

One hopes that as we celebrate the festival of lights, this confrontation between the legislature and judiciary will cease and a system that is independent, accountable and transparent will evolve. If and when that happens, there will be real cause for celebration.

I take this opportunity to wish all readers, their families and friends, a happy Diwali and a prosperous New Year.

levitra

The Extension Rigmarole – the profession needs to introspect

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue reaches you, the 30th September deadline for furnishing returns of corporate tax payers as well as those whose accounts are required to be audited will have passed. Either the due date will have been extended, forcing my colleagues to continue working strenuously or they would have heaved a sigh of relief, having toiled day and night to discharge an obligation which is primarily cast on the taxpayer. I have been in this profession for more than three decades and I must say with the deepest anguish that the position has not changed materially. Our profession continues to shoulder the burden of those whom it serves, with those served hardly realising it. Over the years, the onus, responsibility and obligations have increased, while the reward, remuneration and respect has not.

It is a topic that has been dealt with in earlier editorials and yet seeing the palpable tension that my colleagues are bearing, I felt that it is appropriate that the issue is brought to the fore once again. It is really troubling to see our professional brothers hoping for the extension announcement. It is almost as if, a farmer with a parched throat is looking heavenward for those providential droplets of rain.

Ensuring that the accounts are audited, the particulars of tax audit are verified, and the income tax return is filed before the due date is the responsibility of the businessman auditee. The reason for seeking extension of the due date is that the ITR forms were notified late. However, if one looks at the various representations being made before the government authorities, these have been made by professionals in their individual capacity and institutions of professionals, including our very own ICAI. I do not see a trade or tax-payers association involved in this exercise. When these representations have not borne fruit, the judiciary is being looked at as the saviour. Even here, out of the eight writ petitions/public interest litigations filed before various High Courts, 5 have been filed by individuals and 3 have been filed by professional bodies. Trade associations/business bodies are conspicuous by their absence.

Over the years, our profession has not been able to distinguish between the role and responsibilities of the client, and we Chartered Accountants as auditors or tax consultants. It is true that audit report states that preparation of financial statements and compilation of particulars required for tax audit are the responsibility of the auditee; but this is more in letter than in spirit. In the recent past, the complexities of law, the compliance requirements, have increased manifold. The auditor plays a significant role in compiling the details and in finalising the accounts, particularly in case of non-corporate assessees. To ensure proper compliance, he has to remain involved, while as an auditor he has to remain independent. Wearing these two hats is making a diligent professional either lose his hair or turning them grey!

The attitude of the government is also difficult to fathom. Various forms and procedures are prescribed/notified by the government authorities, taking their own sweet time to do so. I am not for asking for extension of time, but in fairness it must be pointed out that if the CBDT takes more than a year after the Finance Bill for the relevant year is passed, to notify the relevant forms and update its software, it is unfair to expect the tax payer to comply with the regulations within a period of two months. The Delhi High Court, while rejecting the petition for extending the due date, has already advised the government to come out with the prescription on the first day of the assessment year. Assuming that the government authorities have their own compulsions and limitations, one really does not understand as to why the due date should be so sacrosanct and cast in stone. It was interesting to read the observations of the Hon’ble judges of the Punjab and Haryana High Court who asked the respondents as to whether tax payers would run away from the tax net if the due date was extended. Having said that, it is really not appropriate that we expect the judiciary to intervene in what is essentially a policy matter.

It is time that our profession does some serious introspection. We must make our clients aware of the responsibilities, and the line between the responsibilities of the auditee and that of the auditor must be redrawn. As far as documentation is concerned, we must really put our house in order. If we have communicated with our clients defining our role and responsibility, we must keep appropriate evidence of such communications. This will help us to defend ourselves, should fingers be pointed at us. If for a variety of reasons we are not in a position to discharge the onus that is being cast on us, we must explain this both to the government authorities, as well as to our clients. We must point out to the government that considering the increased cost of compliance, there is a very good case for raising the threshold limit of tax audit. If one takes the cost inflation index as the basis, the limit for business should be around Rs.3 crore while for that of a profession should be Rs.80 lakh. If these realistic limits are introduced, possibly the clients will be able to afford the cost of compliance.

We must interact with our clients so that they are made aware of the complexities of the compliance requirements. This will enable either the clients themselves or their trade associations to make proper representations before the government to ensure that while the objective of the government in calling for information is met, the taxpayers are not unduly inconvenienced. In this regard, the tax payer must be at the forefront, while we should be acting as catalysts. To illustrate, in case of assessees whose total income exceeds Rs. 25 lakh, they are required to submit details of their assets. One of these particulars is in regard to life insurance policies. The instructions in the form state that the premium paid till date is to be treated as the cost. For long-term policies with variable premium, it is virtually impossible for an assessee to have this data on hand. Instead of the premium, the sum assured along with the annual premium could also serve the purpose of the Department.

I am aware that what I am suggesting cannot be achieved at one go. It is a continuous process. One only hopes that the process begins in right earnest. As we bid adieu to Ganesha, the God of learning, one hopes that wisdom dawns on all concerned and the prayers of my colleagues are answered.

levitra

Need for professional institutions to become transparent

fiogf49gjkf0d
Governance deficit has been a major stumbling block in India’s march to becoming an economic superpower. Transparency in the functioning of the government, its various organs and public institutions, will go a long way in ensuring good governance. However, the powers that be seem to be working in exactly the opposite direction. Two events, which have been reported in the RT I feature in this issue, have been the trigger for this editorial.

The first is the action of the National Green Tribunal (NGT) in refusing to entertain an application requesting for certain information, on the ground that instead of an Indian postal order of Rs.10, the applicant had attached court fee stamps of Rs.10. When the applicant filed an appeal, the administrative authorities of the NGT engaged an advocate paying him fees of Rs.31,000 to defend its order of refusal. It is tragic that a tribunal which is an institution for dispensing justice, should harbour such an attitude and refuse information. The second instance is the decision of the Maharashtra State Cabinet in June proposing an amendment to the Criminal Procedure Code, whereby a magistrate cannot take cognisance of a complaint against a public servant without the permission of the competent authorities in the government. If this is the attitude of those who are responsible for dispensing justice and governance, then the situation is indeed grim.

While this attitude is indeed a cause for worry, should the educated sections of the public, only voice their concern, criticise or can and should they do something more? I believe that in situations like this, the intelligentsia has a great responsibility to shoulder. Today, the opinion makers in the Society belong to different professions. These professions are regulated by professional bodies, which are by and large autonomous. To illustrate, we have the profession of lawyers regulated by the Bar Councils, the medical profession by the Indian Medical Association (IMA) and our very own profession by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).

If one examines the track record of many such institutions in regard to transparency in the conduct of their own affairs, the results would not be very encouraging. Most of the time the impression in the mind of the common man is that these institutions protect and further only the interests of their members. The impression that the public has is; lawyers go on strike for their own demands obstructing dispensation of justice, doctors in hospitals hold patients to ransom for an increase in remuneration. As far as our own Alma mater is concerned, the impression that the public has, is that we do very little to bring the black sheep among our profession to book.

If we as citizens clamour for transparency from those in authority, then it is the duty of those who run these institutions to set an example by a transparent conduct. The stakeholders in these institutions are primarily three, the members who belong to that particular profession, the users of their service and the government which looks at these institutions for regulation of the profession as well as for proactive participation in regard to the developments in their respective fields.

These bodies are generally run by members elected from among those who belong to the profession. They therefore understand the nuances in various issues that arise in their field. For example, if the medical profession would put in the public domain the problems that are faced by their members while rendering services in public hospitals, the public would be sympathetic to their agitations. The support of the public would then help in putting pressure on the government to resolve those problems. Even if that does not happen, such transparency would increase the faith of the public in these institutions.

In regard to our own profession, there are a number of decisions that the ICAI takes which affect members. In such a situation, the gist of the deliberations that take place or the thought process behind those decisions should be made known to the members. Possibly even prior to this, when the issue is on the agenda of the Council, suggestions from members or interactions with them should be encouraged. This would help acceptance of the decision by those who are affected by them. I am conscious that one needs to tread with care, in this area, as the disclosure of such information would have various implications. But with the collective wisdom of our representatives, modalities can be worked out.

In regard to the interactions of the ICAI with the government authorities, when these authorities take some action by way of enactment of legislation or otherwise, it would be advisable for a summary of those interactions to be made known to all stakeholders. It is quite possible that despite the best efforts by our representatives in putting forth their point of view, the authorities may not react favourably, for they may have their own compulsions and limitations. But once this information is in the public domain, members will be confident that their alma mater has discharged its obligation.

Over the last decade or so, our profession has been facing criticism from the public that the regulatory body tends to unduly protect its members from any disciplinary action. In this aspect as well, the limitations under which the regulatory body acts, the principles of natural justice, and rules of evidence result in processes getting delayed. The regret is that while this is true, by not being transparent enough, the image of the institution is unnecessarily sullied. Transparency, to the extent possible, will mitigate this problem.

Finally, when information is sought from any professional body, it would be appropriate that the information is willingly and expeditiously provided, rather than making an attempt to hide behind technicalities. One fully understands that there would be possibly severe administrative limitations for furnishing this information. The machinery may be inadequate and there may be other hurdles. Every authority that was brought under the RT I had the same argument initially. But with the arsenal of technology at hand, it is not impossible, though difficult. As they say – where there is a will, there is a way.

Once professional institutions set an example of the transparency, it is natural that the government and bureaucracy will follow suit. It is then that democracy will flourish and Peter Finn’s words “A basic tenet of healthy democracy is open dialogue and transparency”, will ring true.

levitra

Expectations from our new leaders

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue reaches you, the voting for the Regional Councils and the Central Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), will have been completed. The fate of the candidates, either seeking reelection or desiring to enter the council for the first time would have been sealed in the ballot boxes. The counting will take place and the election results will be known before the end of the year.

What is then that the ordinary members of the ICAI expect of our new leaders? First and foremost, our leaders should set an example for the members of the profession to follow. It is said that we get the leaders we deserve. However, it is equally true that when leaders show the path, followers follow. Members of the Council, whether it be Central or Regional, should set an example of ethical, disciplined, proactive and transparent behaviour. In the recent past, our profession has been continuously facing flak for declining ethical standards. If our leaders set high standards of morality and ethics, the general membership will look up to them. Further, they will then have the courage to represent to the government and other authorities when erroneous decisions, unfair to the members are being taken. I am deeply conscious that it is not easy to meet this expectation, but my suggestion to our new leaders is that they should make a beginning in that direction.

I have, in earlier editorials, expressed the view that the deliberations of our leaders both in councils and in various committees should be communicated to the general membership. This will achieve two objectives; the first is that, if discussions are regarding certain proposed amendments to legislation or regulations, both the concerned authorities and the members will be aware that the Council of a regulatory body is seized of the issues. The second is that the stakeholders would be able to communicate to the council their views, so that a decision after considering their thoughts can be taken. Transparency in governance is the buzzword today, and it is appropriate that a premier institution like the ICAI should set an example.

Another expectation is in regard to communication. Many times the government and the regulators take decisions which affect the interests of the members, their clients or both. While it is true that in regard to decisions affecting trade and industry it is the responsibility of the respective associations to take up the matter, it is equally true that the profession should be catalysts in that process. Therefore, if our leaders, through various committees or individually, have made various representations or have not made them for certain specific reasons, both should be placed in the public domain. The government may not necessarily accept the representation, but the fact that the leadership is taking action will boost the confidence of professional colleagues. Secondly, if an additional responsibility has been cast on the profession, and in discharging that responsibility the profession expects some specific action from the service recipient, that expectation should be communicated. If there are inherent limitations/difficulties in carrying out the new tasks, those also should be intimated. This will ensure that the service providers and service recipients work together rather than criticising each other. It is not as if today our leaders do not communicate. The need is that our leaders should not only speak, they should also listen, and the fact that they are listening should be made known to all.

At times professional colleagues may have expectations from our Institution, which may be totally unreasonable. In such a situation, the newly elected council members should be firm and explain patiently to the profession as to why the expectations are unwarranted. We elect leaders not for taking popular decisions but taking right decisions even if some of us find them difficult to digest. The true test of leadership is not in doing what the public wants but in doing what is right and in convincing people that what is being done is in their interest.

Lastly, significant attention needs to be given to students. These are members of the future. One often finds that, during the period of articleship, and even after passing the final examination and becoming Chartered Accountants students do not have any sense of belonging towards their alma mater. There is, in fact, a sense of alienation. This does not augur well for an institution which is into its seventh decade of existence and is really destined to play an important role in the life of a fast-growing nation. There is a feeling among new entrants that the ICAI does not do enough for them. It is a grudge that they harbour from their student days. Their grievances may not necessarily be correct, but this feeling needs to be addressed. It is only if younger members take interest in the affairs of an institution can it become vibrant. It is true that this is not a problem unique only to ICAI but is affecting other institutions as well. I hope our new leaders will take note.

I have tried to put together a few thoughts for the members of the new councils, Central and Regional. On behalf of all readers and the BCAS, I wish them well and hope all their dreams come true. When I communicate with you again the New Year would have already begun. I take this opportunity to wish all readers and their families a very happy and prosperous New Year!

levitra

“Black Money”- do our laws really address the problem?

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Black Money (Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets) and Imposition of Tax Act, 2015 received the assent of the President on 26th May, 2015. Subsequent to its enactment, rules were notified, and the CBDT came out with certain clarifications. The first reactions from experts seem to suggest that the law is stringent, and despite the “clarifications” is unclear about a large number of issues. The Act imposes a maximum penalty of three times the tax, and a minimum of an amount equal to the tax, for those who avail of the onetime window available to declarants who make a declaration of undisclosed assets prior to September, 2015. Apart from this, the law prescribes, punitive action by way of prosecution. If the object of the law was to achieve a whopping tax collection, that may not be achieved. This issue contains an article by T.P. Ostwal, discussing some of the significant provisions of the Act.

Money of residents which is siphoned off after evading tax, certainly causes significant damage a to a country’s economy. I had said in an earlier editorial that bringing back such foreign funds should be one of the priorities of the government. This is because such money goes out of all channels of distribution “black or white“, and consequently slows down economic activity. Thus, while all black money creation is bad, such money stashed abroad is worse. In such a situation, though garnering tax revenue and penalising offenders is certainly one of the objectives, bringing back such money into the “white” economy should be another. Does legislation like the Black Money Act have such an objective?

It is nobody’s case that those committing infringement be treated leniently but, one wonders if the law provides a marginal incentive to those who introduce the money into normal banking channels, the objective that I mentioned in the earlier paragraph can be achieved. For example, if under the scheme, if a person invests the monies lying outside India in low interest bonds issued by the government, and in return is charged a lower penalty, it would augment the government’s resources and the money would enter the legal economy. This is not a new concept and some earlier schemes did contain such provisions. I am conscious of the fact that when the Voluntary Disclosure Scheme 1997 was under challenge, there was an assurance given to the Supreme Court that there would be no further amnesty schemes. However a way has to be found so that the objective is achieved without violating the assurance /undertaking given to the Supreme Court.

It appears that when a tax law is framed the only objective of those who draft the legislation is to garner maximum taxes for the government. Undoubtedly this is a laudable objective. What must be borne in mind is that there are other angles and nuances that must be appreciated. This is often not done.

Two examples quickly come to mind. They are in the form of two provisions in the Income tax Act, one which has been with us for a decade and a second which was legislated recently. It is well known that a real estate business is one of the largest sectors where the parallel economy prospers. Transactions in real estate take place at prices which are significantly different from those recorded in the documents. It is extremely difficult to tax such unrecorded consideration given the lack of evidence. To counter this a provision was brought in whereby the stamp duty valuation was treated as the full value of consideration received if this was more than the consideration stated in the document,. The provision contains reasonably sufficient safeguards to ensure that genuine cases did not suffer. The provision enabled the tax gatherer to tax the difference in the hands of the seller.

What is important is that the difference in the stamp value valuation and the prices recorded in the document is a definite indicator that the balance consideration received by the seller and paid by the purchaser has entered the parallel economy. No attempt seems to have been made to bring this into the official channel. . Similarly, the provision of adopting the stamp duty valuation is now extended to those carrying on business in real estate. Once again the tax gatherer is happy collecting tax while no effort seems to have been made to bring such money which is outside the system into the mainstream. What really happens is that such money which lies outside the economy does not lie idle. It is invested, reinvested or “turned over” in business cycles and grows. Therefore, the volume in the parallel economy doubles itself in 5 to 6 years.

What one really needs to attempt is the creation of an environment, either through incentives or otherwise to bring such money back into the recorded economy. It is only then that the problem of black money with all its attendant ills will be reduced. I do appreciate that this is easier said than done; but law makers, particularly in the tax field must keep this in mind. This may call for some innovative solutions but an attempt must be made.

When will this objective of reducing the black money volume be achieved? This will be achieved only when the concept of “ease of doing business” does not remain on paper but is brought into reality on the ground. Archaic laws must be repealed, unfair provisions in laws amended and existing laws administered fairly and in a humane manner. Then the volume of black money will be reduced.

As India celebrates its 68th Independence Day, will the law makers, politicians and bureaucrats take some action in this regard?

levitra

The CA Course – Need for a relook

fiogf49gjkf0d
Every new legislation, passed in this country in recent years, lays emphasis on the role of Chartered Accountants in the business world, and the responsibilities which Society expects of them to discharge. An example of this thinking of the lawmakers is the Companies Act, 2013, where the auditor is required to act as an expert, authenticating the correctness of the financial statements, a watchdog guarding the interests of the stakeholders and a whistleblower intimating the concerned authorities of a fraud. With all these onerous responsibilities, is a person who passes the final exam conducted by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) equipped to deliver what Society expects of him? I understand that an overhaul/modification of the syllabus of the CA course is being contemplated by the ICAI. There would be a number of academicians who would be more competent to deal with this revision, yet I thought it necessary to bring to the fore some of the inadequacies that have crept into the course over a period of time.

Following the principle of “catch them young”, a student is able to harbour ambitions of joining this premier course immediately after clearing the 12th standard. At the time that he passes the higher secondary education examination a student is barely 18, and is therefore as mature as one can be at that age. He can then appear for the entrance examination and having cleared it, commence articleship to become a chartered accountant. Statistics will show that the entry point to the course is reasonably easy. Either on account of the entrance course content, or students having perfected the technique in that regard, students find it easy to pass this examination, but find the final examination significantly harder. Thus for this course, the entry point seems to be easier, while the exit is difficult. This unnecessarily permits entry to a large number of students, who then flounder when they reach the final frontier. We therefore hear a number of stories of students being frustrated, with the qualification eluding them.

Further, if after passing an examination of a particular standard which is the IPCC, a student is entitled to undertake articleship, one does not understand the logic of permitting one to start the course having cleared only one group. Once this happens, a student who is pursuing the graduate course as well as the CA course, falls between two stools creating unnecessary pressure in his career.

The initial concept of the course was that the course content would be supplemented by the on hands training that the student received while undergoing articleship. This was very true nearly 3 decades ago. Over a period of time the complexities of legislation, the variety of services that professional renders, and the consequent specialisation have limited the benefit that the training imparts. Undoubtedly it is of extreme significance, but in view of the fact that a Chartered Accountant will practice or work only in certain areas, there are gaps in the training that need to be filled in. Coaching classes are certainly not a substitute. Undoubtedly, they may assist the student being able to pass the examination easily, but they are not able to aid acquisition of knowledge. Given the fact that students from all state of society pursue this course, some degree of classroom support will have to be thought of by the Institute.

Coming to the course content itself, it appears that even the course requires significant modification. Firstly, considering the era of specialisation, students should be able to select some specific subjects. Further, some new subjects areas need to be looked at. Over the last two decades in the financial world, there have been significant advances and new products in the category of derivatives have been developed. To understand these models, quantitative analysis has to be factored into the course. Very rarely would one find a fund manager who is a Chartered Accountant. There are opportunities but our students need to be equipped with the requisite knowledge to exploit them. A significant population of professions practice in the Direct tax and Indirect tax field. Even those who join industry require this knowledge. One finds that in this regard, while the subjects of taxation undoubtedly form part of the course, the principles of interpretation are not given adequate importance. That is precisely why, most of our professional colleagues tend to interpret tax laws and regulatory laws in the same manner. The advice that they tender on the basis of such interpretation is often likely to lead the clients into a problem and consequently diminish confidence in the profession.

The profession has grown from being a backroom profession, to one where Chartered Accountants have to present themselves effectively. Communication skills were never the strength of our profession. This problem has been addressed to some extent by creating modules which the student has to undergo during his period of article training. However, there is still a long way to go in this aspect as well.

Finally, in regard to manner of testing the ability there needs to be a change. One finds that increasingly the test that the student undertakes is a memory test. Application of mind and interpretation skills are not tested to the extent necessary. I would believe that at least in regard to the core subjects, the manner of examination needs to change. In that light, in certain subjects one may even look at an open book examination.

I am deeply conscious that, those engaged in designing the curriculum at the ICAI would be well equipped to deal with some of the issues that are raised for they are wellknown. One also appreciates that one is dealing with an examination which is an all India examination and therefore to design a curriculum to suit all requirements is definitely a challenge. However, if one is considering a change, one should bear in mind all these aspects.

There is no denying the fact that the profession has a significantly important role to play. Those who pass the examination and thereafter enrol themselves as members of this august institution, deserve their place in the sun. It is necessary that the course they undertake equips them fully to meet the challenges that they would face.

levitra

An avoidable complication

fiogf49gjkf0d
The last two decades have been extremely challenging for the Indian accountant. With the Indian economy being gradually liberalised, global accounting practices reached the Indian shores. As foreign investors started investing in Indian businesses, there was a growing demand for Indian accounting to converge to International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). While everyone realised that this was inevitable in the long run, the change from a historical cost convention to a fair value system which is significantly different is beset with problems. In order to harmonise IFRS to India specific situations, Ind AS-the Indian version of IFRS was mooted. It was however felt that Indian businesses were ill-equipped to adopt even Ind AS. It was therefore decided to adopt a calibrated approach and with effect from 1st April 2016, adoption of Ind AS, was made mandatory for listed companies, while others were permitted to follow the accounting standards applicable to them as prescribed either by the relevant statute or those formulated by the accounting regulator, Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI). It then became apparent that identically placed entities following two distinct accounting systems would show different book results. In order to ensure that these entities paid the same tax, ”Tax Accounting Standards” as they were then called were thought of.

Thus, the objective of these standards was to modify the book profit in the process of computation of income. It was universally accepted that it was impractical for any business entity to maintain two sets of accounts – one for reporting to stakeholders and the other for paying tax. The tax accounting standards were expected to bridge that gap. However, somewhere along the way, that objective seems to have been totally lost sight of.

The committee that was formed for this purpose made its recommendations by way of a report and tax accounting standards were placed for comment is in the public domain. To what extent the responses from the public were considered is a matter of debate. Finally, ten “Income Computation and Disclosure standards” ICDS were notified by the government and they came into effect from accounting year commencing from 1st April 2015, relevant to assessment year 2016-17. As notified today, the standards will create a host of complications.

Firstly, these standards require “disclosure” of policies followed. They apply to all assessees following the mercantile method of accounting and having income under the head “profits and gains of business” or “income from other sources “. These are not accounting standards but computation standards. Therefore, the place of disclosure is a matter of debate. It must be remembered that the amended section 145 gives a power to the assessing authority to make a best judgment assessment in case of non-compliance. It was thus essential that these standards were precise and comprehensive to the extent possible which they do not appear to be.

Secondly, these standards completely exclude those following cash method of accounting. While this will certainly give relief to those assessees who follow only the cash method, it could cause complications when under the same head, two different methods are followed for two different sources. The standards should have addressed situations arising in this scenario.

Thirdly, it is provided that wherever the computation standards are in conflict with the provisions of the Income -tax Act (the Act), the provisions of the Act would prevail. While this sounds to be perfectly acceptable, it could create significant controversy. It is a well-established proposition that the Supreme Court interprets the law, as it always stood. Given the Indian judicial system, it could be close to two decades for a particular provision to be finally interpreted by the apex court. In a situation like this, if income is computed on the basis of ICDS and the same is in harmony with the law as it stood at the time, but subsequently the law is interpreted differently by the apex court, then it would create great difficulty. One would possibly say that this is the position even today. But now there would be two prescriptions to be interpreted under the same statute. The Act and ICDS themselves.

Finally, one needs to consider the effect of the transitional provisions. In a couple of standards namely construction contracts and revenue recognition, the transition provisions are extremely harsh. They would apply to unfinished contracts entered into before 31st March 2015, where the assessee was following completed contract method, but now is forced to follow percentage completion. This would create a substantial liability in the year of transition i.e., assessment year 2016-17.

In fact, a preliminary study of ICDS seems to suggest that the cost of compliance will increase significantly. Though the standards do not require maintenance of separate sets of books as the computation is of taxable income and not book profit, the prescriptions are such that a virtually parallel separate record will have to be maintained by each entity of some size. With the current attitude of revenue officials being what it is, one is really concerned about the litigation that will ensue.

The way the standards have been drafted, the objective seems to be to garner maximum revenue at the earliest. It may have been easier to recommend some adjustments to book profit to take care of some of the issues thrown up. If that could be achieved, Income Computation and Disclosure standards were possibly unnecessary. If this was not feasible then the issues arising out of Ind AS, in regard to computation of income ought to have been addressed, comprehensively. The ICDS as notified will only increase litigation.

The last but not the least, power to formulate standards affecting taxable income is virtually power to amend the law without going to the Parliament. One wonders how desirable this is.

If the government is serious about promoting their pet theme of ease of doing business, like GAAR, ICDS in their present form certainly need a rethink.

levitra

A good beginning

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 19th March, the Finance Minister Mr. Arun Jaitely introduced in the Parliament “The Undisclosed Foreign Income and Assets (Imposition of Tax) Bill, 2015”. The Statement of Objects and Reasons records that “Evasion of tax robs the nation of critical resources necessary to undertake programmes for social inclusion and economic development. It also puts a disproportionate burden on the honest taxpayers as they have to bear the brunt of higher taxes to make up for the revenue leakage caused by evasion.” It further states “ The central government is strongly committed to the task of tracking down and bringing back undisclosed foreign assets and income which legitimately belong to the nation. Recognising the limitations of the existing legislation, it is proposed to introduce a new legislation to deal with undisclosed assets and income stashed away abroad”.

The Finance Minister deserves to be congratulated on the introduction of the Bill. The siphoning off of funds and wealth created by evading taxes has been a disease our country suffered from even prior to the independence. In the postindependence era, the menace increased exponentially in a regime where tax rates were astronomically high, there was distrust between the taxpayer and the tax collector, and being wealthy was virtually a sin. By the time tax rates were rationalised, the disease had reached epidemic proportions, so that normal palliative medicine was of no use and a drastic surgery was necessary. The Bill which some view as harsh and irrational must be looked at in this background.

The estimates of illegal or “black” money which was kept in undisclosed accounts with foreign banks varied significantly. The CBI director stated in 2012 that the estimate was US dollars 500 billion. Finally, the judiciary stepped in and ordered the formation of a Special Investigation Team (SIT). It would be appropriate to note the anguish of the judges of the Supreme Court Justice B. Sudershan Reddy and Justice S.S. Nijjar who, while ordering the constitution of the SIT, remarked ”The issue of unaccounted money held by nationals and other legal entities in foreign banks is of primordial importance to the welfare of the citizens. The quantum of such monies may be rough indicators of the weakness of the state, in terms of both crime prevention and also of tax collection”. Finally, the government prodded by the Supreme Court has acted and the Bill has been introduced.

One may wonder as to why, if the source of ill-gotten wealth is in our country, the government should go after only that wealth that is lying in foreign countries. While undoubtedly the war against black money should continue in earnest on the domestic front, if one were to prioritise the efforts of the government in checking or mitigating this problem, beginning the battle against tax evasion with an attack on undisclosed foreign assets is probably justified. The first reason for this is purely economic. If income or assets on which tax has been evaded lie within the country, normally they circulate through distribution channels albeit unofficial. Therefore, if wealth resides in the country, it is more often than not distributed among different people though the distribution may be grossly unequal. Consequently, to an extent, such moneys gives a fillip to economic activity. On the other hand, once money is secreted abroad, it remains in a foreign economy with virtually no benefit to our country.

Secondly, if unaccounted wealth is within India the possibility or probability of it getting converted into disclosed wealth either voluntarily, or through detection is much stronger. Once black money is transported out of the country, the trail goes weak and then turns cold. In an attempt to detect such money, one may face a maze of legal issues and the success rate of such efforts is not encouraging.

Thirdly, such money often enters India, through a facade and is often hot money, leaving Indian shores at the slightest hint of economic turbulence. This affects a developing economy like ours. Finally, such wealth is often used by the underworld or terrorist organisations to wage an undeclared war on India. For all these reasons I believe that the Finance Minister has got his priorities right.
At first blush, the Bill seems to be fairly harsh. Perhaps, that is the intent. It seeks to tax the foreign undisclosed asset at the value in the year in which it comes to the notice of the assessing officer. If one aggregates the tax payable along with the penalty, an assessee would have to shell out 120%. While no one can defend a flagrant violation of the law, taxation on the basis of the value of the asset may result in a number of problems.

Further, there is no provision for stay of recovery of the tax and penalty, even though one may have filed an appeal against a manifestly erroneous demand. There are other glitches as well, which may possibly be ironed out in the course of the passage of the Bill becoming an Act. More importantly what needs to be addressed is the wantonly aggressive stand of the tax authorities in the recent times. While a person who evades taxes must undoubtedly be punished and should suffer, it is essential that an environment is created where compliance is rewarded, honesty is recognised and the treatment of a taxpayer is human. Those of my colleagues that were practising in the field are fully conscious of the tax terrorism that prevails. It is not sufficient only to say that the government wants a fair tax administration, action in that regard is necessary on the ground.

All in all, in its battle against black money, the government has taken the first step. Let us hope that this Bill is followed up with provisions to deter creation of ill-gotten wealth within the country. For the time being we can only say ” well begun is half done!”

levitra

The Dance of Democracy

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue reaches you, the new government at the centre will have presented its first full-fledged budget after assuming power in May last year. Expectations always run high from this annual exercise but this year they have reached unprecedented levels. Let us hope that the expectations of the electorate that gave this government a clear mandate are fulfilled to some extent.

It is more than six decades ago that our country gained independence, and we chose democracy as the form of government. The British rulers, who ruled us for more than 150 years, were confident that our fledgling democracy would gradually degenerate into anarchy. It is to the credit of the Indian citizens that despite a huge diversity, in terms of education, wealth, religion and language democracy has not only survived but flourished.

A mature electorate has carried out major transitions of power. In 1977, we saw the Congress which seemed impregnable being dethroned. A couple of years ago, we witnessed the virtually invincible Communist Party being humbled in its bastion. Around eight months ago, we witnessed a party that had been reduced to 2 seats in Parliament in 1984, a party that had to manage a large coalition of allies to remain in power, command a majority on its own. But the most thrilling change was the emphatic victory of a party that had been written off by many exactly 8 months ago, yours truly being one of them. Yet the outfit simply steamrolled everything in its path. What then could be the reason for such a landslide victory? Is this a precursor of things to come or is a flash in the pan win?

Our country has seen political parties of all hues, the grand old party of the pre independence era the Congress, the Communists, the right of centre parties and a large number of regional outfits. In theory each party had an ideology, and represented a section of the people. And yet in the period of 60 years, the electorate or at least a large part of them is disenchanted with virtually each political party. There could be many reasons for this but the most significant one is that once elected to power, politicians join a class of their own. They seem to develop a disconnect with the people whom they represent. They begin to look at their own interest rather than of those who elected them.

A major reason for this is the election system. Under the current system, fighting an election is a huge cost which no average individual can afford. Consequently, either the party on whose ticket he contests or the individual himself has to raise funds. For this funding parties and politicians invariably turn to those who can give handsome donations on or off the record, expecting some favour in return. This creates vested interests and promotes corruption. Gradually, the distinction between collecting funds for party and for oneself gets blurred, and the corrupt politician is born. Transparency, integrity and accountability are given a burial. The people who elect the politician cease to identify themselves with him.

It is in this scenario that the party that won the Delhi assembly elections, brought about a refreshing change. Firstly, the person at the helm of the party was one from amongst the general public, one with whom they identified with as an “Aam Aadmi”. He was not the classical politician. He had led an agitation for them just before he fought the election. There were many who disagreed with his methods and to some extent his ideology, but there was no one who doubted his integrity and commitment to the cause in which he believed. Further, his methods were transparent, and the people felt that he would be accountable for his actions. It was on the basis of these distinctive features that he could assume power in the first round of elections less than a year ago. Unfortunately, he was in the company of well-meaning but immature individuals who did not appreciate the difference between agitational politics and governance. This resulted in the Chief Minister of State leading an agitation. Confronted with unprecedented situations he resigned, which was seen by many as abdicating or avoiding responsibility.

Within a short time this young outfit seems to have learnt its lessons well. In the election campaign it stood out by not criticising its opponents below the belt, motivating voters and ensuring that their case was heard. This resulted in those disillusioned and disheartened with the run of the mill politician switching sides and voting en masse for this party. As results of exit polls started trickling in, the writing was on the wall for the opponents of this party. However, the extent of victory shocked everyone. The reason for that landslide win was of course one of the other illnesses of the election system namely the ”first past the post” principle. On that account though the other parties did get a reasonably significant vote share that did not translate into any seats at all.

This huge win itself raises many challenges. With virtually no opposition to speak of, the ruling party in the state legislature will have to work out modalities whereby it builds a system of checks and balances where the other side is also heard. Further, it will have to ensure a definite role for its elected members who cannot directly participate in governance. Though personal ambitions of those who cannot make it to government positions can be controlled, they cannot be wished away.

If this young party can set modest goals, avoid populist freebies, ensure that they remain connected with the people, and at the first sight of corruption in their own party nip it in the bud, they will grow from strength to strength. If that does not happen, then over a period of time they will become like any other political outfit. But there is hope, from the manner in which the man who leads the party has communicated with his fellow partymen, and warned them of the ills of arrogance. If his partymen pay heed to his words then maybe we will have democracy in its true sense- “government of the people, by the people and for the people”.

levitra

Raise the Ethical Bar high enough!

fiogf49gjkf0d
There is a constant feeling in Society that Ethics, values morals are on the decline. This is a feeling that is as old as the hills. We would have heard our forefathers lament the loss of morality; we do so every day, and possibly generations of the future will do so as well. Are then things really that bad? Do we live in a world, where each person is at the other’s throat, would rob him without fear of reprimand? I do not think so. If this were so, civilisation as we understand it today, would have possibly ceased to exist long ago.

There is however certainly a cause for concern. Until a few decades ago, whenever we were in a dilemma as to whether what we were doing was right or wrong, there was guidance available at close quarters. At home, it was in the form of parents or elders, in public life it was in the form of social leaders who were virtually moral light houses, and when we stepped out in the world to earn our bread, there were our peers who set standards of excellence.

It seems to be that over a time we have stopped accepting moral authority of individuals, without question and seem to test it constantly. We now have children in the family questioning their parents as to whether there actions are morally right or wrong. Similar questions are being asked of social leaders as well as seniors in the profession. While this is good in a way, it gives rise to certain challenges.

Another aspect is that ethical values also undergo a change, and what was right or acceptable at a particular point of time no longer remains so. Similarly, an act for which one was castigated in the past would be perfectly acceptable now. Nothing is right or wrong in absolute terms and every action is to be judged in a frame of reference.

There are two aspects of ethical or moral behaviour that are particularly worrying. There seems to be willingness to compromise morality, and qualities like truth and honesty for achieving material gains. Such compromises are made very quickly, and without the inner turmoil which is expected when a moral value is sacrificed. Another issue is the tendency to accept extremely low standards. While in an examination for passing, a benchmark of 35% is fine you cannot have 35% truth, honesty or integrity, it must be absolute. I do appreciate that this is difficult, but I think it is not impossible. When we start accepting these low standards in any profession, we do so at our own peril.

Finally, ethical values are something which must be ingrained and become a part of oneself. Yes, in order to ensure correct behaviour, in private, public and professional life, we do require laws, rules and regulations. However, their acceptance has to come from within and not without. I was amused when, travelling in a cab, a relative of mine, at red signal asked the driver to check whether there was a policeman at the corner and then proceed. This would mean that a law is broken only when one gets caught and not otherwise. This is a totally incorrect attitude.

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society has always strived to encourage the spread of values in public life in general and the profession of accountancy in particular. The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal is the flagship of the Society. Over the past few years, a special issue is released on the occasion of the founding day of the Society on 6th July. The special issue contains a few articles on a particular theme, in addition to the normal features. We selected “Ethics “as a subject for this year’s special issue.

We requested individuals from different professions to express their views on the state of ethics in general, and the moral challenges faced in the profession to which they belonged. We gave them an absolutely free hand in that regard. I am grateful for the contributions.

This issue contains articles from our very own K. C. Narang, Somasekhar Sundaresan – an Advocate, Prakash Bal – a Journalist, Sanjeevani Bhelande – a singer, and Dilip Deshmukh – an Architect. I have had the benefit of reading the articles before they reach you. Narang saheb’s article sets the tone, by putting the topic in its perspective; Mr. Bal laments the depressing scenario in the media, Ms. Bhelande’s commitment to ethics shines through her piece while we are informed of regulations similar to our own in the architectural field by Mr. Dilip Deshmukh.

Mr Somasekhar Sundaresan describes the obligations cast on an advocate to defend the accused. When I read his piece, I was reminded of the treatment of advocates who defended persons who in the eyes of Society were “criminals“. It is sad that we tend to sit in judgment as to whether the actions of a person are correct or otherwise without giving him an opportunity to explain himself and be adequately assisted in that endeavour.

I cannot resist the temptation of reproducing the words of Thomas Erskine, the great advocate who was dismissed from the post of attorney general because he accepted the brief of a revolutionary. These words appear elsewhere in the issue. Thomas Erskine said “From the moment that any advocate can be permitted to say that he will or will not stand between the Crown and the subject arraigned in court where he daily sits to practice, from that moment the liberties of England are at an end. If the advocate refuses to defend from what he may think of the charge or of the defence he assumes the character of the Judge, nay he assumes it before the hour of judgment and in proportion to his rank and reputation puts the heavy influence of perhaps a mistaken opinion into the scale against the accused in whose favour the benevolent principles of English law make all assumptions, and which commands the very Judge to be his Counsel “.

I hope the issue will make interesting reading.

levitra

The lakshmanrekhas of life

fiogf49gjkf0d
I write this editorial, mourning the death of R.K. Laxman, the renowned cartoonist, whose common man, made us smile every morning. His cartoons were loved by all, such was the quality of his art. The lines that he drew can be truly referred to as “LaxmanRekha” in every sense of the term. His comments were hard hitting,caustic and yet retained an almost wry humour. His subtle comments on the inconsistencies in human behavior will always be remembered. He crticised persons of all classes and creed, making his point but never offended any one. He knew exactly where the line between humour and offence was drawn and never crossed it.

If all of us, whether as individuals, citizens, and professionals live our lives within the LaxmanRekha the demons, that lead us astray and come to haunt us, will not be able to do so. Let us take two of our rights, of paramount importance, the right to freedom of expression and the right to practice one’s religion. If all of us tempered our expression and ensured that while we got our point across, we respected the other person’s right as well, most of the problems like banning of films, books would not arise.Similarly, while everyone has the right to practice ones religion, there is a limit to what extent in what manner we can practice it in public. If all of us stayed within limits, we would not need the President of the United States to teach us religious tolerance. I have given a couple of illustrations, but there are many such norms in public life which we need to adhere to. It is all a question of staying within the LaxmanRekha.

There are such boundaries, when we act as professionals as well. We must ensure that we protect interests of our clients after we have understood where in our opinion their interest lies. I have often said this in the past, but our profession is such that we tend to build a very close association with our clients. This association often leads to our taking undue professional risks, and compromising our position. While this so in our role as auditors, as consultants, we must guard against tendering clients advice which falls within a grey area. We must remember that while a concern for our clients is natural, we cannot afford to fall in love with our clients. We must draw a boundary to our association with the clients and ensure that the relationship stays within that line. It is only then that our advice will be dispassionate, and it will be in the interest of both the client andus.

As chartered accountants, our role can be broadly divided into three parts. The first that of an auditor authenticating the accounts of the client, second as his advisor and consultant, and the third of his representative before various authorities. As auditors we must fully understand thatwhile expressing an opinion on client’s accounts, our role is that of an investigator. The law now requires us not merely to remain a traditional watchdog but a canine that barks and warns. However, even while performing that role, we must evaluate everything at face value, and not disbelieve everything that is placed before us. As consultants, we must understand the difference between evasion and avoidance. We must never advise client to evade tax, and ensure that measures and structures that are adopted for avoidance must fall within the four corners of the law. As representatives, we may make or adopt arguments which may sound absolutely ridiculous or border on irrationality, but we must never misrepresent or falsify facts. When we act there are limits within which we must remain, whether those lines are thin or dark.

While all of us are busy professionals, we must not forget that a duty to our families. I have seen that many of us do not draw a line between our offices and homes. We tend to carry our office, home and this disrupts the peace in the family and also affects the happiness of our dear ones. We must learn not to carry our profession beyond the threshold of our homes.We owe a lot to families and our success as professionals depends on their support.We must definitely discharge obligations to our loved ones.

If we have crossed the line or what I have referred to as the LaxmanRekha, in regard to any of our aspects of our life we must introspect. If we need to change some things around us and the change is possible we must make an attempt to carry out those changes. There may be some situations which we cannot change and we must learn to accept this fact. I am reminded of the following famous lines”God give me the courage to change the things that I can, the strength to accept those that I cannot and the wisdom to understand the difference between the two”. Finally, in order to appreciate and remain within the boundaries, which may avoid disasters, we may need to change ourselves, the most difficult task. I will end with the famous utterances of an Urdu poet, which run like this “Aadmi ghar badalta hai, libaas badalta hai, rishte badlta hai, dost badalta hai, lekin khudko nahi badlta. Ghalib bhi yahi galti karta raha. Dhool chehre par thi lekin aina saaf karta raha”.

levitra

Let us clean the nation

fiogf49gjkf0d
Prime Minister Modi, in his Independence Day speech sounded the bugle for “Swachh Bharat Abhiyan”. Like his other actions, this emphasis on cleanliness in an Independence Day speech was unconventional. He set an agenda which was not a party agenda but a national one. Though the opposition did make an attempt to cast some doubts saying that it was only showmanship, their comments did not cut much ice with the Indian public, a majority of whom are already enamoured with PM Modi. Pursuant to the appeal actions have been taken by corporates and citizens groups. With their cooperation the movement should succeed.

While cleanliness of roads, water, and sanitation are all welcome projects, what is far more important is cleaning the cobwebs in the mind. Mr. Modi craftily invited leaders from opposition parties to join the movement. This created a flutter particularly when Mr. Tharoor appreciated the proposal. In our country, political parties have constantly stuck to their stereotyped roles. Praising the laudable actions of somebody who is on the other side of the political divide is seen as committing a sin and more often than not political parties wash their hands of such comments by saying that it is the personal view of that leader. All this has to change. It is time that opposition parties realise that it is their duty to oppose the wrong actions of the Government, but if there is something that needs to be supported it should be done, though the credit for the same may well go to one’s political opponents.

To establish that he is serious in his endeavour, the Prime Minister and his party should set an example. Physical cleanliness can be achieved over a period of time. What is much more important is cleanliness in public life. Parties would do well to ensure that their leaders enjoy an impeccable reputation in public life. Those with established criminal backgrounds should not be offered party tickets. Cleaning the political system should be the top priority.

Along with this Swachh Bharat Abhiyan, the four pillars of democracy also are in dire need of a clean up drive. Apart from politicians to whom I made a reference, somebody needs to wield the broom to clean the bureaucracy. What is necessary is a real intent to put honest upright bureaucrats at proper places. In this case, one needs swift and firm action. As I write this editorial, there are disturbing reports that an engineer of a local body who is alleged to have amassed huge wealth and against whom action by the anti-corruption bureau is pending has been reinstated. It is astonishing to note that such a person, will be heading the “vigilance department.” This is a cruel joke on the public and this action needs immediate correction. The media which has often played a stellar role in exposing the wrong deeds of public officials also needs to do a fair amount of introspection. While it is true that in this era of competition, media houses are often caught in the race to be first off the blocks, to give breaking news, it would be worth their while if they pause for a moment and ascertain whether what came to the knowledge was a fact or fiction. A comment in the media can cause immense damage to reputations. A clean and responsible media strengthens democracy. Finally, the judiciary which is considered as the saviour is also not free from its share of black sheep. The controversies about appointments to the highest court of the land leave a bitter taste in the mouth. As far as the lower judiciary and quasi-judicial authorities are concerned, a massive clean-up drive is necessary. Inefficient and corrupt incumbents at this level affect the general public. This is because it is these forums that are accessible and affordable to the public in their quest for justice.

While the nation is watching this movement with a great degree of expectation, is there a role that our profession can play? Can we contribute our mite to keep public life clean? While rendering services to our clients, keeping abreast of the various developments in the profession and sharpening our skill sets are definitely a prerequisite, what cannot be lost sight of are the qualities of integrity and independence. We must realise that our profession has this unique position akin to that of a family doctor. We enjoy the confidence of our clients for long periods of time. If we give them proper advice and inculcate the habit of complying with the law and regulations rather than making an attempt to sidestep them, we would have done our nation a great service. We must express our opinions without fear and in an independent manner. While I agree that we cannot do any moral policing, or impose principles on our clients, we must follow professional ethics ourselves, and render correct advice so that we go to bed with a clear conscience, with the satisfaction that we have done the best that we could. If we perform our role diligently, we would have gone a long way in giving our country a cleaner business environment.

Finally, we have recently celebrated the Festival of Lights and embarked on a new Samvat 2071, which promises to be a prosperous one. Let us try and ensure that it is a clean one as well. If actions of others in the past have sullied our mind, let us wipe the blackboard clean, and begin life with a new slate. We will then have contributed to the Swachh Bharat movement in the true sense.

levitra

Time to introspect

fiogf49gjkf0d
Decisions of various judicial forums are always discussed and debated. Many decisions, particularly those of the High Court and the Apex Court have far-reaching impact on the business, industry, the profession and the public in general. Judgements of the Tribunals also attract attention, but to a lesser degree, as they are fact-based and do not finally decide the issue. However, recently, a decision of the Mumbai Bench of the Income Tax Appellate Tribunal was widely publicised in the media, and was the topic of discussion among our colleagues, for it contained rather critical observations about the profession. There were responses to what appeared in the media by some leaders of our profession.

On reading of the decision, I felt that while the comments may not have been necessary to decide the appeal, they were not entirely unwarranted. While it is true that in regard to some of the observations contained in the said decision that there could be two views, their tone reflected concern and anguish rather than only criticism. It must also be appreciated that the order was authored by a member of our profession.

The appeal before the Tribunal was filed beyond the prescribed period by 2,984 days. The delay was on account of erroneous advice given by a Chartered Accountant, which was admitted by him on the affidavit. The Tribunal which expressed admiration for core expertise and knowledge of Chartered Accountants, felt that the commission of such an error by a Chartered Accountant was unlikely. It felt that the affidavit had been issued to accommodate the client. It therefore rejected the affidavit. However, as the Tribunal has stated that if the Chartered Accountant had actually tendered such grossly erroneous advice or the Chartered Accountant “accommodated” the assessee in both events there was cause for worry. I would share that concern.

Even more disturbing was the fact that the reporting in the media gave an impression that the Tribunal had virtually castigated the entire profession, while the contents of the order were significantly different. What was distressing was the perception in the public mind that the profession deserved the brickbats it purportedly received.

Rather than take up an aggressive or defensive posture, the profession should take a note of this decision and seriously introspect. In an earlier editorial, I had mentioned that as professionals we need to understand our role and the parameters within which we carry out our professional duties. Given the nature of our profession a close association with the client is inevitable. However, that relationship or association should not result in our shying away from our duties and responsibilities. As much as we may have sympathy for the travails that a businessman has to suffer on account of unjust laws, complicated regulations etc., we cannot let that colour the opinion that we have to express as auditors and the advice that we have to give as tax consultants.

Apart from the expertise and technical prowess for which the public relies on our profession, what distinguishes us, or at least what ought to, from others is the ethical standards which we are expected to follow. It is in this area that we have seen consistent deterioration over the last couple of decades. We see among professionals, a desire for quick success, quick money and for that purpose the willingness to make the necessary compromises. While this is the attitude of some in the profession, the businessman also wants to hoodwink the law and achieve his objective wherever he can. This results in the “accommodation” to which the Tribunal has made a reference. Whenever this aspect is raised in discussions, the refrain of many of my friends is that the deterioration in the the profession is a “reflection of deteriorating ethical and moral standards in society.” While this is true, it cannot be a defence for falling standards of conduct. If, as a profession, we wish to claim some different and distinct status, we cannot say that because society tolerated unethical conduct by others, such conduct by a Chartered Accountant is pardonable. It is because of our professional skills and standing that the society expects something different from us. If we are to retain the rapidly diminishing respect for our profession in the society, we must discharge our onerous obligation. The Tribunal in another paragraph points out that if the member had indeed committed such a gross error, the efficacy of the Continuing Professional Education programs (CPE) which are held by the ICAI, may have reduced. Attendance of these programmes is mandatory, for practising professionals. While a general statement about the falling standards of these programmes is certainly not appropriate, their content, the manner in which they are conducted, is certainly worth a revisit. With continuous development of laws, rules and regulations and changes in the business environment, updation is required in a vast number of areas. The primary role of the ICAI is that of a regulator of the profession, and the setter of accounting and auditing standards. The responsibility of ensuring the updation of knowledge of a large number of members in numerous areas, while maintaining a high standard of quality is an onerous responsibility. For the benefit of the profession at large, it can share this responsibility with other professional bodies.

As far as individual professionals are concerned, one has in the recent past experienced an attitude of seeking exemption from the mandatory attendance of CPE programmes or make an attempt only to comply with the regulations in letter and not in spirit. This is inexcusable. If we claim to be an elite profession then we must accept the principle that our knowledge and professional skills have to remain updated and our skills have to be honed to perfection.

Finally, it is true that the conduct of the Chartered Accountant which led to the observations by the honourable Tribunal may not be representative of the profession in general, it is certainly not a solitary instance. Let us take this opportunity to introspect. I only hope that this will not be like an introspection by any political party after a debacle, but one which will result in some positive action.

levitra

Rethinking Education!

fiogf49gjkf0d
Two unrelated events of the recent past have been the triggers for this editorial. The first is the grants announced by the Finance Minister in the recent budget, for setting up of various educational institutions across the country. The second was my experience at a traffic signal, one morning. With the traffic in full flow, two collegegoing youths on a bike crossed a red signal with gay abandon and laughed at an old man crossing the road, who was scared out of his wits. We have gone wrong somewhere, and it is a time to rethink.

I have touched upon four issues in this piece, the structure of the education pyramid, the efficacy and the reach of subsidies, the focus of education and its objective.

It appears to me that far greater attention is given to the post-graduation institutions, as compared to primary education. The quality and coverage of school education is abysmal. We still have a large population of the rural India which has very limited or no access to basic education. Primary schools have inadequate infrastructure, both in terms of physical facilities and human resources. So while we have single teacher schools with leaking roofs, we also boast of the state of the art IITs and IIMs which are temples of higher learning for students across the world. The education pyramid appears to be inverted, with an alarming scarcity of schools and a proliferation of higher education institutions where education is big business. This has to change. In a country where resources are scarce, there needs to be a rethink of priorities. The government must concentrate on funding primary and secondary education for the masses. These schools for the public survive on government support alone. For the time being development of higher education institutions can be left to public private partnerships or other modes of funding with the government acting as a regulator and facilitator.

While on resources, there also needs to be a revisit on whether the subsidies that the state gives are reaching those who deserve them. For example, in aided institutions, education for the girl child up to higher secondary level is virtually free. One wonders whether it is really necessary to provide such a universal subsidy. I fully support a subsidy to the deserving girl child to ensure that she does not drop out of school, but should this benefit the girl who visits McDonald’s after she walks out of school? Further, governments must also formulate consistent policies in funding. Today, there is a newspaper report stating that a State Government is contemplating commencing non-salary grants after a school runs for 10 years. If this stand is taken, how can schools survive for 10 years when there is restriction on fees which they can charge? The second aspect to consider is, whether our country gets the return it deserves when it subsidises education in certain higher education institutions. Take the case of a doctor or engineer who studies in a government-aided college, and having completed his education goes abroad for higher studies and subsequently migrates. While our country has borne the cost of his education, another will reap the benefits of his skills. Should the country not be compensated for this loss in some manner? I am deeply conscious that this is easier said than done, but maybe some thinking in this regard is called for.

Then, let us look at the focus of education. It is true that India has a very young population. If these young people are to be contributors in nation building, it is necessary for them to acquire skills sets. It is therefore right to have skill development as the focus. Having said that, I believe that if the country is to become an economic powerhouse and retain that status, then substantial attention has to be paid to fundamental research, something which has not happened in the past 4 to 5 decades. Skills are required to solve problems “for now”, while basic research will solve them permanently. One finds that state support to fundamental research is limited. When budgets are pruned, research institutions’ grants are immediately cut. Even industry support to basic research is not very encouraging. This is probably because governments have a “five year” perspective while industry is averse to investment in projects with long gestation periods and uncertainty of results. With the government investing in or subsidising higher education, the area of research is one which deserves the maximum attention.

It also needs to be considered as to what the objective of education is. The obvious objective of education is the acquisition of knowledge. But is the acquisition of knowledge which will enable one to make a better living the only object? Our education must endeavour to make students better human beings and fine citizens. It is in school that empathy and respect for the views for others, tolerance and morals can be imbibed. What needs to happen is a concentrated effort to inculcate values. This is undoubtedly a difficult task. If a child is taught values in school but they are trampled on at home, and in the society that he lives in, a child is likely to be confused. Even then it is necessary to make such an attempt. The endeavour of all of us is to leave material wealth for the next generation. Instead if our schools teach values and make our students good citizens, the world will be a better place to live in. In the words of Abraham Lincoln, “the philosophy of the school room in one generation will be the philosophy of the government in the next”.

Anil.J.Sathe
Editor

levitra

Auditing profession at the crossroads

fiogf49gjkf0d
I intended to sign off the year 2014 on a much happier note, putting before the readers the thoughts of a resurgent India, expectations of economic reform and the prospects of a prosperous year to come. However, two events compelled me write on a much more serious issue. The first was an article on “Accounting scandals” which appeared in the Economist on 13th December, and the second was the report of the CAG on third-party reporting tabled before the Parliament on 19th December.

The Economist article describes an erroneous decision made by the investment guru Warren Buffett, attributed to a grave accounting error which was not noticed by the auditors. The article describes a large number of business failures, resulting in huge losses to investors which could have been avoided if there had been proper reporting by auditors. The article, a balanced one, states that the auditors, at the very least, failed to raise an alarm.

Back home, the CAG report on tax audit reports is far more scathing. According to the report, the errors by the tax auditors, resulted in a short levy of taxes to the extent of Rs. 2,813 crore.The CAG audit report lists specific areas where tax auditors have failed to perform their duties. The report recommends action against errant auditors. While it is likely that some of the views expressed by the auditor may be on account of a genuine difference in interpretation, or some may be bona fide errors, it is improbable that this is the case in respect of all shortcomings that have been reported.This may occur on account of the tax auditor not having the requisite skill set. While I do not wish to engage self-flagellation, it is true that some of our professional colleagues have not realised that if one is to deliver quality service, knowledge needs to be continuously updated. One cannot afford to rest content with what one has learnt in the past. There is one issue that also needs attention. The tax audit report at the stage that it was introduced was expected to assist the assessing authorities in framing assessments. From an assurance on correctness of data form 3CD now requires expression of opinion on a number of issues some of them complex. Is this what is expected of the auditor? Possibly the regulator that is the ICAI and the concerned authorities need to revisit some aspects in regard to the scope of the report.

As regards audit which gives an assurance in regard to financial statements, over the last few years there has been a continuous erosion of the confidence which investors, regulators and the general public reposed in the ability and integrity of auditors. One talks of the “expectation gap” on a number of occasions, but it has widened rather than narrowed.

The real scope of audit, and the limitations in which an auditor functions have not been appreciated by the users of financial statements, and the profession has failed to educate them. Nearly a century ago, a British judge had said that an auditor is a “watchdog and not a bloodhound”. The auditing profession has used that assertion as a shield, while not realising that a domesticated watchdog may gradually forget his true role. What is expected by the public is a guarantee that the accounting statements are true and correct, while what the auditors express is an opinion on the accounts with significant caveats which are not understood by the reader at all. While one fully understands that it is virtually impossible to give a guarantee of accuracy of accounts, given the gamut of complex accounting rules and standards it is extremely difficult for the user to understand the true import of the “opinion” expressed. This expectation gap must be bridged urgently if the auditing profession intends to retain the respect and confidence of the users of financial statements.

The second aspect which is a cause for concern is the conflict of interest. The users or beneficiaries of the services of the auditor do not pay for the same. In practice, investors have very little say in the appointment of an auditor or in determining his compensation. The purchasers of his services, do so only because they are required to. To put it bluntly, an auditor is appointed not because the management believes that he will add value but because there is a statutory mandate. Therefore, in theory, an auditor protects the interests of shareholders and regulators, but in practice, his concern is that if he barks too loudly he will be driven out. The Companies Act, 2013 seeks to address this problem by providing for rotation of audits. To what extent this will be successful remains to be seen.

Another problem is that the users of auditing service have a serious lack of choice. The Economist article points out that more than 90% of the top companies are audited by the big four. Managements tend to choose from among these auditors believing that if any other service provider is used, it may not be acceptable to investors. With large companies having business interests across the globe, the tendency is to deal with a firm who has presence in all countries. While one can have no quarrel with the prosperity of our professional brothers, companies need to realise that there is local talent with the same quality, if not better, in the auditing profession in many countries. If there is serious competition, auditing firms may be on their toes to ensure a value add, rather than ensuring compliance with the letter of the regulation.

In this scenario where the profession is being blamed, what is the solution? One obvious answer is the deterrent legal action against the apparent wrong doers. The Economist article states that given the judicial system and the complex accounting rules auditors have been able to ward off compensation claims with minimal payouts. Other penal actions have also not been very successful.

The only lasting solution is regulation. While there are no immediate answers, it is necessary to ensure greater healthy competition among service providers. The profession is already looking at consolidation in mid-size firms and that process needs to accelerate. The “audit committees” of companies need to be given more teeth and need to be manned by independent professionals. Another suggested remedy is scrapping of the statutory requirement for audit altogether. The supporters of this theory say that this will ensure that service providers pay more attention to what value addition they can provide and what users of service really want.

The Economist article contains a novel solution by Joshua Ronen, a professor at a New York university. He propounds a concept of”financial statements insurance”. Insurance firms will provide coverage to protect shareholders from accounting errors and will hire auditors to assess the odds of a misstatement.

This being the last editorial for the year, let me not end on a gloomy note. Our profession, hitherto dominated by the male species has seen an increasing number of young lady entrants. Let us then welcome the young ladies to the profession. May their tribe increase!

Wishing all readers a very happy and prosperous 2015,

levitra

Accept the Vodafone decision with grace, make a new beginning!

fiogf49gjkf0d
When one scans the morning papers one often reads about government officials acting high-handedly, irrationally and with blatant disregard for public interest. It was therefore heartening to note that the Attorney General of India had advised the government not to appeal against the decision of the Bombay High Court in Vodafone’s case. It is learnt that the CBDT chairman is of the view that the decision should be accepted. This is exactly the manner in which government officials holding high positions are expected to act. They must advise the government based on their expert knowledge of the subject and not tender that advice, which those who seek it want to hear.

When Mr. Modi assumed power at the end of May, his promise to the people was fair and equitable laws. In fact he has stated on a number of occasions that while new laws in the interest of the citizen needed to be enacted, several others which had clearly outlived their utility, and were causing unnecessary bottlenecks in the development process, needed to be annulled.

More than the complex and cumbersome laws, it is the irrational interpretation and implementation by overzealous tax officials that causes harassment to law abiding and diligent citizens. Indiscriminate additions in transfer pricing assessments is one such area. While undoubtedly, legislation in this regard was required as a large number of multinationals were shifting profits outside the country of source that is India. The object of transfer pricing legislation is to ensure that India got its fair share of tax. Unfortunately, the provisions are being treated as a revenue gathering measure with extreme interpretations and high-pitched assessments. This has created a great deal of uncertainty in the minds of the foreign investors. In fact, many transfer pricing assessments have virtually turned into tax terrorism. If the government does heed to the advice of its Attorney General, and accepts the decision of the Bombay High Court in the Vodafone case, then it will be a welcome step indeed.

While one must ensure that the unscrupulous do not get away, there needs to be a change in the mindset of officials that often tends to treat a taxpayer as a criminal. What is the need of the hour is fair laws, total transparency in legislating them, and administration of the enacted laws with a human face. A citizen would not mind paying a little higher tax if he were to be treated fairly. Those who interpret the law equitably must be encouraged. Whenever possible uncertainty must be removed. Safe harbour rules are a step in the right direction. Those, however. need to be realistic.

In the area of direct taxes, there are some provisions which treat a taxpayer unfairly. One set of them is relating to tax deduction at source. A majority of deductors discharge the obligation cast on them to deduct taxes diligently. In fact, the collection of taxes is the responsibility of the sovereign, which has been passed on to tax payers. Deduction of tax is therefore a service for which a person receives no payment. In such a situation, justice demands that as long a person acts bona fide, and discharges his obligation based on an honest interpretation of law, he must not be penalised. Similarly, in regard to the procedures for filing of statements, they must be streamlined and the processes be made more user-friendly. If the efficient discharge of this obligation can be appreciated in some mode that would be even better. So much for the deductor. As regards the recipient of income, once he establishes the fact that such tax has been withheld, then there must be a mechanism where after a due process of verification he is given credit for the same without him having to depend on the deductors filing a statement and completing all the processes. This is more so when the deductor is the government or a government undertaking. There are several instances where government departments have deducted tax but have not filed the statements. No action is taken in such cases.

Another area of grievance is adherence to timelines and efficient dispensation of justice in the tax field. While a taxpayer is required to comply with all the deadlines, in many cases there is not much of an obligation to act expeditiously on the tax administrator. While the tax payer is penalised for not acting within the time prescribed, there is no such penalty for the administrator. Whatever limitations and timelines are prescribed in the statute are for the lower end of the tax administration hierarchy. For instance, there is absolutely no time limit in which the first appellate authority needs to dispose of an appeal. There is also no timeline for disposal of the second appeal. There is no time line for disposing application u/s. 264. There may be administrative problems for which the citizen is not responsible. In this situation the hapless taxpayer is put to great hardship. Even when grievances are redressed the redress must be in substance and not in form. We often find orders passed in a cavalier manner so that the rounds of litigation increase. Each authority blames the lower one. Significant change in laws and procedures is necessary to achieve speedy dispensation of justice.

There are great expectations from the new government. At the time the Finance (No. 2) Bill, 2014 was introduced, the new Finance Minister had hardly any time to fulfil what was promised. The budget to be presented in February 2015 provides a great opportunity to this government to establish that it means business. It is time that the broom which has been thrown away by one political party in the capital is caught hold of by the Prime Minister and his men and all the cobwebs in the tax administration are cleaned. What citizens want is lesser laws but more justice.

The year 2014 is coming to an end. It has been the year in which change has occurred, and expectations are rising. One hopes that the year 2015 will see some of the dreams fulfilled.

levitra

Tax Audit – Need for defining roles

fiogf49gjkf0d
For around the past one month, virtually all practising chartered accountants have been discussing the revised form of the tax audit report. The form underwent a change by virtue of a notification dated 25th July 2014. The changes in the form were in line with thinking of the tax department which is – shift the onus and the responsibility to assessees or the hapless professionals ! Assuming that the changes were necessary to facilitate assessments, it would have been appropriate to make them from the next assessment year so that both assessees as well as professionals would have geared up for compliance. That not having been done, the representations, including one from the Society were made to the authorities. The concern regarding the 30th September deadline has been partially addressed by the circular of the CBDT on 19th August 2014, extending the date for obtaining and furnishing the tax audit report to 30th November 2014.

Tax audit has been in existence for more than three decades but there appears to be no clarity in regard to the role of the auditor in the minds of the assessee or the auditor himself. Similarly, there is confusion about the scope and purpose of the tax audit in the minds of the tax authorities. When the concept of tax audit was introduced in 1984, the stated objective was to ensure proper maintenance of books of account, reflection of true income of the taxpayer and facilitate assessment. At that time, the role of the tax auditor was restricted to that of expressing an opinion on the true and fair view of the accounts and authenticating the correctness of the particulars prescribed. Over a period of time, a large number of clauses have been added to the report which require, compilation and consequent verification of exhaustive details, as well as expression of opinion on a large number of aspects which involve interpretation of both the Income-tax Act as well as other tax laws. The professional therefore has two roles to perform one that being that of an auditor and the other being that of a tax consultant/advisor/expert. These roles may not necessarily be in sync and could be in conflict with each other.

The problems that arise are for two reasons. Given the threshold prescribed for tax audit, a large spectrum of the business organisations/ assessees who require to get their accounts audited do not have the requisite wherewithal to compile comprehensive accounts and data that is required for the purpose of the tax audit. Consequently, at every stage in this process, a tax auditor is involved in varying degrees. In addition, he normally performs the role of tax advisor to the organisation. This means he is to ensure compliance with tax laws as well as ensure the minimum tax liability for his client. This requires that he wear different hats. The challenge is in understanding that he can wear only one hat at a time and in making a client understand this position.

When he undertakes the role of an auditor, he must in his mind accept that he is performing his duties as an independent person. He will have to express an opinion on the accounts as well as the correctness of the particulars, without letting the fact that he is also the tax advisor, colour his mind. Even if his expression of opinion may have some adverse consequences for his client, he will have to perform that task with the requisite diligence. When he represents his client’s case before the tax authorities he is performing this task as a counsel, and is entitled to urge the assesee’s case, on the basis of views held by the assessee. To my mind there is nothing wrong for an auditor to hold one view while conducting audit, but to canvass the other view before a tax authority as while he does so he is the authorised representative for his client. I am conscious that this is easier said than done. It is this role definition that is extremely important. If a professional permits these two roles to converge he will not be able to do justice to either of them.

As far as the business organisations are concerned, they must appreciate that the prime responsibility of maintenance of accounts and preparation of particulars for tax audit is their responsibility. The work of compilation can be outsourced and not the responsibility. The responsibility of carrying out a verification of the accounts so maintained and the particulars so compiled is that of the auditor. The auditor needs to emphatically state this and the auditee needs to be appreciate it.

The problem is compounded by the mind set of our professional colleagues. We tend to associate with our clients to an extent that it can causes discomfort. I have seen that many chartered accountants fight shy of making a remark in their audit report, for they believe that should they do so, the client will be affected in a tax proceeding. This is because we tend to hold ourselves responsible for the problems of the client, when more often than not the problem is the client’s own creation. We should advise a client to take the requisite steps to avoid recurrence of the problem, but if it has occurred we need to report.

While this is the case with auditors and auditees, the lawmakers must also decide what they want from a tax audit. While requiring an auditor to ensure that the accounts show a true and fair view and that the factual particulars prescribed are correct, to ask an auditor to express an opinion on interpretation of a provision is requiring him to act as an expert. Doing so will be merging the roles of an auditor and a tax expert. If this is so, then those opinions expressed need to be respected unless they are perverse or are contrary-a judicial precedent. When an officer disagrees with an opinion expressed by the tax auditor, it should not be done perfunctorily and the officer should record detailed reasons for the same. One often finds that the tax audit report is dealt with casually.

If this position changes, it will change the perspective of both, auditors and the organisations they audit. If the tax audit exercise is to become more meaningful to business organisations whose accounts are audited, useful to the tax department which relies on the report, and less stressful to chartered accountants, there will have to be a change in attitude and perspective of all stakeholders. Let us hope that Lord Ganesha whose festival we are celebrating, blesses all concerned with the requisite wisdom to do so.

levitra

A Government that we can trust!

fiogf49gjkf0d
By the time this issue reaches you, the elections of 2014 will be in their last phase and all of us will be waiting for the results, on 16th May. Over the past few months we have witnessed vitriolic campaigns, run by all the political parties. As in the past, emotive issues have been raised, though speeches have also been laced with the promise of development. While this election had many similarities with elections of the past, in some ways it was distinct and different. There was a large contingent of first-time voters, social media played a significant role, and there was the presence of a party which at least promised to represent the “Aam Aadmi.” These factors cumulatively may make a difference in the outcome.

Whichever government assumes power, (and one hopes that we will have a stable one), will have to meet the rising aspirations of the people. What should citizens expect from the new government? What we need is a government that “governs” and people feel that they are governed. To put it in one line we want a government in which the people of this country can place their trust.

When will such trust be created? That can happen when the government acts fairly, transparently and is accountable for its actions. These are the basic minimum attributes of governance, which have seen a steep fall in the last decade. How unfair is the administrative arm of the government will be apparent from the scathing comment of the Income-tax Appellate Tribunal in the Bharti Airtel’s case. The Tribunal observed “….If an action of the assessing officer is so blatantly unreasonable that such seasoned senior officers well versed with functioning of judicial forums, as the learned departmental representatives are, cannot even go through the convincing motions of defending the same before us, such unreasonable conduct of the assessing officer deserves to be scrutinised seriously. At a time when evolving societal pressures demand a greater degree of accountability in governance also, it does no good to the judicial institutions to watch such situations as helpless spectators. If it is indeed a case of frivolous addition, someone should be accountable for the resulting undue hardship to the taxpayer, rather than being allowed to walk away with a subtle, though easily discernible admission to the effect that, yes it was a frivolous addition ……. The paragraph aptly describes the conduct of the government. Those who do business expect the government of the day to act equitably, fairly. While no one denies the right of a sovereign country to collect tax, would it be wrong for businesses beyond Indian shores to expect that we will have a fair, stable and consistent tax regime?

The actions must not only be fair but they must be transparent. Let us take the legislative process as an example. The Direct Tax Code Bill, brought in with fanfare, has been hanging fire for over 4 years. Innumerable man-hours have been invested (or wasted?) in the stupendous effort of understanding, analysing the Bill and its versions to make representations thereon. After all these efforts, one feels frustrated if one does not know the outcome/response to the representation. Having received representations/suggestions, reasons as to why some of them are not accepted are never made public. While one appreciates that it is the government’s prerogative to legislate, it is equally important that the stakeholders for whom the legislation is made participate in the process and truly feel a part of it.

 Accountability is the most significant parameter of good governance. One can give innumerable illustrations of how citizens feel slighted when there is no politician or bureaucrat who takes responsibility for their actions. In the past, in our country taking responsibility for actions of one’s juniors was the norm. Such politicians/bureaucrats are now a forgotten breed, the South Korean premiere being an exception. Let us take the recent case of the deletion of a huge number of voters from the electoral rolls, with Maharashtra witnessing this problem on a very large scale. It is possible that the election commission with its limited machinery acted in an absolute bona fide manner. The problem possibly was on account of software glitches, callous data entry or equally careless data verification. Whatever be the reason, the right of franchise of an Indian citizen was lost. It may be virtually impossible to redress the same but the person responsible must be held accountable. It is only if this happens that events like this will not recur.

To ensure that the government of the day acts equitably, fairly transparently and to hold it accountable we must have a robust, consistent and responsive judicial system. We must see that justice is delivered and delivered quickly. Justice delayed is justice denied may sound a clichéd phrase, but it is true. We cannot have the situation where after more than a decade, a trial of a simple hit and run case of an eminent actor has to restart on account of a legal lacuna. Such delay virtually negates the value of any justice that may be delivered. The government that assumes office will have to address these problems, on a war footing.

Finally, if we are going to ensure that democracy survives and flourishes in our country , we the citizens and particularly the educated class will have to do their might. In the words of Alexander Woolcott, “I am tired of hearing it said that democracy doesn’t work. Of course it doesn’t work. We’re supposed to work it!” So, my fellow citizens, put your shoulder to the wheel of democracy and make it run!

levitra

Winds of change

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue reaches you, the year 2014 would have been ushered in. As I write this editorial, preparations are on to bring down the curtains on 2013. While 31st December celebrations are an annual event, the year 2014 promises to be significantly different. The winds of change are here.

Media coverage is full of reports of a new political party coming to power in the capital of the world’s largest democracy. It will be interesting to see how this outfit discharges the responsibility of governing Delhi. The party has made promises which are difficult to fulfil. What one only expects is a sincere and honest attempt to deliver them.

This party has come to power on the shoulders of a public movement against corruption. It is on the basis of this mass movement that one feels that a change is on the horizon. Public movements have always taken place. The difference between public protests of the past and those which have taken place within the last couple of years is the spontaneity, intensity and speed with which these protests occurred as well as the impact they have made. In addition, there is a difference between the composition of participants of earlier movements and those who took to the streets an year ago for the Lokpal Bill or to protest against the ghastly event on 16th December last year.

 There are a few other reasons for the belief that a change is in the offing. There is a major shift in demographics. If 35% people in our country are below the age of 35, we have a critical mass of population which is well-informed, well networked and can be motivated. There is an increase in the number of people which can be called the middle-class. Globalisation which kicked in around two decades ago has brought about substantial connectivity on the commercial and business side. The social and political consequences of this connectivity need to be understood by those in power.

The requirement to cope up with a multitude of economic, financial, cultural and social differentials has resulted in an effect on society which is probably more intense than what society itself is prepared for. We are living in a flat world where interaction has become very easy. This enables a quick comparison of circumstances which sharpens frustrations. We have had a glorious past, and the country has been a home to individuals who were titans in their respective fields. However that has been our past. Rendering sermons on the past cannot satisfy the aspirations of the youth and such attempts are likely to be rejected with anger. It is precisely this aspect that our political and business leaders need to realise. 25 or 30 years ago the youth held their leaders in awe. It was far easier to preach to them and they were willing to be patronised.

Today they demand information as stakeholders and they are ready to challenge what is put before them with facts and figures, in what leaders perceive as an irreverent manner. A great facilitator in this change has been technology. In case of any major event or occurrence in the world one had to rely on what information the government gave out. Even if the people did not trust government controlled media they had very little option. Today, people know with reasonable accuracy what is happening in any part of the world, and are able to share and spread information. Social media reporting has become a very powerful tool of information and opinion building. As a consequence, public perception is a very important aspect of the lives of all, particularly those in the public eye. Apart from media, tools like the Right to Information Act have accentuated transparency in public life. While all information being in the public domain has its own advantages it is not without the flip side. Because every decision is open to public scrutiny, those in administration tend to worry more about how a decision will look in the public eye rather than the correctness of the decision itself. Every person is spending extraordinary time in documenting the process that he has followed in making the decision. This is because he anticipates that any decision can be questioned, and even worse judged in hindsight. If an administrator has the slightest inkling about a decision not going down well with the public, he will refuse to take it and will merely pass the buck. Political leaders, economists and analysts are openly admitting that decision-making has taken a beating. Because of the danger of even honest, bonafide decisions being questioned, officials tend not to take decisions.

This results in furtherance of public anger. Public or civil servants who were respected a few decades ago have been gradually referred to as bureaucrats and now derisively as “babus”. While one welcomes the change at our doorstep, this aspect needs to be addressed. In the same manner that social media castigates, criticises wrong decisions, it must laud those who are acting quickly and decisively in public interest. In a district of Maharashtra when an upright official was being shunted out of office, people of that district rose in unison against the decision. Such events will neutralise the negative impact I referred to earlier. In this process of transition how is our profession responding?

I think the response is inadequate. In professional institutions the change in demography is not being adequately reflected and seniority in age is still at a premium. While youth has entered the profession in a large number, its needs and aspirations have not been addressed. Unfortunately many of my colleagues still consider regulators and legislation as being the source of employment and opportunity, without realising that it is only excellence in service that will ensure survival. The winds of change have reached our profession. They need to blow harder even at risk of damaging some established structures, as they inevitably will.

To conclude 2014 promises to be an exciting and significant year in history. Let me take this opportunity in wishing all of you and your families that the year is a joyous , prosperous and eventful one.

levitra

Create Opportunities and Not Entitlements

fiogf49gjkf0d
The new Government is firmly in the saddle in Delhi. After 25 years, the people of India have given a clear mandate. Right from the swearingin ceremony, this Government has made a good beginning and as they say, “well begun is half done.” The Government will now have to meet the challenge of enhanced expectations.

Subsequent to the poll results, the parties that lost have started searching for reasons for their complete rout. A number of party spokesmen have said that even though the UPA Government took substantial steps to alleviate poverty, these did not get the necessary publicity and therefore, they were unable to convince the voters. This has been cited as the prime cause of defeat. During the course of debates and discussions in the media, the ‘Food Security‘ and the ‘Right to Education’ legislations have been brandished as path breaking achievements of the UPA Government. It is this aspect of the argument that one needs to consider carefully. There can be no two views about the right of an Indian citizen to have a square meal and to avail of good education. The question is how does one achieve this? Is creating ‘entitlements‘ the correct approach or in the era of globalisation, is creation of opportunity an alternative?

The left of the Centre parties, socialists and the few surviving communists have consistently argued that globalisation is one of the prime causes of increase in poverty. They believe that the underprivileged are against globalisation and economic reforms in the manner that it is being pursued in the last 20 years. This does not appear to be the truth. If one analyses the aspirations of those sections of the public who are living in poverty, or those from the lower middle class, who are trying to make their way up the ladder, the resentment is not about those who were enjoying the good things of life, but it is about the lack of opportunity to reach where others have. As Thomas Friedman, in his book “The World is Flat” argues that voters have not said, “Stop the globalisation train, we want to get off.” They have actually said,“Stop the globalisation train, we want to get on but someone needs to help
us by building a better step stool.” This election was about envy and anger. It was a classic case of revolution, happening when things are getting better but not fast enough for many people.

The reason why the people have given such an unequivocal mandate is that they have realised that governments, both at the Centre and at the State-level have been eaten away by corruption and mismanagement and they are simply unable to deliver. It is in this context that the new Government must look at the challenges ahead. Let us consider the “Food Security” legislation. While there is no quarrel about the sentiment that every Indian must be well fed, just creating an entitlement without substantial reform in agriculture, such legislation will lead us nowhere. It would probably substitute an existing inefficient system by another. We need to create opportunities for the Indian farmer to grow more food, to store it, if necessary process it and reach it to the consumer through efficient channels of distribution where he will get the best price. The farmer needs a window of opportunity. The Indian farmer does not need doles of free power and loan waivers. What he needs is an assured supply of quality inputs and access to affordable credit. If this infrastructure is created, channels of distribution will develop and food will reach the poor at reasonable prices. Then, a far smaller number of people who do not have the requisite purchasing power will have to be supported.

Let us look at education. A young lady has taken charge of this ministry and without giving her an opportunity to function there is a controversy being raised about her educational qualification. To succeed, what is needed is not a university degree but strong political will and the desire to act honestly and fairly. The Right to Education Act creates an entitlement, but without proper planning, it will increase pressure on the existing poor education infrastructure and result in further resentment. The need is to spend more, spend well and create more quality schools which can be accessed by the lower strata of society. We have had reservations for more than six decades, and there needs to be serious debate on how far it has benefited those for whom they were meant. Apart from increase in the number of institutions, there is a need to seriously rethink about the manner of imparting education. Vocational education must be given its due share. Let us hope that the promise to spend 6% of GDP on education translates into reality and does not remain on paper.

Finally, not only must opportunities be created, but these must be created quickly. The speed of decision-making must undergo a total transition. The new Government should not attempt to be “saviours” of the poor. The endeavour must be to empower all sections of the society, to create more opportunities for wealth creation and then ensure its equitable distribution. The Indian voter has delivered. It is now the turn of the Indian politician to do so!

Anil.J.Sathe

Editor

levitra

Future of India –Youth’s perspective

fiogf49gjkf0d
It gives me great pleasure to place in your hands this special issue of the journal. With this issue I have completed one year as the editor of this prestigious publication. Over the past few years, as a part of its Founding Day celebrations, the Society releases a special issue which, apart from the regular features, contains contributions from authors on a specific topic.

As an editor, I felt that it would be appropriate to explain the thought process behind selection of the topic for this special issue. India has just witnessed an election and a consequent change in the government. The people of this country believe that with new government in the saddle, their dreams will be fulfilled. There is a virtually universal acceptance of the fact that the youth have been the greatest contributors to installing the new government in power.

While everyone accepts that the youth are responsible for the change, are they being given their due? In the media, whether it be print or electronic, one finds that wise men with grey hair (I belong to that community) are expounding their ideas on how the country should be run and what actions one needs to take. Speakers and authors never forget to mention that all that they have suggested is necessary to make this country to be a better place to live in for its youth. The question is do the goals of those in power, the drivers of the government and the economy match with those of the young citizens of this country? Is there a goal synchronisation? I felt that rather than preaching to the next generation as to what was appropriate for them, it would be wiser to hear their aspirations and read about their dreams.

Apart from this factor, I think it is time that we seriously lend our ears to what the new generation has to say. This generation is born in the era of globalisation. They do not carry the ‘burden of a glorious past.’ I am saying this because one often finds at various fora, speakers reminding the audience of what we have achieved in the past. What is lost sight of is, while no one denies the history, the youth are living in the present and their eyes are filled with dreams for the future. It is important that we understand their expectations and also how they believe these can be met. Whenever one talks of finding solutions to the problems that face the country, one tends to look at what actions have been taken in the past and rely on precedent. I think that there needs to be a major shift in approach. The world is no longer linear and the past track record is of limited value to what the future holds in store. As Stephen Covey, a management guru, has said, “One cannot walk into the future looking over ones shoulder. If one does so one is sure to stumble.”The Society has been, in the past year, led by an enthusiastic President, Naushad Panjwani. One of his endeavours was to encourage participation of younger professionals in the affairs of the Society. We felt that this special issue contributed by young professionals would be a fitting finale to his term.

If this country is to change for the better, the drivers will be India’s youth. We professionals have a great role to play. We should be playing the role of catalysts of change. We, therefore, requested professionals to contribute to the special issue and to express their thoughts on how they felt what India would be a decade from now, how they looked at their own profession, and what they felt that needed to change in this country. In keeping with the traditions of the journal, we merely indicated our intent and gave a total free hand to these under 35 professionals to speak their mind. Two chartered accountants, Mahesh Nayak and Pranav Vaidya; two advocates, Ms. Nazneen Ichhaporia and Mr. Sameer Pandit; a doctor, Dr. Parth Mehta, and an architect, Ms. Priya Vakil, have contributed to this issue. I am grateful to all of them for having spared their valuable time.

I hope the readers will find the issue interesting.

levitra

Ring in the new!

fiogf49gjkf0d
The month of April, the first month of the financial year, will witness events which will bring in significant changes in our lives. The first and foremost is the voting for the 16th Lok Sabha, which will commence this month. The world’s largest democracy is witnessing many firsts. A large number of youth (approximately 10 crore) will vote for the first time to make a difference. These are young citizens who were born at a time ,when, the Indian economy opened its doors to the world. They have not witnessed the freedom struggle or the License Raj that followed and have aspirations of achieving standards of living that match global standards.

The voters have three or four choices, the incumbent 10 year old coalition led by India’s oldest political party, which is challenged by a party whose face is perceived by some, to be that of a firm decision maker with a track record of development in his state while others see him as a force that will divide the nation, and the third choice is from a large number of regional outfits who have the interests of their respective States at heart. However, the most interesting is the fourth, a party who has been born out of a common man’s agitation against corruption, and claims to represent the “Aam Admi.” Another unique feature of this election is an option given to the voters to reject all candidates. I am hopeful that this election will strengthen our vibrant democracy. The only thing that is to be ensured is that all of us participate in this process and discharge our duty. This is the time to ink your finger and let it dry. What needs to rub off is your enthusiasm to vote and not the ink!

The second event is an attempt by the Apex Court to clean up the body that lords over India’s largest religion “cricket”. The court has given a lease of life to cricket’s most entertaining event, and has placed it in charge of a man who has always played with a straight bat. There are many who believe that the orders of the court transgress administrative rules and regulations. However, if these very same rules have been misused by those in charge, the Courts have very little choice. There may be many views on how the game should be played and how spectators should be entertained, but there can be no doubt that the game must be played honestly. Any person not doing so must face punishment. The players may earn as much as they can, but they must play the game with dignity and honour.

The third significant event is that of the notifications of 183 new sections of the Companies Act, 2013. They are to become effective from 1st April, 2014. The provisions and the draft rules substantially affect our profession. While many of us would believe that the responsibility cast is even more ominous than it was earlier, we will have to rise to the challenge. In the coming months, a lot will be written about these amendments.

The last but not the least important event is with respect to this Journal, our Society’s flagship. For 45 years this Journal has been a treasure of knowledge and has earned the respect of its readers. There are eminent professionals who have contributed to this Journal for decades, helping it to attain the stature that it enjoys. The Society has always kept pace with the times. It has recognised that the modes of communication have undergone a substantial change in the last decade. This generation reads newspapers on the net. When tax provisions have to be referred to, I instinctively reach for the Income-Tax Act, while my juniors reach for the mouse.

The decision to publish the BCAJ in the e-form, was taken during the time of my predecessor but the process took some time. The endeavour was that all the capabilities of the electronic medium should be utilised when the Journal is made available on the web. For this purpose, a dedicated website has been created. The issues of the past 10 years were uploaded on that website and a search facility was developed. The Journal website is www.bcajjournal.com .

From the month of April, the BCAJ will be available in e-form on the above website. To all the members of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ society and the Journal subscribers the Journal will be available both in printed form as well as on the web. In order to give our readers across the globe who have not subscribed to the Journal or those who are only in netizens, a feel of the Journal, the access to the website will be available to all for one month from the publication of the April issue. The modalities will be announced on the Society’s website as well as the Journal website. Like all free things in life, this facility will be available for a limited time. From the month of May onwards, those who find our Journal valuable and I am sure many will, subscription will be available, details of which will be on both the sites referred to above.

Our endeavour is to maintain the highest standards of the journal and strive towards excellence. My appeal to all our readers whether subscribers or not, is to give us their feedback. We at the Society welcome it. So to all the Journal lovers, from the month of April, happy reading and happy viewing!

levitra

Tax Acounting Standards – Do we need them?

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Central Goverenment has recently exposed drafts of two Tax Accounting Standards which it proposes to issue under the provisions of section 145(2) of the Income Tax Act, 1961. It may be recalled that soon after the introduction of the provision empowering the Central Government to issue accounting standards, two standards were issued, which were more or less inverbatim reproduction of the accounting standards issued by the Institute.

The Government believes that a tax payer can avoid payment of taxes by following a particular method of accounting and the standards issued by the Institute offer flexibility.

This belief of the Government is misplaced. The standards issued by the Institute alongwith Accounting Standards Interpretation have been adopted by the Government on the recommendations of the National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards and issued them as standards applicable to Companies under section 211 of the Companies Act, 1956. These standards do not provide for alternatives except in few cases. These exceptions are also for valid reasons and do not lead to avoidance of payment of taxes. In some cases it may only result in timing difference. Has the Government carried out study of revenue leakage or postponement of revenue due to the so called flexibility in the accounting standards? It may be of interest if the Government can publish the figures of lost revenue.

The attitude of the Ministry of Finance of trying to collect the revenue at the earliest without having regard to the business reality needs a change. One has seen this attitude in collection of Service Tax as well. Service Tax for the last quarter of the financial year has to be paid even before the end of the fiscal year.

In July 2002, the Government, appointed a Committee for formation of accounting standards. This Committee categorically recommended that separate accounting should not be issued under the tax law and where there is leakage of revenue appropriate legislative amendments should be made. The Government did not accept the reccomendations.

CBDT therefore constituted a new Committee in December 2010. The report of this Committee has not been made public. Based on the recommendations of this Committee, the drafts of two Tax Accounting Standards have been issued. CBDt proposes to issue more standards in due cource.

It is now proposed that based on the Tax Accounting Standards the tax payer should prepare a reconciliation statement. The tax payer, on the face of it will, not be required to maintain two sets of books of account, one in accordance with the standards issued by the Institute (or Company Accounting Standards) and another set in accordance with the Tax Accounting Standards. However, the Government has conveniently ignored the fact that enormous effort will be required to prepare the proposed reconciliation statement.

Instead of harmonising the taxable income with the accounting income and making computation simple, the computation of taxable income from income in the financial books will become cumbersome, leading to unintended errors. This will not reduce litigation but only increase it.

The Tax Accounting Standards will open a backdoor way for advancing the year of taxability of a receipt and postponing allowability of expenditure without amending the Income Tax Act. It will not be surprising if through these standards attempt is made to change nature of a receipt from capital to revenue .

Kautilya has propounded the theory that the king should collect tax the way bee collects honey from the flower without causing any damage to it. Citizens are willing to pay their fair share of taxes provided the tax rates are reasonable, administration is fair and transparent, policies of the Government inspire confidence in the taxpayers and there is mutual trust. Tax Accounting Standards will only make payment of taxes, a burdensome exercise, even more burdensome without corresponding benefits.

levitra

FDI in Retail – Good Economics, Bad Politics !

fiogf49gjkf0d
Recently, the Government announced the decision to permit foreign direct investment (FDI) up to 51% in multi-brand retail sector. It has received knee-jerk reactions from various political parties, some expected and few unexpected. The issue of FDI in retail sector is a sensitive issue. It certainly has many repercussions.The Government believes that a tax payer can avoid payment of taxes by following a particular method of accounting and the standards issued by the Institute offer flexibility.

In the city of Mumbai we have had for many years Sahakari Bhandar, Apana Bazar and the likes. In the last 10 years Reliance, Birlas, Future Group, Subhikksha have opened big retail outlets in various cities and towns. It is a tide which cannot be stopped. Business models change and one needs to accept that change. Before the refrigerator became a household gadget and hotels installed their own ice making machines ice factories made good business. Not many years back there was at least one laundry and a flour grinding mill (atta chakki) in every locality. Do we see these today? How many of us get our shirts stitched today? Many of us even buy ready-made trousers rather than getting them stitched. Do we stop sale of refrigerators, washing machines, ready to use flour or ready-made garments? With cheap and convenient mobile phones PCOs are nearly out of business. Closer home, do we not know that large firms of chartered accountants have sounded the death knell of medium-sized firms? Every change offers opportunities to some while is threat to others.

We need to look at the issue of FDI in retail sector in a holistic way. Today the farmers do not get good prices for their produce. They are completely dependent on middlemen for marketing their products. Large amount of food grain, fruits and vegetables rot due to lack of good storage and transportation facilities. Our country cannot afford this. With organised retail trade various infrastructure facilities can be developed so as to make the supply chain efficient and economical. This can happen only if sufficient capital comes in this sector. Foreign investment in this sector will bring in experience and competition along with the capital. We have experienced in the automobile sector the kind of quality cars that became available once foreign investment was permitted. Prior to that, we had to accept the good old Ambassadors and Premiers for decades together. Mobile call rates have come down sharply due to competition.

While we talk about interest of grocers and small retailers, one must also keep in mind that their interest will any way be impacted because of large home-grown retailers and not because of FDI in the sector. The fear of affecting interest of small retailers is possibly over blown. Large retail outlets necessarily require a large space. This makes it impossible for such retail outlets to be anywhere and everywhere. Often these are located at a certain distance from the prime localities. Further, even in countries where large retailers have opened outlets, the mom and pop shops, small round the corner stores have not been wiped out; they co-exist with large retailers and have a role to play. There is also a significant component of retail trade which will not be affected at all by large retail organised outlets. Small paan shops, retailers in rural India, niche stores, convenience stores, outlets at railway stations, airports, handcart and pavement vendors etc. will not be impacted in any major way.

Various researchers in their studies have indicated that organised retail trade will have cascading effect on employment and economic activity particularly in rural areas. Realisation by the farmers would be higher by around 25%. Prices for the consumers will be lower and there will be less of wastage of food grain and other perishables. These are significant benefits.

What is required is proper regulation of the organised retailers so that there are no arm-twisting tactics by them. While the retailers may invest in warehouses, refrigerated transport vehicles and similar infrastructure, it will be necessary for the government to develop good roads and reliable transportation by railways. It may also be necessary to amend or completely scrap Agricultural Produce Market Committees Acts. These legislations were enacted by various States to protect farmers from exploitation by the intermediaries and to ensure that the farmers get reasonable price. However, the regulated markets (mandies) set up under these Acts have failed to achieve this objective. The average realisation by farmers in our country is about 25% to 30% of the final price to consumers as compared to about 65% in other countries. Simultaneously with opening up of organised retail sector to foreign investment, if steps are taken to form farmers’ cooperatives to negotiate with organised purchasers it will go a long way in serving farmers’ interests.

True, FDI in retail sector is not panacea for all ills. It has its own disadvantages. To an extent, it will impact small retailers. At the same time it is also true that due to inherent limitation that small retailers face, they cannot offer choice and competitive prices to consumers. In many cases established stores closed down and have sold their premises. If we look around we will realise many stores that existed ten years back are nowhere seen today in the vicinity. This is the reality.

The decision to permit FDI in retail sector is the first policy decision that the present government has taken in a long time. Let us hope the reform agenda is back on track.

Along with the other countries of the world, India is also passing through a difficult phase. Rupee is at its lowest. Most listed companies have reported substantial losses on account of falling rupee. India’s foreign debt burden is high. In Europe, Greece and Italy are already facing serious problem due to their high debt. We are far better placed but we cannot be complacent.

On this backdrop, Opposition parties have to engage in constructive debate in the Parliament rather than stalling the Parliament. Bills should be passed after full debate and not with the Opposition outside the Parliament. Many of the Bills are of great importance and will have a long-term impact. Let us hope that all the political parties understand this and work towards the progress of the country rather than continuously disrupting the Parliament.

levitra

Mumbai Blasts

fiogf49gjkf0d
On 13th July 2011, Mumbai experienced three bomb blasts at crowded places. The death toll resulting from these blasts is already 26. Mumbai, a cosmopolitan, multi-religious and multi-ethnic city, the financial hub of the country, has been a soft target for terrorists. It has been a target atleast nine times in the last decade. The attacks have been coming with greater intensity and frequency since 2003. The recent blasts took place when the citizens of Mumbai had not yet forgotten the blasts at seven suburban railway stations in 2006, and the deadly attacks at CST railway station and two five-star hotels in south Mumbai in 2008.

The Mumbai police have not yet been successful in identifying the terrorist groups responsible for the latest bomb attacks. They are still groping in the dark. The blame game by the politicians to score brownie points has begun.

While this time around, the response from various agencies after the blast showed improvement, what is worrying is the inaction and the apathy towards preventing the terrorist attacks. The State Government had set up the State Security Council after the terrorist attacks in 2008. The Council in turn, set up six study groups for making recommendations. However, after the initial meeting held after setting up of the Council, the State Government did not feel it necessary to convene even a single meeting of the Council, till the recent bomb blasts.

Various promises were made after the terrorist attacks in 2008; most of them remain unfulfilled. The plan was to set up a sophisticated commando unit – Force One – similar to National Security Guards. The Force One has been set up, but it is facing various issues in terms of equipment, space and motivated officers. The Marine Wing of the Police was to be strengthened with 28 bulletproof speedboats equipped with radar and GPS. However, only 12 such boats have been deployed till now. Photographs published in the print media suggest that even these boats have not been functional due to shortage of diesel. If that is true, it is rather pathetic and disappointing. Over 2000 CCTVs were to be installed. One does not know how many have been actually installed; and out of those installed, how many are functioning and how the data is used.

Padma Bhushan Mr. Julio Ribeiro, while speaking at the 63rd Founding Day celebrations of the Society, referred to systemic destruction of the professionalism of the State Police. Rampant interference by the political bosses has made even the Commissioner of Police of Mumbai rather ineffective. In the long run, these factors do contribute to reduced security for the citizens.

The Home Minister P. C. Chidambaram, in a press conference, stated that it was difficult to defend a country with a population of a billion plus, while Rahul Gandhi, (the Prime Minister in-waiting?) said that there was always one percent chance that the terrorists would succeed in their attacks. While there is truth in what these gentlemen said, these statements do not provide any solace to the citizens. Citizens of Mumbai are not impressed! The common man is worried about the inadequate efforts and the indifference shown towards the security of Mumbai.

The general public and the elite showed tremendous awareness after the 2008 attacks, but became reticent soon thereafter. Most of us do not really know what we can do to secure ourselves and our fellow citizens. The Government and the police need to educate the citizens on this front. It is also our duty to understand what we can do on our part, to make life safer and more secure. We need to be vigilant, and ask questions to the Government and bureaucrats on various issues to keep them on their toes. As they say “God helps those who help themselves”.

levitra

Harness IT, collaborate and grow !

fiogf49gjkf0d
Information technology (IT) is a term we read,
write and hear every day, but one has to wonder whether we have truly
understood its potential. Two recent news items have got me thinking.
The first is the enormous embarrassment caused to India, when two
persons out of the ‘50 most wanted list’ submitted by us to our
neighbouring country were found to be in our own backyard. This was the
result of Indian investigating agencies not sharing information. The
consequence was a serious dent to their credibility in the eyes of the
public.

The second news item was about the judge, who permitted
the use of an iPad by an accused in the 2G scam case, to process the
85,000 pages he was expected to read, to prepare for his defence. The
learned judge was of the opinion that without the use of technology this
was impossible.

What do these two events indicate? We are ready
to accept technology which will enable the processing and disseminating
of information, but are simply not willing to share that information.
What are the reasons that compel people to withhold information and
treat it as secret? The first and the most obvious is that its
disclosure will affect or damage vested interests. Withholding
information that should rightfully be in the public domain is a crime.
This is done when the person withholding the information desires illegal
gratification or gain. To counter this, we have measures like the Right
to Information (RTI), Act. A vigilant media has already exposed a
number of scams. One hopes this will help in cleansing public life and
result in reducing, if not removing corruption.

Even more
disturbing is the mindset of bureaucrats and other public authorities.
They believe if information, however trivial, is made public, it will be
misused. This could possibly be coming from their belief, that they are
the rulers, and the public their subjects. The creators of data, the
gatherers or possessors of information, are of the view that such data
or information is their source of power, and by not sharing it they
would continue to be powerful. What they fail to realise is that by not
sharing this information, they become vulnerable to public criticism. It
is quite possible that the non-disclosure of information is not always
with the intent of making money, rather it is to do with the lack of
transparency in the system.

It is this mindset that has to
change. I am conscious that certain categories of information cannot be
shared, because they may involve national security. But such categories
would be very few. Non-disclosure of information must be an exception
and not the rule. If this is not done, information finds its way to the
public fora through unofficial channels, which can lead to
misinformation campaigns, some of them, vicious. To illustrate, one must
look at the impact of the Wikileaks cables that have been doing the
rounds in the press. Much of what is being circulated is the opinion of
the person who sent those cables. However, since those in power and in
public life have been so averse to sharing information , the public
tends to believe everything that is now appearing in the press. Thus,
non-disclosure of information at the appropriate time has caused more
damage than benefit. Those holding public office must learn to be
transparent in their dealings. It is only then that the confidence of
the public, which has been shattered by all these scams, will be
restored to some extent atleast. For this purpose the power of
technology can be harnessed.

What is true of governments is
equally true in the commercial world. In today’s world, information
which is the source of knowledge, and at times knowledge itself, will
have to be shared and placed in the public domain. This is because the
problems that face the world are of such magnitude, it will require a
global effort to solve them. In an era when corporates pay huge sums of
money to acquire intellectual property rights, and incur enormous
expenditure to protect them, readers will doubt the validity of the
statement. An illustration from the book, Macrowikinomics, by Don
Tapscott and Anthony Williams will possibly prove this point. In 2007,
after investing millions of dollars and three years to unlock the
genetic basis of type 2 diabetes, which poses one of the most costly
challenges in the industrialised world, Novartis posted its raw research
data on the internet. In the fiercely competitive world of drug
manufacturers, people wondered if the company had lost its mind. The
president of the company thought otherwise. In his words, “To translate
this study’s provocative identification of diabetes-related genes into
the invention of new medicines will require a global effort”. By placing
its data in the public domain, the company hoped to leverage the
talents of the global research community, well beyond its employees. It
should be noted that Novartis did not share everything. It did not share
its own notes or commentary, thereby retaining its lead to some extent.
It, however, felt that sharing its initial research would be more
beneficial than hoarding it behind a wall of patent protection.

There
are lessons to be learnt by our profession from the narrative in the
preceding paragraph. In times where complexities of business and
regulation are multiplying, and the expectations from the users of our
services are increasing, we need to collaborate with members from our
profession, as well as other sister professions and disciplines. With
technology being what it is, I think geography is no barrier. To use a
popular phrase, geography is now history! I find the young generation is
already using technology to communicate and interact. The growth of
networking sites is testimony to this fact. Two hurdles need to be
overcome. The first is the attitude of some who believe that protection
of their knowledge base is their ticket to prosperity. The second is the
aversion of some of the jewels in our profession, to the use of
technology to share their wisdom. If these obstacles can be overcome,
and I am sure they will, our profession has a great future!

Anil J. Sathe
Joint Editor
levitra

FAMILY BUSINESSES

fiogf49gjkf0d
Kongo Gumi Co. a Japanese Family company established in 578 AD was the oldest family business until it was taken over in 2007. It was managed by the family for 40 generations. Kongo Gumi’s ability to survive for over 1,400 years as a family business is a subject of study to all those interested in family businesses.

World over family businesses play an important role’ from mom-and-pop shop to large listed entities that are controlled by families. At times, the business is managed by the family itself while in some cases the family only controls the policy while the actual day-to-day running is through professional managers.

A family business has certain distinct advantages. A family can take a long-term view while deciding the policy and taking business decisions. If properly managed and controlled, it has a great potential to grow and prosper. Yet few family businesses survive more than two generations. This is due to the fact that family businesses face some unique challenges and problems. Inability to raise sufficient capital without diluting the shareholding (that being sacrosanct to many families), unwillingness to professionalise even the operating management, egos of the family members, complacency in the subsequent generations, unwillingness of the older generation to pass on the baton at the right time and other succession issues cause demise of many successful family businesses. It is also a fact that due to lack of corporate governance, family businesses often lack credibility.

Traditionally, businesses in India have been managed by families. Hindu Undivided Family was for many generations an accepted entity for carrying on business. There was a well-established (though not the best) system to decide the succession issue – who would be the Karta. Even today, a very large portion of the Indian business is controlled by business families. This includes large listed companies such as Reliance, Tata Group, Godrej, Mahindra and Mahindra to name a few. It also includes a very large number of small and medium-sized companies. Products of even some of the small and medium-sized companies have been household names e.g. Bedekar pickles, Tortoise Brand Mosquito oils, Nirlep Non-Stick Cookware, Sumeet Kitchen Appliances, Vicco Turmeric Cream and Toothpowder.

The Indian economy has opened up substantially and businesses are facing global competition, reservations and protection for small-scale industries are fast disappearing. Even larger businesses which indirectly got protection due to licence and permit regime are facing the heat of the competition. With nuclear families, there are lesser family members to manage the business. At the same time, due to shift in culture, more family members want to be in the forefront irrespective of their capacity to run the business. In the male dominated society of India, daughters are increasingly demanding their fair share in the ownership and management of the family businesses. This also leads to dissatisfaction and disputes within the family causing destruction of flourishing business.

It is necessary to take a hard look at family businesses and understand their problems. Enlightened business families should be encouraged to ask themselves some relevant questions. This will only help the family businesses to formulate their mission and values, develop a business strategy, define their ownership structure, business structure and governance structure. These issues are common to all family businesses, whether large or small.

Most practising chartered accountants as well as those in industry render service to family businesses. Considering the importance of Family Businesses, we bring this Special Issue with four articles on family businesses – `In Defence of Family Companies’ by Mr. Balan Wasudeo, the founder of NeoCFO, `Family Managed Companies in a Globalising Economy’ by Dr. V. L. Mote, a distinguished retired professor from IIM Ahmedabad, `Succession Issues in Family-Run Companies’ by our own Dr. P. P. Shah, Chartered Accountant and `A Journey from a Family-owned to a Professionally Managed Listed Company’ by Mr. Arjun S. Handa, an entrepreneur. We hope you find these articles interesting.

levitra

Delays in public life, can the problem be addressed?

fiogf49gjkf0d
More than two decades after the event, the ghastly assassination of Rajiv Gandhi was once again an issue of discussion and debate. The occasion was the judgement of the Supreme Court to grant a reprieve, to the assassins or those who were part of the conspiracy. This was followed by the controversial decision of the Tamil Nadu government to free the convicted persons. While the unseemly haste with which the Tamil Nadu government acted was uncalled for and was definitely with a collateral purpose, there was no denying the fact that the Supreme Court was reacting to the inordinate delay that was caused in disposing of the mercy petitions of those who were to be sent to the gallows. If an authority with which discretion is vested declines to exercise its discretion either way and leaves a petition undecided for a period of 20 years, then the petitioner is entitled to succeed.

Let us take the case of the unfortunate accident involving two young officers on the naval submarine Sindhuratna. The media reports suggest that there is enormous delay in taking decisions with regard to acquisition of arms and modernising the armed forces. This has resulted in our armed forces operating with ageing equipment. If we are so callous about national security then one shudders to think what must be the fate of other files that gather dust in government departments. The irony is that a government which has been dilly-dallying in regard to acquisitions of arms and material was quick to lay the blame at the door of the Naval Chief, and accepted the Naval Chief’s resignation with alacrity.

Delay has become a part of public life. What is the reason for the snail’s pace in government functioning? Is it that all our bureaucrats are inefficient? I do not think so. While corruption has certainly affected administrative machinery, we do have a fair number of competent and upright public officers. Unfortunately, there seems to be a tendency to judge every decision of a bureaucrat in hindsight. If any incident occurs pursuant to an action of a public officer, the immediate response of a politician is to order an enquiry. By doing so the politician has satisfied public anger but the career of an official may be seriously affected. Consequently, the tendency of many officers is not to take any decision at all. Things have come to such a pass that if an authority acts in time and disposes of matters expeditiously this is looked upon with suspicion. It is almost as if, prompt action is taken only if there is a vested interest. While one must necessarily hold public officials accountable, we must learn to accept honest bonafide mistakes and stop hounding people for committing them. If that happens then decisions will be taken and delays will reduce.

Crossing timelines has become a norm particularly where a government official is involved. If we are to become an economic superpower which we aspire to be, and certainly deserve to be, this issue of delays needs to be addressed on a war footing. There will be a change if the attitude of those at the helm of affairs undergoes a change. If ministers stop brushing inconvenient problems under the carpet and start taking a firm view on various matters, things will change. Once this percolates downstream there will be greater accountability. One way would be to apply the law of limitation in favour of the applicant. If a decision on a petition or application is not taken within the time specified, that application or petition would be deemed to have been granted. Another solution could be that if the approval of a higher authority is pending on a decision taken by his junior, after a certain lapse of time, decision of the junior should be treated as having become final. There will have to be checks and balances when these approaches are incorporated in a statute or regulations but I think they can be built in.

While we are critical of government for the inordinate delays in decision making, we are not free from blame. Very recently I was the speaker at a program which was delayed to accommodate a politician. This resulted in delay of an hour, and apart from the inconvenience it caused me, one hour of more than 200 people in the audience was wasted which meant a loss of 200 man-hours. We must learn to respect the time of others which is an accepted norm the world over. I felt really sad when organising an international conference call, my colleague, warned me that the call was to take place at a schedule time and not ‘Indian Standard Time.’ While many of us do try to adhere to timelines, there are still others who treat the clock with disdain. While they are certainly entitled to their preferences in their private life, while interacting with others in public, delays should be a strict no-no.

And while we are on delays and timelines I realise that I have taken enough time of my readers. I will therefore stop here and return to my professional duties. After all time is money!

Anil J. Sathe
Editor

levitra

Relevance of audit reports

fiogf49gjkf0d
The auditors amongst us must be heaving a sigh of relief. The 30th September deadline has gone by. Many of us would have issued audit reports under the Companies Act, Income Tax Act and various other statutes. It is time to examine the utility and relevance of these reports which are the result of the toil we have all undergone.

These may seem to be harsh words but if we are honest to ourselves, we will be able to accept the truth. Preparation of financial statements is universally an object driven exercise, the reflection of the true state of affairs is rarely one of them. To most, it is ensuring the minimum tax burden, to some others it is keeping investors and lenders happy, and to the CEO it is the proof of his performance. It is left to the hapless auditor to examine whether the statements are true and fair.

It is in this context we must take a look at the audit reports that we issue. One often faces a question from young professionals as to whether it is “necessary” or “mandatory” to report a particular aspect. If we are to express an opinion on truth and fairness of the financial statement we need to disclose and report on every matter that has a material impact rather than making the letter of the statue a fortress to protect ourselves.

I do not believe that the blame lies only at our door, though we cannot escape our share of it. The tax audit report which is the bread and butter for many professionals in this country is an apt illustration. To the auditee the best report is one which causes it the least tax damage. He is not concerned with the content of the report. This is not only the attitude of small businessmen, but the largest of corporations including those in the public sector. The tax gatherer for whom these reports are issued pays scant attention to them. The authorities neither have the time nor the inclination to utilise these reports. Take the case of the report under the Companies Act. CARO 2003 has been with us for eight years now, but I wonder to what extent the regulators have used report under CARO. To both the entity and the regulator these reports appear to be a compliance formality.

The problem is compounded by the complexity of the accounting language. Accounting is supposed to be the language of business. However, the plethora of accounting and reporting standards and frequent changes in them has made this language incomprehensible. The AS, the Ind AS, IFRS can confuse the most competent professional and therefore one has sympathy for the plight of the entrepreneur. It is almost as if we had been asked to speak in Sanskrit, while the listener understands a Bambaiya Hindi. My suggestion to the authorities is to reserve Sanskrit for the gods of business and profession and permit commoners to converse in the language that they understand.

Auditing is the backbone of our profession and if it is to remain so something needs to be done quickly. One aspect is to simplify the accounting language which I have dealt with earlier. The second is to take a re-look at the form and content of the audit report and its universal application. I am sure that in the changing business environment many of the questions of CARO, 2003, are not relevant and even if they are, they should apply only to a selective class. Today, the criteria make their application virtually universal. It is also necessary for the attitude of the regulators to change. It is only if they start using the fruits of our toil better that we will regain the respect of our clients and the public at large. Finally, any effort has to be well rewarded. To the small businessman the cost of audit is a burden. This results in the quality being seriously compromised. The cost of audit increases because the auditor is required to ensure compliance with all the stringent accounting standards and his verification process is subject to comprehensive auditing standards. One possible solution is to revise the threshold limits after crossing which a tax audit is mandatory. The cost inflation index is a very apt indicator. If we rely on that to compute capital gains and pay tax, there is no reason why it should not be an acceptable benchmark for tax audit in its current form. Those below this revised threshold should be required to follow accounting norms which are easy to understand and the auditor should have a much simpler form of reporting. This will possibly meet the requirements of all stakeholders.

I believe that it is only a profession that is able to critically appraise itself survives, otherwise it is likely to be consigned to history. In my view the auditing profession is facing a crisis of credibility. The need of the hour is to take the challenge head on and neither turn a blind eye, nor brush it under the carpet.

Anil.J.Sathe
Joint Editor
levitra

Lokpal – Way Forward

fiogf49gjkf0d
Anna ended his fast and the government as well as the whole country heaved a sigh of relief. He has done a great service to the nation by creating awareness amongst various sections of the society and initiating them in demonstrating common man’s disgust for corruption. The issue of an effective institution of Lokpal was pending for over 40 years. It has now assumed importance and urgency due to Anna Hazare. It will be difficult for the government and the politicians to ignore the issue and delay the process any further. The Mumbai police have not yet been successful in identifying the terrorist groups responsible for the latest bomb attacks. They are still groping in the dark. The blame game by the politicians to score brownie points has begun. The nation salutes Anna. At the same time, some thoughts do come to mind and these need consideration. The government utterly failed to understand the mood of the people. The law Minister Salman Khurshid sarcastically said “it appears that everybody, except the elected representatives of the people, is voicing the opinion of the people”.

He was unwittingly speaking the truth. The Lokpal Bill introduced in the Parliament is just not up to the expectations and aspirations of the people. It does not represent the people’s will. The government tried to shield itself behind procedures and by raising the issue of supremacy of the Parliament. The government, while refusing to consider any draft other than the one presented by it, overlooked the fact that National Advisory Council, chaired by the President of the Indian National Congress, Sonia Gandhi, as part of its mission gives policy and legislative inputs to the government.

It also failed to realise that when the elected representatives do not understand, appreciate and articulate views of the population that they represent, a movement like the one started by Anna Hazare takes birth. The spokesmen of the ruling party made things worse by making wild allegations and unreasonable arguments. Eminent lawyer politicians of the ruling party were incapable of convincing the people and finally, due to Anna’s resilience and overwhelming support of the people to him, had to eat a humble pie. The opposition parties also failed the people of the country by avoiding to express their position. The lame excuse was they will do so when the bill is discussed in the Parliament. It was only when the situation reached where it did that the political parties were forced to take a view. Both, the government and the opposition need to work harder to regain the confidence of the citizens of this country. While we blame the politicians, one must not hesitate to complement them where they deserve. Some of the speeches in the Parliament in the recent debate on the Lokpal issue were brilliant and appeared to be coming from heart. Some of the parliamentarians are extraordinary thinkers and if they rise above party lines and have the interests of the country upper most on their agenda, they can be instrumental in the progress of this country. In a democracy each one has a right to protest, lobby and articulate his views.

The pluralistic nature of our society makes it even more necessary that we have an open mind towards views of others. It was disheartening to see Nikhil Dey a social activist in his own right and a close associate of Aruna Roy being branded as a traitor because he expressed a different view. It would be dangerous if a group insisted that only its views are acceptable, however well-intentioned that group may be. People supported the anti-corruption movement rather than the Jan Lokpal Bill per se. Nobody doubts the good intentions of the Civil Society but the proposition that only the Bill drafted by them is acceptable and should be passed by the Parliament does not appeal. We hope that Team Anna realises this. Now that the government has agreed to consider various drafts of the Lokpal Bill, it is essential that various groups consider all the drafts, engage in a healthy debate and convey the views to the select committee which will be considering the Lokpal Bill. Aruna Roy and National Campaign for People’s Right to Information (NCPRI) have made very good suggestions for fighting corruption.

It includes set of set of measures (including having a Lokpal) to be collectively and simultaneously adopted. These appears more practical and realistic. Let us hope that the country will have an effective institution of Lokpal soon. It is also true that merely having the institution of Lokpal will not eradicate corruption. One must look at the causes of corruption. There are many. Greed, shortages of resources, lack of transparency in decision-making, discretionary powers, lack of accountability and acceptance by the people that corruption is the way of life have all contributed to corruption spreading everywhere, not only in the government but also in corporate world. We also require a change in our attitude. We need to resist corruption in all situations.

Let us hope and strive to make India lose the distinction of being one of the most corrupt countries.

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

levitra

Professionaly Speaking…

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Australian Council of Professions defines a profession as: ‘A disciplined group of individuals who adhere to high ethical standards and uphold themselves to, and are accepted by, the public as possessing special knowledge and skills in a widely recognised, organised body of learning derived from education and training at a high level, and who are prepared to exercise this knowledge and these skills in the interest of others.’ On a lesser idealistic plane, a profession is an occupation, which necessitates widespread training and study, and generally has a professional association, ethical code and the procedure of certification or licensing.

Classically, there were three recognised professions – divinity, medicine and law (not considering the oldest profession of the world!) Over a period, with the development of specialised bodies of knowledge and technology, other occupations came to be recognised as professions or started claiming the status of profession. It is a process of evolution and today in the expanded meaning of profession, one would include many other occupations although they may not possess all the characteristics of a profession. In that sense, professionalism is a matter of attitude.

Professionals enjoy a high status and esteem, because the society considers the work that they do, functions that they perform as vital and valuable to the society.

Professionals and professional associations often have a power – power to regulate members of the profession and guard and protect their area of specialisation. To that extent, an organised profession is monopolistic. This is often considered necessary to maintain the high standards of learning, expertise and capability to exercise the profession.

Till about 50 years back, the line between profession and business was clear and well understood. In the recent years, this line is becoming increasingly hazy and blurred. There could be many reasons for this. A profession renders services where it has a monopoly as well as services that even a person who is not a member of the profession renders. A professional rendering unregulated service finds competing in such an environment a disadvantage and knowingly or unknowingly crosses the `Laxman Rekha’. With technological advances the investment required for exercising the profession has increased manifold. This is particularly true with the profession of medicine where expensive equipment plays a major role in diagnosis and at times even in the treatment.

Often the equipment has a short life due to obsolescence. This makes the medical professional or the institutes engaging them think on the lines of business rather than profession. Possibly due to this, the way the professions are excised today has also changed. In the past, a professional practised individually or in small partnerships.

Today, mammoth organisations of professionals or those engaging professionals are dominating. This is a reality of the ever-changing world. What one needs to ensure is that while the size and the type of organisations change, the profession retains its high ethical standards. Traditionally, there has always been a wide variance between earnings even within a profession. In a lighter vein, there were always two types of `outstanding lawyers’ – those who excelled in their profession and those who stood outside the courtrooms to solicit clients. This is true with all professions.

On a serious note, this gap is only increasing. One needs to debate whether this is desirable, is it inevitable or it is the market’s way of enabling the talented younger members of the profession to gain a foothold by charging lower fees. As professionals, we often tend to stay in the ivory tower forgetting what is society’s perception about our profession, what the society expects and what the profession offers or delivers. It is a fact that professionals today enjoy a diminished level of respect and esteem. True, every profession has a few black sheep whose behaviour gives a bad name to the whole profession inspite of exemplary work by the majority. Consider the recent TV episode of Satyamev Jayate hosted by Amir Khan.

While the viewers felt that the programme depicted the reality, there is a muted outrage within the medical profession. Certainly, all medical professionals are not engaged in unethical practices. But all professions need to introspect whether the black sheep amongst us are increasing in numbers and do we need to do something about it. Do professional bodies need to strengthen their disciplinary mechanism?

It is a matter of pride that amongst various professions, Chartered Accountants have a very sound and effective disciplinary mechanism. A weak self-regulation will sooner or later prompt the government to assume the power of regulation. In a globalised world competition has become the key word. Agreements or arrangements promoting monopolies or curtailing competition are struck down as illegal. World Trade Organisation (WTO) agreements, domestic laws on the subject foster competition.

These will pose challenges before professions. For example, whether recommended schedule of fees breaches the Competition law? Internationally these aspects are being debated. Traditionally, professionals did not advertise or market their services, in many jurisdictions they were prohibited from charging success-based fees, sharing fees with even members of allied professions. Today, these restrictions are being questioned. Increasingly, professionals are facing action under various Consumer Protection Laws.

Professions need to think about these issues. We believe that there is a common thread running through various professions. A few years back BCAS even attempted to form an organisation of various professions. We feel that it is necessary to give a thought to various issues facing professionals. With this objective in mind, we bring this issue to you with two articles, one from Mr. M. L. Bhakta a respected advocate and solicitor and one from Mr. Kaiwan Mehta a renowned architect.

We also bring you an interview with Mr. Anupam Kher who may not fit into the classical definition of a professional but is a professional in true sense. Going forward we hope to bring to you periodically, articles dealing with issues faced by professionals.

levitra

Harness technology, do not become its slave!

fiogf49gjkf0d
The recent post on Facebook which caused a furore has been the inspiration for this editorial. I do not intend to dwell upon, the right of the person concerned to make a comment, the subsequent actions of the law-enforcement authorities and the reactions of various sections of the public. These aspects of the matter have already been and will continue to be debated upon. However what one really needs to appreciate are various issues that platforms such as Facebook and other technologically advanced communication tools have created.

Social networking sites have grown tremendously over the last decade. These sites have two significant attributes, namely that of a global platform with virtually unlimited access, and communication at substantial speed virtually in real-time. These characteristics could both be virtues as well as lead to disastrous consequences. Whatever is expressed on the platform is accessible to the world, and in fact, that seems to be intent for which the platform was promoted.

These platforms have changed the meaning of concepts and words. In my generation, the concept of a “friend” was one with whom you shared some degree of commonality. A person with whom you had nothing in common was rarely termed as a friend. On these sites you have “ friends” with whom you do not have a single common trait. So the neighbour who stays next door is a stranger, but a person in a distant country whom you have not seen in a life time is a friend !

If you” liked” a particular act or thing, there was a degree of feeling which resulted in your making the comment. It is true that at times, one said that one liked a particular thing only as a matter of courtesy, but if that was the case the manner of communication made it apparent. If one looks at the “likes” that one receives on some of the posts on networking sites, one really wonders whether the word has any meaning at all.

While networking platforms have encouraged a trend to disclose everything ( including certain private experiences) to the world at large, other advances in technology have resulted in an invasion of privacy. The cell or the mobile has been a culprit. In the good old days, if you wanted to maintain a degree of solitude, one stayed away from a landline. Callers on account of choice or by way of compulsion respected an individual’s desire to remain unavailable. With the advent of the mobile, the caller calls on the cell and expects the same to be answered. Not answering the cell when the caller calls repeatedly is taken as being impolite. Unsolicited calls and messages are extremely disturbing as my professional colleagues would have experienced in the past few weeks, and will probably have to endure this problem for a few more days.

The use of information technology, without understanding its fallout, has also led to two very disturbing trends. On account of the ability to store information which can be accessed virtually real-time, most of us have stopped using what we call the “memory” within. Earlier, we memorised the personal details of our relatives and friends like their telephone numbers and addresses etc. Since this information is now stored on our handheld cell phones, we rarely find the need to remember it. Consequently, if the cell phone is lost so are we. In the words of Henry Thoreau “men have become the tools of their tools”. Information or knowledge was earlier accessed from books or journals. Today, one rarely uses the printed word. If some information is required, one simply “googles”. In fact, when I was discussing the virtues of memorising tables with one of my nephews, he pointed out that it was a total waste of “memory” when these tables could be easily stored in a machine. In his view, the memory in our brain should remain free for better use. What sort of use it is now being put to is a matter of debate.

Another aspect of the matter is a perception that technology can substitute human attributes or human characteristics. It is now possible to communicate with any person across the globe at the touch of a button. One can not only hear a person irrespective of the geographical distance but can also see him. Unfortunately, this has its own disadvantages. An old lady in our family was depressed after her daughter, consequent to her marriage left for the United States . I tried to console her by stating that “geography was now history” and that she could speak to her daughter at any time and through the web cam could even see her. The old lady merely smiled and told me that it was in fact the web cam that caused immense pain. She explained that earlier she was able to only speak to her daughter and was content in the belief that her daughter was enjoying a good life in the States, because that is what she heard over the phone. Seeing her on the web cam, the old lady could see the pain on her daughter’s face and what was hidden in words was now unmasked. Being unable to physically comfort or console her daughter resulted in the old lady having sleepless nights.

This is not to say that we should shun technology. In fact, even if we wanted to, it is now impossible. One must however sensitise society in regard to the pitfalls of excessive reliance on technology. It needs to be emphasised particularly to youngsters that technology is a tool and not a substitute for human attributes and values. We should harness technology and put it to use. Tools are means and not an end. We must remain the master of our tools and not permit them to become ours!

Anil J. Sathe
Joint Editor
levitra

Inspire a generation

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue of the journal reaches you, the Olympic Games would have begun in London. Sportsmen, athletes from all over the world would be putting their best foot forward, competing fiercely but fairly to win laurels wearing national pride on their sleeve.

The Olympics held every four years is a mega event. It is a celebration of various qualities of human beings, grit, determination, endurance and many others. When an athlete climbs onto the victory stand a medal adorning his chest swelled with pride, and the national anthem is played, a dream is fulfilled.

While achieving success in sporting events is undoubtedly important, the games mean much more. It is a time that athletes representing different countries mingle with each other and respect for others is built. One of our fellow countrymen who is facing criminal action for alleged corruption in sport wanted to remain present at the games. He had been “invited”, by the organisers. For once, our judicial system acted swiftly and he was prevented from representing our country at the game’s opening ceremony. The person may be disappointed but the Institution he once headed, maintained its track record, with our sportsmen complaining about their substandard equipment and shabby attire just before the games.

Each of the Olympic Games has a motto and this time it is” inspire a generation”. The motto set me thinking. I attempted to list down living individuals, particularly Indians who would fit into the class that would inspire an entire generation, and the difficulty in finding such people was a cause for concern.

In every area – culture, art, sports, professions, science, social service and of course politics if one is to identify titans one has to travel back for at least three to four decades if not more.

Every Maharashtra leader worth his salt praises Shivaji an icon, but one cannot forget that the Maratha warrior breathed his last more than 300 years ago. What has gone wrong? The answer lies within us. Leaders who inspire, those who will be lighthouses for a generation do not fall from heaven. They arise from amongst us. There are a number of individuals whose deeds should inspire their kith and kin, friends and associates may be not a generation. I still recall those images of a Bollywood celebrity being splashed across the front page pointing a finger at a security guard who stood his ground and blew the whistle. In the glare of the media that person and his adherence to the call of duty was quickly forgotten. From that humble security guard to the jawan who stands in biting icy weather at the peak of the Himalayas, there are many such inspiring individuals.

We need to appreciate those who show intrinsic human qualities like honesty, determination and courage albeit in a small measure. For too long have we permitted society to use materialistic parameters to judge the success of a person. If you look at the news which is displayed among all forms of media be it print or electronic, there is great adulation about those who achieve economic success. To borrow a phrase from my last editorial, most of us are concerned at how much wealth a person has earned but we do not bother to question how.

It is true, that it is not easy to find persons whom we can all look up to. But let us look around amongst us and we will find a number of such examples. Let us give them the recognition, respect and the social status they deserve. Once that is done their breed will grow. Man is a social animal. If society starts rewarding those who show some courage in upholding human values however small the deed may be the numbers will swell. Great leaders swim against the tide. But if such leaders are not in sight, let us build small dams so that the tide can be stemmed, the current diverted.

It is because we have drifted from the emphasis on basic human values and embraced materialistic goals that we find a dearth of role models. To conclude, there is no point in sitting back and lamenting that there are no leaders who can inspire. We may not be able to find shining stars but will definitely be able to locate small lights which will show us the path. A candle cannot dispel darkness but it is enough to show the next step. If we sit back waiting for someone to inspire us we will get nowhere. Yes the goal can be quickly reached if we run behind torch bearer, but if there is none, even a small step at a time will also lead us to the destination. When your house is on fire, it is better to use the stairs rather than the elevator. I am sure those working in Mumbai’s Mantralaya will agree. Let us inspire those around us and if we all do so, the future generation will definitely be inspired!

levitra

Companies Bill, 2012

It was said that any minister holding the charge of Ministry of Corporate Affairs who tries to enact new a Companies Act loses his job. Ultimately, the Companies Bill, 2012, has been passed by the Lok Sabha and the jinx has been broken. Hopefully, the Rajya Sabha will also pass the Bill and a new Companies Act, replacing a more than half a century old Act, will come into force.

The Companies Bill as passed by the Lok Sabha has many new features, some of them welcome while others controversial. The Bill introduces the concept of One Person Company, rotation of auditors, introduces bar on auditors from rendering certain services to auditee companies, makes detailed provisions for appointment of independent directors, requires certain companies to spend 2% of its average profits towards Corporate Social Responsibility, etc. The Bill provides for stiff penalties and fines for various defaults.

The provision relating to rotation of auditors has always generated a debate. Views have been expressed for and against such a provision. In practice, one will have to see how this provision works, whether it will bring about improvement in the quality of audits, equitable distribution of the audit work or will only result in ‘rotation’ of audits amongst `networked’ auditing firms. It would be of interest to see how the new provision impacts the size of audit firms.

The Bill provides for the constitution of a National Financial Reporting Authority (NFRA). This will replace NACAS. NFRA is vested with the power to investigate into professional or other misconduct by chartered accountants and impose stiff monetary penalties. Slowly but steadily, the autonomy vested in the Institute of Chartered Accountants to govern the profession is being diluted. While this is a disturbing trend, it also calls for introspection on our part.

Another disturbing feature of the Bill is the large number of provisions, where power has been given to the Government to frame rules. While delegated legislation provides necessary flexibility, its excess leads to possible abuse and uncertainty. Provisions dealing with the appointment of auditors as well as independent directors are fairly in detail in the Bill itself. Yet, there are provisions empowering the Government to prescribe the manner in which companies shall rotate auditors and the manner and the procedure of selection of independent directors. There are many such instances.

The Bill makes various provisions which are applicable to listed companies. SEBI has already made various Regulations applicable to listed companies. To that extent, there is an overlap. There may be situations where SEBI Regulations and provisions in the Bill may not be in sync. This will have to be sorted out.

Chartered accountants, other professionals, company executives and directors, will have to spend time in unlearning the old law and learning the new one.

On 28th December, 2012, Mr. Ratan Tata stepped down as the chairman of the Tata Group on attaining 75 years of age and handed over the reins to Cyrus Mistry nearly 30 years his junior. During the two decades that Ratan Tata presided, the Group revenues increased to $ 100 billion, 40 times the 1991 level. Today, many companies in the Group are headed by young CEOs. Tata had the courage and conviction to replace old hands, acquire corporations and brands outside India. Certainly, he faced some failures and disappointments. But he took them in his stride, gave the Group international recognition and earned respect of the industry. It was not easy for Ratan Tata to step into the shoes of J R D Tata and it is not going to be easy for Cyrus Mistry to step into the shoes of Ratan Tata.

In the year 2011, the issue of corruption prompted youth to come out in large numbers and protest in Delhi and elsewhere. The government had to take note of that. In the year 2012, the country witnessed similar protests by youth condemning crime against women. Causes for crime against women are many. It requires a change of mindset of the society alongwith other measures. But that is a long and slow process. The government needs to take the initiative and at act quickly to ensure the safety of women. Merely increasing the quantum of punishment will not solve the problem when the conviction rate itself is abysmally low. What is important is to convey the message that crime will certainly invite punishment and that too swiftly. We need to think if we have gone too far with the adage `Let hundred guilty be acquitted but one innocent should not be convicted’? Alongwith better investigation of the crime, we possibly need a change in the judicial process and the implementation of the Evidence Act. Let us hope that the death of the young girl who fell victim to the atrocities of few men and has become a symbol is not forgotten, the protests of youth do not go in vain and the New Year brings a change for the better.

Wishing all readers a very Happy and Joyous New Year.

Rule of Law

fiogf49gjkf0d
India prides itself on being a country where the rule of law prevails.

Mr. Pranab Mukherjee presented before Parliament on March 16 the Budget for the ensuing year and the Finance Bill, 2012. The Finance Bill proposed to amend retrospectively provisions of the Income Tax Act so as to make the transaction between Vodafone and Hutchison for transfer of business in India taxable in India and make Vodafone liable to deduct tax at source. Neither the Finance Bill nor the Budget speech of the Finance Minister makes a reference to the judgment of the Supreme Court, but the provisions are apparently to overturn the decision of the Apex Court in the case of Vodafone.

In effect what has happened is that the Government, having failed at the highest Court of the land in its attempt to tax the transaction, has changed the rule and the law. Can we call this the rule of law?

One is reminded of the decision of the Allahabad High Court setting aside the election of Mrs. Indira Gandhi on account of use of government machinery for her election campaign. The Government then changed the Constitution and validated the election overturning the judgement of the Allahabad High Court.

Many agree that where the whole business is in India and such business is transferred by sale of shares in a company incorporated outside India, by one non-resident to another non-resident, the transaction ought to be taxed in India. But this can be done only when there is such a provision in the Income Tax Act. When you try to tax by making retrospective changes in the law, the faith of taxpayers in India as well as foreign investors is shaken. The question asked is, `Is this the rule of law?’

This is even more pertinent so far as the amendment to section 195 proposing to make Vodafone liable to deduct tax at source is concerned. Vodafone has already acquired the shares and made the payment. The event when tax could have been deducted has already happened. The Supreme Court held that Vodafone was not required to deduct tax at source on the basis of law as it stood then. It is beyond logic to make amendment retrospectively and hold that Vodafone was liable to deduct tax. Is this the rule of law?

While the amendments dealing with Vodafone hogged the limelight, one must not forget that there are about 30 amendments proposing to change the law retrospectively. This is our rule of law!

Recent judgements of the Bombay High Court brought into focus the attempts of the Income Tax Department to recover the tax by coercive measures, throwing out all norms for considering application for stay of demand. All of us are aware of the letter written by the Chairman of the Central Board of Direct Taxes, which openly said that collection of revenue was the single most important criterion for judging the performance of the tax officers and for deciding their postings. Is this the rule of law?

The Finance Bill has proposed General Anti Avoidance Rule (GAAR). Many other countries have GAAR. Apart from the form in which it is coming, there is a genuine fear amongst taxpayers how these provisions will be implemented in the Indian context. The fear is not unfounded considering the transfer pricing assessments and the performance of the Dispute Resolution Panel in that arena. One wonders if the GAAR regime will completely override the rule of law.

It is not only in the field of taxation that the rule of law is given a go-by. Consider the case of terrorist Balwant Singh Rajoana who assassinated Mr. Beant Singh, the former Chief Minister of Punjab. Rajoana has been convicted and sentenced to death. He has not filed any petition for clemency before the President of India. The State of Punjab, which was the prosecutor, is today refusing to carry out the sentence purportedly in the interest of peace and communal harmony. No doubt, there are two views about the death penalty itself. But so long as capital punishment is on the statute book and a person is convicted and awarded the death penalty, the same needs to be implemented. The Government cannot refuse to carry out the sentence. That is not the rule of law. It does not send the right signal to terrorists.

In Uttar Pradesh, Akhilesh Yadav has taken over the reins as the Chief Minister. He won the elections on the promise of good governance. Ironically, he has inducted Raghuraj Pratap Singh alias Raja Bhaiya, a person who has been accused of many serious offences, as a minister – Minister of Jails! One wonders if this augers well for the rule of law?

While we talk about the Tax Department and politicians, we cannot ignore ethics in our own profession. We propose to bring to you articles on ethics and the Code of Ethics by which we are governed. The series will explore the subject and bring to you the nuances of the Code of Ethics and disciplinary proceedings. At least we professionals should follow the rule of law – in letter and spirit.

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

“I must be cruel only to be kind.” – Shakespeare in Hamlet quoted by Pranab
Mukherjee in the Budget speech.

levitra

Vodafone – Wrong Number

fiogf49gjkf0d
Although I have tried to desist from doing so, I believe it is almost obligatory for the editor of the BCAJ, to make at least a noticeable reference to the judgment of the Supreme Court in the case of Vodafone. The decision is undoubtedly a landmark event in the annals of Indian income-tax jurisprudence. But the comments/opinions/presentations that many of us have been subject to in the aftermath of the judgment are arguably an overdose. In the last two weeks, my inbox has been flooded with no less than 100 emails claiming to be “exclusive expert comments”, “in-depth review” or “executive summaries” of the decision. Over the last nearly 30 years of my practice, I cannot remember a single tax judgment that received so much publicity in the wider media. There have been numerous landmark rulings in various areas of tax law that are routinely cited as precedents and have undoubtedly left indelible marks on tax jurisprudence. I wonder if they were in any way less important than the Vodafone judgment. Or was the tag line of “Rs. 11,000 crores” that made Vodafone a more appetizing news item? Or is the amplified hype only an inevitable consequence of the diffused internet-based communication network that we live amidst today? The ruling is hailed as a victory for India’s independent judiciary. One wonders what would have been the reaction had the verdict gone against Vodafone!

On a more serious note, the Supreme Court, while delivering the judgment, carried out a broad review of precedents – it considered the principle laid down in Westminster’s case, visited the ghosts of Ramsay and spirit of McDowell, discussed the decision in Dawson and took in to account the freedom given to Mauritius companies by the decision in Azadi Bachao. To put it in a nutshell, it ultimately held that if the transaction is genuine and for business purposes then sale of shares by a non-resident in a foreign company having downstream subsidiaries, which in turn hold shares in an Indian company that has business in India, does not result in capital gain which can be considered to have accrued or deemed to have accrued in India.

Interestingly, while deciding the above issue, the Court developed a possibly new concept of ‘puppet subsidiary’. The Court held that “where the subsidiary’s executive directors’ competences are transferred to other persons/bodies or where the subsidiary’s executive directors’ decision making has become fully subordinate to the Holding Company with the consequence that the subsidiary’s executive directors are no more than puppets then the turning point in respect of the subsidiary’s place of residence comes about.”

While this concept of ‘puppet subsidiary’ certainly needs further consideration, it would be interesting to see how the assessing officers react. Many of us may recall that for several years after the decision in McDowell nearly every assessment order while making addition drew support from the decision and held that the assessee had resorted to a ‘colourable device’ or subterfuge or that the transaction was ‘sham’. One wonders whether after the decision in Vodafone, assessing officers will start viewing every subsidiary as a puppet of its holding company.

The majority judgement delivered by the honourable Chief Justice Kapadia did not decide the issue whether a non-resident having no tax presence in India is required to deduct tax at source u/s 195.

Over the next few months tax professionals will be busy analysing the Vodafone decision, digesting what is meant by ‘look at’ test, doctrine of ‘look through’, doctrine of ‘economic substance’, ‘dissecting approach’, ‘investment to participate’ and ‘purposive interpretation’ approach.

The reaction of the Government has been understandably muted. May be it is considering whether to play the oft-used trump card – ‘amend the law’. Or maybe politicians are far too busy with the election campaigns in Uttar Pradesh, Punjab, Uttarakhand, Goa and Manipur, whose proceedings have been, arguably, at least as interesting as the Vodafone judgement.

While many states are going to polls, so are various cities and towns in Maharashtra. Elections to the Municipal Corporation of Greater Mumbai (MCGM) will be held on 16th February 2012. MCGM is the richest municipal Corporation in the country with a budget of possibly more than that of a small state. The corporators that we elect have great influence in governance of this city which has many problems – bad roads, pollution of every kind, corruption – the list is long. We deserve better governance. Just as it is our right to expect good governance from the corporators, it is also our duty to cast vote in the forthcoming elections. So do cast your vote.

This issue has interesting articles and features dealing with the current issues – reference to OECD Commentary for interpretation, XBRL, accounting of foreign currency fluctuations and SEBI’s action against professionals.

We take this opportunity to congratulate the doyen of our profession Mr. Y. H. Malegam on his being conferred Padma Shri.

levitra

Acountability in governance

fiogf49gjkf0d
As the financial year draws to a close, bureaucrats, entrepreneurs, institutions, push themselves to achieve targets. This year is no different. Normally targets are quantitative and not qualitative, and very rarely does one look at the manner in which these goals are achieved.

The Vodafone judgment was a huge jolt to the government and the already elusive direct tax target now looks impossible. Pressure from the ministry coupled with statements that future postings of taxmen would depend on the collection they achieved, galvanized them into action. In the past month or so, we have seen stringent , at times coercive action for recovery of taxes. While one accepts that the government must collect the tax that is due, and it is the duty of every citizen to pay the same, it cannot be forgotten that the law prescribes a process for ascertaining what tax is “due”. Much before the first appeal is heard an assesse is expected to pay 50% of the tax as per the assessment order. It is a well established judicial principle that when collecting such tax before the final stage of its determination one has to see the balance of convenience. This is very rarely done. Going by the number of cases that go in the assessee’s favour at the various stages of appeal, particularly at the tribunal, this interim collection becomes refundable. In these situations collecting officials must take responsibility and be accountable for coercive collection of taxes. What is required is humane approach in recovery matters.

While this form of active recovery is not new to tax payers, the “indirect” recovery by way of adjustment of refunds, is like an epidemic that has spread to all parts of the country. The culpability for this lies entirely with the Income tax department. The computerized processing centre ‘CPC’ where all electronically filed returns are processed is accessing a data base which is totally different from the one being used by assessing officers in the field. In these cases the errors in assessment orders have been rectified or effects of appeal have been given by the assessing officers and in some cases consequential refunds have also been issued. However the data base furnished to the CPC has not been updated. The result is an unwarranted adjustment of refunds due against non-existing demands. When one tries approaching one authority to get the error committed by the other rectified, the blame game starts with each justifying its action. It is like two different doctors prescribing two different therapies based on two distinct reports pertaining to the same patient. The consequence is unbearable pain and anguish for the patient. It will be of little solace to him that it was the two different reports and not the skill or ability of the medico that was to blame. It is here that those responsible must be held accountable.

The illustration in the paragraphs above is regarding tax authorities because we, as professionals, interact with them every day. However, this attitude of those who enjoy power either as government officials or as elected representatives of the people pervades every walk of life. When one complains of the poor state of roads, we find one authority blaming the other. When a pedestrian falls into a ditch and loses a limb it is of little concern to him whether the Mumbai Municipal Corporation or the Mumbai Metropolitan Road Development Authority is responsible. What he requires are walkable and motorable roads.

In this context one really envies the position of the Indian bureaucrat. This is because once he joins the service he enjoys virtual immunity from any punitive or disciplinary action. Even when such action is taken it takes an unduly long time for any disciplinary action to reach its logical conclusion. We tend to criticise politicians but they have to face the public in every election and can be held accountable at that time. While saying that one must hold the politicians responsible, it is necessary that citizens do their mite. It was extremely disappointing to note that after a campaign by the government as well as efforts by NGOS, the voting percentage in the recently concluded municipal election in Mumbai was approximately, an abysmal 50%. During a number of discussions and debates the refrain of a large number of educated voters was that they did not vote because they did not find any candidate worthy of their vote. Though I personally do not subscribe to this thought process, I think it will be worthwhile to give the voter the option of rejecting all the candidates. This will enable the electorate to express their disapproval of the candidates put up by political parties.

If this situation is to undergo a change the process of investigation must become transparent and that of dispensing justice must be expedited. It is only when citizens demand from authorities an account of their performance and erring authorities are held accountable, will democracy be strengthened. It is disturbing to note that many a relevant document or paper which will be material evidence goes “missing“ from government records. This has become a regular feature with the missing papers in the Adarsh scam being a recent example. Even if a person does not get justice on this planet he can expect it in life beyond. One only hopes that the greatest accountant of them all Chitragupt, keeps his books and record safe and secure, for no one can underestimate the reach of the wily Indian politician and bureaucrat!

levitra

Elections are Coming

fiogf49gjkf0d
Elections to the Central Council and the Regional Councils will be held
in the month of December 2012. Those aspiring to be council members will
have, by now, filed their nominations. The Code of Conduct has come
into force from 5th September 2012.

Council members play an
important role in deciding the destiny of the profession in general. It
is important that the profession gets a capable and an efficient council
consisting of members who can shoulder that responsibility.

The
Institute, established as a statutory body, is entrusted with the
responsibility of regulating the profession of accountancy in the
country. This includes training and education of students aspiring to be
chartered accountants. Alongwith regulating the profession, the
Institute wields a significant influence at various levels. Opinion of
the Institute matters and should matter, while framing various economic
and corporate laws and policies.

Our Institute, to a large extent, is an
autonomous body. If the autonomy of the Institute has to be preserved,
then it is important that the profession conducts itself well and the
Council, the body that represents the profession, performs its functions
in a manner, that respect for the views of the profession is enhanced
in the government as well as within the industry. Great burden lies on
the shoulders of the members of the Central Council.

As a member of the
profession, what do I expect from the Council members who represent the
profession? I believe we must convey our expectations to those aspiring
to be our leaders. First and foremost, any person who aspires to become a
Council member must have impeccable integrity. Just as citizens expect
politicians to be honest, so also the professionals expect their
representatives to be persons of integrity. Is it too much to ask?

I
expect my Council members to have the will and the capacity to serve the
interest of the profession alongwith the interest of the nation. I put
the two – the national interest and the professional interest – together
because by encouraging the complicated laws, one may apparently serve
the professional interest by creating work for the profession, but that
certainly would not augur well in the national interest.

Our Institute is of the professionals, so it is important that the council members have good domain knowledge and the capacity to think ahead, take a holistic view, form a considered opinion and convey it effectively. As an emerging economy with a large market, India evokes great interest amongst the developed countries. At this juncture, it is necessary that our Institute plays a greater role at international accounting bodies in formulating accounting and auditing pronouncements.

This requires research and that is possible if the Institute collaborates with those in the industry and academics. Last but not the least, the ethics. Ethical behaviour goes beyond the Code of Ethics under the Rules and Regulations. Can a Council member change his name (albeit following all the legal formalities) to include a phrase as a part of his name that indicates he represents CAs? To me, that is seeking publicity in an inappropriate manner. Members of the Council that regulates the profession must refrain from such gimmicks.

Members of the profession expect more transparency. Every year, there are elections for the post of the President and the Vice-President. When one attempts to get the information about who were the candidates and how they fared in that election, that information is just not available. Why not make this information public? There have been frequent changes in the criteria for joining the CA course. One is unaware of the thought process behind these frequent changes. There are many such issues where transparency will only inspire confidence of chartered accountants in the Council and its members. Elections are still more than two months away.

So, let us give a thought to these issues and also give some food for thought, to the candidates for the Central Council and the Regional Councils. If we don’t think and act, we don’t have the moral right to blame our representatives.

levitra

Nobly Untruthful

fiogf49gjkf0d
Two days back, a TV channel telecast an interview with Julian Assange the Editor-in-Chief and public face of Wikileaks. Julian Assange started hacking computers at the age of 16 under a pseudo-name Mendax meaning `nobly untruthful’. Wikileaks has released cables and tapes contents of which have embarrassed many a government. In the course of his interview he made many points. Some of those that were very relevant in the Indian context are:

• Political and corporate institutions actively try to suppress information from the public. They try to suppress because they believe that if the public knows it will try to change and reform these institutions.

• We have to first understand how our institutions behave before we can come up with programmes to reform them.

• If you want the Indian government to really address corruption then it must become the central issue of the nation.

• Wherever there’s a disclosure, there is a counter smear campaign which is directly proportionate to how impactful is the material in the disclosure.

• Governments, corporations are not scared of Wikileaks having the information, but they are scared of public knowledge.

• Governments have to be pushed and pushed until they see that there is an advantage in giving a proper response.

In India, we have seen the truth in these statements all along and more so in the recent times. Whenever there is a big scam the first reaction of the government is to deny it. Then start a systemic attempt to distract the attention from the central issue. It is surprising that when questioned the spokespersons of the ruling party take pride in talking about the so-called actions that the government has taken against the persons involved. But what is the reality? Has the government taken action on its own? Or is it only under substantial pressure from the public or directive from the judiciary that some action has been taken? Has the action been swift and effective?

Last month, Anna Hazare the RTI activist went on a fast demanding speedy enactment of a comprehensive law like Jan Lokpal Bill to tackle the menace of corruption. The fast motivated a very large number of persons to support the cause. While that was noteworthy, the reaction of the government at every stage left a lot to be desired. Actions of Anna Hazare were referred as blackmail. Initially, the government refused to involve representatives of Civil Society in drafting of Lokpal Bill. Mr. Kapil Sibal stated that to involve the public in preparing the draft of the Lokpal Bill would be undermining the democracy and its institutions. It’s only under public pressure that the government agreed to public participation in drafting the Bill.

But let us not forget this is only the beginning. There are many hurdles at every stage. This was evident by the smear campaign against some of the prominent members of the committee constituted for drafting the Bill.

While one needs to be hopeful, a certain amount of cynicism is also justified. A strong Lokpal is only one of the instruments to move towards corruption free India. It is not an end in itself; it is not a magic wand. The draft presented by the Civil Society also needs to be critically examined. The institution of Lokpal, while having enough powers, must be accountable. Otherwise a well intended legislation will become a tool for harassment.

Julian Assange also mentioned that there are more Indian deposits in Swiss banks than any other nationality. There is no reason to disbelieve him on this. Even on this front the government seems to be doing precious little. The public perception, rather conviction, is that the government is dragging its feet because those who have money stashed it in Swiss bank accounts include big names from amongst politicians and other powerful personalities. While our government is reluctant to act, US and German governments have taken effective and unusual steps to bring back the money and bring offenders to book.

It is ironical that while Prime Minister Manmohan Singh himself is considered as an honest person, the present government presided over by him is regarded as the most corrupt government that independent India has had. But can the Prime Minister avoid the responsibility for what is happening? Is he `Nobly Untruthful’ in the wrong way? It will be a sad day if a person of his eminence has to retire with a tarnished image. On the other hand if the Prime Minister takes firm, swift and effective steps against the guilty in various scams and in the process has to leave the prime ministership, the nation will remember him with gratitude for a long time. Will he show that courage and conviction?

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

levitra

Human Beings and Nature

fiogf49gjkf0d
In the month of March 2011, a massive earthquake rocked Japan. This was followed by tsunami which left reactors in a nuclear power plant damaged. Thousands of people lost their life and the damage to property runs into billions of dollars.

Reports of radioactivity spreading into the environment are causing concern world over. Japan has asked importers not to impose any “unfair” import bans on its goods as a result of the nuclear accident that resulted from an earthquake and tsunami in the country on 11th March. Japan has tremendous capability of overcoming disasters. It is the only country in the world to have faced nuclear weapons attack.

The earthquake and the tsunami bring home one point very forcefully and that is the nature always has an upper hand. At times one feels that human beings consider themselves above the nature and overestimate their capabilities to impact the environment as compared to the nature and the process of evolution. I say this not only in connection with the capability of avoiding or overcoming the natural disasters but also in the context of the campaigns like ‘Save the Nature’ or `Save the Earth’.

Human beings are but only a small segment or part of the nature. We are not distinct or separate from the Nature. Can human beings really save the Nature, halt or even slow down the process of evolution. We talk about maintaining balance in ecosystem. But has there ever been balance in nature? Both in the Nature and market driven economy, there is never a state of equilibrium. It is only because there is imbalance that there is constant change.

The law of the Nature is `survival of the fittest’. Can we then really go against that law and stop the extinction of species that probably are destined to get extinct? When human population is rising is it not but natural that humans will look towards new places for settlement including the forests? At every stage of human development, humans had to ‘encroach’ on the territories of other species. This is also true with other living beings. Can we turn the clock back? Can we even think of farming without using chemical fertilisers? Today we can feed population of over 1 billion largely due to improved yield from the land achieved using fertilisers. Can the developed economies advice the developing economies to halt industrial progress, stop building cement plants because it causes climate change?

Possibly one way to look at the things is human beings are also part of the nature, what they do is due to their survival instinct that exists in all species. Yes, it may cause changes in the environment, climate; may have an impact on other species. But all that is part of the process of evolution. We have always heard the stories of there being deluge on the earth and that also is part of the process of evolution that earth goes through over a period of billions of years.

This thought may not gel with many. But it is a counterpoint that one needs to consider so we don’t go overboard with the campaigns of the environmentalist.

India is celebrating having won the semi-final of the World Cup against Pakistan. On the backdrop of the World Cup matches the Prime Ministers of Pakistan and India are meeting. Let us hope something positive comes out of the Indian initiative. It is in the mutual interest of Pakistan and India that both countries share good relations, there is peace between them, trade, cultural exchange flourishes between these two countries which not too long ago were one country.

Maybe one day in this part of the world also we will have a structure like European Union and it will be a force to reckon with in the global economy as well as on the political canvas of the world.

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

levitra

Politically Exposed Persons

fiogf49gjkf0d
Politically Exposed Person (PEP) generally means a person who has been entrusted with a prominent public function, or an individual who is closely related to such a person. World over, it is accepted that PEPs tend to plunder state assets, extort and accept bribes, and misuse domestic and international financial systems. Internationally, with the objective to curb such activities, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) was constituted of which India is now a member. PEPs are considered a high risk in any financial system and it is recommended that financial institutions like banks etc. exercise Enhanced Due Diligence (EDD) while dealing with PEPs.

Guidelines issued by Reserve Bank of India as well as by SEBI accept this in principle, but they restrict EDD to PEPs of foreign origin or those residing abroad. They exclude domestic PEPs. PEPs are a special class by themselves and may not apparently attract provisions relating to Related Party Transactions under AS 18, provisions of Companies Act pertaining to interested director etc.

Effectively, domestic PEPs – high ranking politicians (whether they are ministers, members of ruling party or opposition parties) and their relatives have a field day. The disclosures made in the last few days, by the media and `India Against Corruption’ (IAC) brings out this fact sharply. The disclosures raise the issues of legality, corruption and more importantly public probity and propriety.

Every citizen wants government officials do their work efficiently and diligently. In many cases, service standards have been formulated and have been put up prominently outside the government offices. But are these standards followed in case of an ordinary citizen? When it comes to politicians and their relatives, the government officials become super efficient and files move swiftly, be it for approval of dams in Maharashtra or permissions for land in Gurgaon for the son-in-law or in Nagpur for the opposition leader. This unusual efficiency raises suspicions.

Nobody denies the importance of agriculture in India. But when a former Cabinet minister revises his tax returns for three years, raising his agricultural income manifold, one wonders whether agriculture is actually so profitable and how the original returns were so grossly inaccurate. One cannot ignore the coincidence of initials of this minister being the same as those of the person to whom certain payments have been allegedly made by a public company. One will not be surprised if this hyper-successful agriculturist minister has a huge cash balance in his books.

India believes in the rule of law. But we also have as our Law Minister, who in response to allegations made about the functioning of the charitable trust that the heads, says that he will reply with `blood’.

It is often said that, if businessmen and persons with resources take active part in politics, there will be reduction in corruption. We also believe that people from lower ranks of the society should progress. A politician and businessman from Maharashtra has taken this seriously with the result that his business has prospered and his driver has become a director of companies which have their registered offices in slums and chawls and these companies have invested millions in the group of companies headed by this politician. In the maze of companies, one is unable to decide who the beneficial shareholders are.

Some of the transactions coming to light may turn out to be patently illegal if properly investigated, while others may involve veiled corruption in the form of use of political power, contacts and influence. Some of the transactions may not be illegal but they certainly smack of complete impropriety. There is also a new disturbing trend – whenever there is any allegation, the person alleged to have done the wrong blatantly challenges the other to go to court, knowing well that the matter will rarely be taken to courts, if at all there is any investigation it will be shoddy, it will take years and ultimately nothing will happen. This is the sad reality. Yes, ultimately where there’s illegality or corruption the matters should go to court. At the same time, many offences are easy to commit but difficult to prove the way investigations are carried out and the law of evidence is implemented in our country. Also, the courts cannot deal with matters of impropriety, if the transactions are otherwise legal at least on the face of it. In such cases, it is only when such persons feel disgraced that such actions would be curbed. Social pressure can be a tremendous deterrent to improper actions.

The staff of the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development/The World Bank has published a paper `Politically Exposed Persons – A Policy Paper on Strengthening Preventive Measures’. The first recommendation in this Paper is that laws and regulations should make no distinction between domestic and foreign PEPs. The standards adopted by FATF and regional and national standard setters should require similar enhanced due diligence for both foreign and domestic PEPs. The Paper also cites lack of political will and commitment as one of the key causes for not being able to make the genuine difference.

How true!

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor
levitra

Coal on Fire

fiogf49gjkf0d
Few days back, the report of the Comptroller and Auditor General (CAG) of Performance Audit of Allocation of Coal Blocks was tabled in the Parliament. The CAG has reported that the Government ought to have allocated the coal blocks by competitive bidding. The Government followed a method that lacked transparency. CAG estimated the loss to the exchequer to the tune of Rs. 1.86 lakh crore due to the method followed by the Government.

One is not sure whether the action of the Government was the result of any corrupt practice and `mota maal’ received by the ruling party as alleged by the opposition or a mere impropriety or a decision taken with national interests in mind.

Since the Report was tabled in the Parliament, the opposition has not permitted the Parliament to function and has been demanding the resignation of the Prime Minister. Not permitting the Parliament to function is becoming a regular affair and does not augur well for the democracy. Both, the opposition and the ruling party members, are airing their views on the electronic media. The debate ought to happen on the floor of the Parliament; that is the right forum. The opposition is being irresponsible. They would be performing their duty better, if they take the Government to task on the floor of the Parliament.

The Government has been defending the allocation of the coal blocks by putting up several arguments, most of them rather illogical and difficult to digest.

The Prime Minister, while accepting the responsibility for the decision, has stated that the conclusions of the CAG are disputable. The Minister of Corporate Affairs (holding additional charge of Ministry of Power) commented that the CAG Report has been made without proper study and that the things that the CAG has come out with are all speculative and presumptive. He mentioned that the Report will precipitate the policy paralysis in the Government.

The Finance Minister reportedly said that there was zero loss due to allocation of the coal blocks (a defence taken even when 2G scam surfaced). The Minister denied having ever said this. Now his view is that, since mining had not started at any of the coal blocks except one and the coal was still buried in the Mother Earth, no loss had occurred. Does the Minister agree that there is loss, but it will start accruing only when the mining of coal starts? Is it his case that there is no issue at this point of time since loss will accrue in future? Will the Minister accept if an assessing officer were to assess a higher loss and argue that question of loss to the revenue will arise, only if and when the assessee makes profit and claims a set off?

The Minister of Coal slammed the CAG Report on various grounds including the methodology of calculating the loss. The spokesperson for the ruling party at one stage even challenged the jurisdiction of the CAG in making the Report. The Minister of Human Resources Development and the Minister of Law have also joined the bandwagon trying to discredit the Report.

While accepting the proposition that every decision, report and the functioning of any constitutional authority should be open for reasonable criticism, the kind of frontal attack from the ruling party on the CAG and his Report is rather unfortunate and uncalled for. The CAG is a constitutional authority (the Supreme Audit Institution of India) with a right and duty to interrogate the Government on its performance as well as compliance. Each report must be given serious consideration and deliberated upon and discussed at appropriate forums. Neither is the main opposition party justified in not letting the Parliament function nor is the ruling party right in rubbishing the Reports of a constitutional authority on flimsy grounds.

The Nation has witnessed in the recent times two instances, where allocation of natural resources made by the Government has come under attack. The Supreme Court, in the proceedings relating to 2G scam, has directed that national natural resources should be allocated based on competitive bidding. While this may be the most transparent method of allocation of the resources, it has many repercussions. In a competitive bidding, the prices of the resources will bring in more revenue to the national exchequer, but it will impact the pricing of the products and services offered to the public using those high-priced resources. Price of coal will directly impact the prices of power, steel and cement. While the rates for the power are fixed by the Regulatory Commissions, prices of steel and cement are not regulated. Are we ready for prices that are fully market-driven in all sectors? These are complex questions, these can be handled if the Government and bureaucrats work with honesty and diligence and develop transparent yet an efficient way in consultation with all stakeholders.

We talk about high growth rate, that the coming decades will be that of India, India will be a superpower. Are we only fooling ourselves? Can India really progress unless the system is cleansed of corruption and inefficiency. Most of us want to be optimistic. But when we look at the situation around us in the present times, pessimism sets in. Unless we change our act quickly as a nation, we will lose the opportunity when there is a turnaround in the world economy.

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

levitra

The Backward Glance of a Lion (History of BCAS for the 6th Decade)

fiogf49gjkf0d

The backward glance of a lion

Prologue :


The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society popularly
referred to as BCAS has completed 60 years of its useful existence. The
Diamond jubilee celebrations continued throughout the year including a very
well attended conference in November 2008. The year is coming to an end and I
have been entrusted with the responsibility of penning down the history of
last 10 years, a journey from Golden era to Diamond era.

It was one of our past Presidents and a former editor of
our prestigious journal late Ajay Thakkar who had in his inimitable style
written the history of our Society for the first 40 years. I had the good
fortune to write the continuation thereof for the next 10 years and that I
have already written and it is documented in August 1998 issue of our Journal.

The world today is in a rush, haste and constantly engaged
in a fierce battle against time. Add to this time constraint, technology has
given us increased heartbeats. Our present day life is spent on utilising
scarce time, sorting out competing demands on time and redistribution of time.
Whenever we speed up, we tend to slow down and neglect the past. It is said
that improved technology saves a lot of time. But what about human reflexes ?
One who travels normally by a bullock cart or a cycle, cannot adjust to the
jet speed immediately. We all have a desire to dazzle and aspire for
adulation. It is a very precious chemical compound consumed by all without
watching or caring for side effects. In such a scenario, whether people would
get time to read history ? Add to it, budget to be presented on 3rd July 2009.
Who really has time to read BCAS history for the last decade ?

In such a scenario, there is always a bit of diffidence and
hesitation about the utility of the work for the future. However it is also
said that the importance of a work is to be judged not from the immediate
gains. Recording of history is not for those who live in the present but for
those who will be our future. It may be a guide or a source of inspiration for
future. It is with this background and a hope that I am writing this history
for the last 10 years.

How do I describe this Journey from Gold to Diamond ? Shall
I ‘review’ the events of last 10 years ? No way. ‘Review’ is too often an
official document and a matter of discussion in a meeting. I therefore refuse
to describe History as a bald review. In Western Culture, there is a system of
looking at the past ‘in retrospect’. The idea is to look at the events of the
past in a critical manner. I do not propose such a look ‘in retrospect’. I, on
the other hand, would like to refer to the past events as a backward glance of
a Lion. Our Society is a lion institution. A lion has a habit of frequently
looking back. In vernacular it is known as ‘Sinhavalokan’. There is a
forward marching army ready to attack, but a keen observant lion is required
to have a backward glance, both for guidance for the future journey as well as
protection from a possible attack from behind as a result of some laxity. This
is more native and also positive. My attempt may therefore be looked as a ‘Sinhavalokan’.


Our Presidents :


In an organisation, those who are past Presidents or past
dignitaries are more ornamental designations and they are to be invited with
apparent respect for any function. With BCAS, it is exactly the opposite and
the past presidents do play a very keen and positive role throughout the year
for a collective success of the Society. They occupy positions as active
chairmen of various Committees or as committee members and they are permanent
invitees to the Managing Committee meetings. In fact, on an issue of great
importance, the President in office would convene a meeting of the past
Presidents to ascertain their views and seek their guidance. Although the
President of the Society is elected every year, he invariably enjoys the
blessings of elders in the Society.

This process of selecting/electing a leader has been
continued as per the previous tradition in a healthy manner even in the last
decade. There are some people who could look at this as imposition by the
seniors. In fact, in some quarters, BCAS is described as a closed door joint
family and people believe that it is difficult to get an entry into the
family. I would refer to BCAS as a closely-knit family. The door is always
open to those who wish to devote time and energy for the cause of the Society.
Views differ. The outcome for the last 60 years is for everyone to see. You
cannot think of becoming an office bearer or the President of the Society,
unless you have put in an active association with the activities of the
Society at least for a period 10 years. The process of selection has always
made equitable choices to give leadership to this organisation. There could be
aspirants, but they have to follow the process.

As a result, some persons who deserved to be Presidents may
not have made it to that position. Fragrance of a flower is enjoyable; but
some flowers have the fortune of becoming a garland for the God, some do get
an opportunity to be in close proximity of women, some flowers spread their
fragrance in the nature and fade away in the evening. This is life. Late Jal
Dastur in my view deserved to be the President of the Society. He contributed
to the journal very regularly. He was one such person who would read the
journal from line to line and also point out any shortcomings. He would also
contribute papers for the prestigious RRCs of the Society. He died as a result
of a tragic accident in the year 2005. It is one of those cases of a flower
which spread its fragrance in a very different way. He lives in the hearts of
our members and the interaction with him will always remain etched in memory.

I am recording below and recognising and felicitating our
Presidents in the last decade. The BCAS respects and acknowledges their
contribution for the cause of the Society.

Time for a system overhaul?

fiogf49gjkf0d
“Americans are fed up of Washington”says President Obama, a sentiment strikingly similar that of the Indian people in regard to New Delhi. In two of the world’s largest democracies citizens are distraught, with the way their countries are being run.

More than 6 decades ago we began our tryst with destiny. Our rulers left us the legacy of the four pillars on which our democracy was to be built, the legislature, the executive, the judiciary and the media. In 66 years, a number of ills, corruption being the most significant one, have led to a virtually complete decay of these four pillars.

The leaders that we elected were expected to govern the country with the aid of tried and tested institutions like the CBI and the CAG with the CVC ensuring that the functioning of the government was above board. These institutions have been misused and maligned. The perception is that the premier investigating agency functions as an arm of the government, ministers discredit and question the CAG and the appointment of the CVC is under a cloud.

People look at the judiciary as their saviour. I do not believe that courts can substitute either the elected legislature or the bureaucracy. To illustrate, in a recent phenomenon in a public interest litigation filed for the non-grant of tax deducted at source to tax payers the Delhi High Court gave directions and the CBDT issued circulars. Despite this, has the situation on the ground materially changed? The answer is an emphatic no.

What then is the problem, people who man the system or the system itself? I think it is both. On account of the fact that those at the helm of affairs suffer from a lack of vision, they tend to gloss over the root of the problem and take short term measures. For those few who have the foresight and do take decisions in the long-term interest of the people, the bureaucracy mired in red tape does not let them function.

Our country is facing problems of great proportions. There cannot be any immediate solutions. What is required is a surgery, however painful it may be. Let us take the problem of affordable housing in the city of Mumbai and consequential proliferation of slums. Merely shifting cut-off dates for free housing for slum dwellers from 1995 to 2000 or the next date is a cruel joke both on slum dwellers and tax payers.. One needs to have three pronged strategy with a long-term perspective to tackle this problem. Firstly, MHADA, the authority that is vested with the responsibility to construct affordable houses needs to construct quality homes with the needs of those for whom they are meant in mind. Secondly, tenancy laws need to be restructured and administered in a manner so that dilapidated structures get rebuilt and finally, one needs to ensure that the fruits of development are equitably distributed all over the country so that forced migration gradually reduces and ultimately stops. The need is to address the cause and not the effect.

To conclude, it is necessary that the systems that have failed us need to change. Electoral reform is probably the right point to begin. The process will be long drawn and may cause substantial turbulence. The youth of our country dream of India as a land of opportunity. I see hope in the youth of this country. They are desperate for a change and they have the energy to carry out movements which will be a catalyst for change. Those who are the leaders of these movements need to focus on certain priorities, rather than spread themselves thin. In the hands of these young people lies the future of incredible India!

levitra

Responsible Budget

fiogf49gjkf0d
It is February again and everybody has started talking and thinking about the Union Budget. The Budget for the year 2012–13 and the Finance Bill presented along with it were controversial on account of the substantial retrospective amendments that were proposed. The debate regarding the desirability and its impact continues.

When Mr. Pranab Mukherjee took over as the Finance Minister, he lost no time in reversing some of the amendments made to the Income Tax Act during the tenure of Mr. P. C. Chidambaram. Mr. Mukherjee withdrew the controversial Fringe Benefit Tax, rolled back the time limits for completing the assessments and introduced Service Tax on legal services which Mr. Chidambaram had refrained from doing.

It is Mr. Chidambaram’s turn to undo what Mr. Mukherjee did before he was elevated to the Rashtrapati Bhavan. Soon after donning the cap of the Finance Minister, Mr. Chidambaram ordered a review of the GAAR and the retrospective amendments made to the Income Tax Act. It is also mentioned that he directed the tax officers to complete the time-barring assessments before December, 2012 although the statutory limit is March 2013.

In this background, one is curious as to what is in store in the ensuing Budget. Will the Finance Minister again bring back the Fringe Benefit Tax or introduce a new controversial tax? Will he withdraw the GAAR or defer it by a few more years? What will be the fate of the retrospective nature of the amendments that were introduced during Mr. Mukherjee’s tenure? Will Mr. Chidambaram continue the shadow boxing match with Mr. Mukherjee? The Finance Minister has been talking like a socialist; he mentioned about the desirability of introducing inheritance tax. (Remember, till 1985 we had the Estate Duty.) There is a flurry amongst the wealthy for arranging their affairs, to consult professionals for succession planning to minimise the impact of inheritance tax, just in case it is actually introduced in the forthcoming Budget.

The Finance Minister has hinted at increasing the tax burden on the so-called super rich. Will he do that? What will be the burden and who will be considered as super rich in the Indian context?

The Government has been talking about various reforms. But at the ground level, very little has been done. Except for formally permitting FDI in multi-brand retail, while leaving the final decision to the State Governments and a marginal increase in the diesel prices, there is hardly anything that one can talk about as reforms. The investment climate has not been very conducive and confidence of India Inc. and foreign investors is low.

The next General Elections are due in 15 months, in 2014. Depending on when the elections are held, this may turn out to be the last full-fledged Budget of the present Government. So, there will always be a temptation to present a populist budget.

Mr. Chidambaram, intelligent and unpredictable that he is, has kept everybody guessing. Recently, while addressing foreign investors in London and elsewhere, he stated, `the Budget that will be presented in February will be a responsible Budget’. One doesn’t know what he means by a responsible Budget. Did he mean that the earlier Budgets presented by his predecessor were irresponsible? Everybody is keeping their fingers crossed and waiting!!

In this issue, we bring you an article relating to corruption by Mr. Hardayal Singh, former Income Tax Ombudsman. We always talk about the gap between what the society expects from auditors and what auditors can deliver. There is a similar expectation gap between the system combating corruption and what the society expects. The author mentions that the story he is narrating has an important lesson for those who expect instant solutions. When one reads the article, one is left wondering whether the system really delivered if an honest officer had to go through the prosecution, conviction and sentencing by a lower court before being acquitted by the High Court. Or whether the officer indeed acted under pressure of a politician and was guilty, at least, to that extent.

While rules and systems are extremely important, they should prevent corruption; yet not be such that they stifle the decision making process itself. In appropriate cases, the officer must be able to exercise and should have the courage to exercise discretion and take decisions. Today, honest officers avoid taking decisions out of fear that they will be implicated for the decision that they took. Is it a solace to the officer that ultimately some higher court will acquit him?

Nonetheless, the article brings to us a point of view which we need to think about.

levitra

Across the Border

fiogf49gjkf0d
For the first time after Independence, a democratically elected government completed its five-year term in Pakistan and elections were held for the National Assembly. After many years, the elections have been free and fair. There was always a fear that the elections will be delayed or aborted. Nawaz Sharif is expected to be elected as the Prime Minister of Pakistan on 5th June for an unprecedented third time. His party, the Pakistan Muslim League–Nawaz (PML-N) won about 125 of the 272 directly elected seats in the National Assembly.

Since its independence, Pakistan has rarely had a stable, democratically elected government. The army in Pakistan has always played an important role and has a significant influence in the affairs of that country, unlike our country where the defence forces are subordinate to the political leadership of the country. Pakistan also has issues of dealing with terrorists and fundamentalists. The government of the day in that country cannot ignore them. In fact, often for a variety of reasons, it has helped these groups. The Economy of Pakistan is not in the best of shape. It also has to mend its relations with Afghanistan.

Both India and Pakistan have been, for decades, obsessed with each other. The Kashmir issue has been a bone of contention since the days of Partition. When faced with turbulence at home, the governments in both the countries deflect the attention of people by raising issues with the other country. However, in recent years, in the campaign for elections in India, the issues have been economic development, progress etc., rather than Pakistan. A similar change was seen in the recently concluded elections in Pakistan. All major parties campaigned on the plank of employment, education, inflation and development — domestic issues that concern the public. This, certainly, is a welcome trend.

It is heartening that democracy is taking roots in Pakistan. Nawaz Sharif, after the elections, expressed the hope that relations with India will improve and he will work towards that. It is pointless to be euphoric about the statements made by him. It is too early to expect something dramatic that will change the situation. The army, the fundamentalists and the jihadis will not easily permit any government in Pakistan to succeed in improving relations with India. Their position is threatened if there is political and economic stability in Pakistan and good relations with India. It is also a fact that on an earlier occasion, Nawaz Sharif lost his prime ministership due to his inclination to develop relations with India.

One cannot forget various Pakistan-sponsored terrorist attacks that India has witnessed, particularly over the past few years. The Kargil War was fought when Nawaz Sharif was the premier of Pakistan. He claims that he was unaware of the exercise of infiltration in the Kargil area carried out by the army and the paramilitary forces. While he cannot escape the responsibility of what happened during his tenure, India cannot ignore it.

In spite of all this, it is in the interest of India that Pakistan (and also Bangladesh) have internal stability and a progressing economy. Just as when a student tastes success in examinations, he is motivated to study more and progress further, similarly when a country tastes economic success and progress, the people as well as the government start working towards further development rather than focussing on unproductive issues. We experienced that when the Indian economy was booming a few years back till the global meltdown and corruption within the country reversed the process.

Political developments in Pakistan are observed by other countries as well. Both the US and China have special interests in Pakistan. While the people of Pakistan have condemned the drone attacks by USA, America will never forget the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Centre. Yet Pakistan has generally been an ally of USA and in return, Washington has funded Pakistan from time to time.

India will go for elections in 2014 while the new government in Pakistan will be busy in stabilising its position. It is only then, that one really will be able to see progress, if any, in the relations between the two countries.

The experience with Pakistan has been different, yet the hope persists.

levitra

Government Accounting Needs Urgent Reforms

fiogf49gjkf0d
At a time when the entire country is discussing the fall of the rupee, the economic gloom and the incremental damage that the Food Security Bill would cause to the Indian economy, readers will wonder why I am discussing accounting reform.

The primary reason for the panic is the presumption that a year ago, the country had plenty of foreign exchange “reserves” and this was due to consistent economic growth. There is no dispute that India has come a long way since 1947, and the comparison of the rupee-dollar exchange rate in 1947, and that of today is preposterous. Having said that, it is necessary to read the figures that the government dishes out in the context of the cash method of accounting that it follows. If the government followed the accrual method of accounting which is mandatory for corporates, the government’s balance sheet would be significantly different. Three illustrations will make the point clear.

Any student of accounting will tell you that a “reserve” in the balance sheet is a surplus which is vested in the owner of the entity. In short, reserves are nothing but owned funds. The recent liberalisation of foreign exchange controls was on the basis that the foreign exchange “reserves” that the country had were here to stay. In fact, they constituted capital inflows which were parked in India on account of the non-availability of a better return elsewhere in the world. These capital inflows had the potential of being withdrawn and were therefore a debt. Till foreign exchange inflows arise either in the form of equity investment (FDI) or are the result of income accruals, they would not have any degree of permanence. If the balance sheet was drawn up bringing to the fore this aspect, people would have been cautious while celebrating economic growth.

The second illustration is that of funding through oil bonds or similar instruments. Since government accounting is on cash basis, the bonds or similar instruments are reflected as assets in the books of oil companies but the corresponding liability is not reflected as a liability in the government balance sheet. Thus, while shoring up the economy temporarily one is creating an unrecognised liability in the hope that during the tenure of this instrument income would accrue to the government enabling it to discharge the liability when it dawned on the horizon.

The third illustration is closer to our professional domain. We all know that targets for collection of tax are set by the powers that be on the basis of the past, oblivious to the fact that tax collections would depend on the economic situation which has shown a gradual decline in the recent past. In the race to meet these irrational targets the tax authorities raise patently illegal tax demands and by misusing powers forcibly collect them as well. These collected disputed demands often constitute a liability of the government and are not its income. Though the judicial system in India is afflicted by many ills, it still functions. Consequently, many of the high-pitched demands are deleted in appeals and result in refunds. The target however is based on the tax collected in the preceding year resulting in the authorities creating further high-pitched demands which have a cascading effect. Everyone is busy passing the buck without coming to terms with reality.

The accounting and auditing profession is a much maligned profession. The auditor is restrained by the regulations of his profession and is therefore not able to defend himself in public. If analysts and regulators had paid adequate attention to what auditors report and had taken timely action, at least some of the economic disasters could have been avoided.

I believe that the accounting profession has a very important role to play in ensuring that the state of the economy is transparently put in the public domain. The first step in this direction is for the government to shift from the cash system to the accrual system. The process has begun, with an attempt to convert accounting of urban local bodies to double entry system, but the progress is agonisingly slow. This is for the reason that many of those involved in governance do not appreciate the significance of the change in method of accounting and the benefits thereof. It is treated as a low priority item on the agenda to be dealt with only if time permits. The other possibility is that they feign indifference because they are conscious that if the accrual method of accounting is followed, the picture of the economy may darken further.

The government continuously exhorts businesses to follow “global standards”. It needs to practice what it preaches. The government of New Zealand makes its financial statements public. The audited statements for the year ended 30th June 2012 are available on the government website. These have been prepared on accrual basis. The statements for the 11 months ended 31st May 2013, were released on 5th July 2013. Those interested may visit the website – www.treasury.govt.nz. I am conscious that New Zealand and India are not comparable. I have given the illustration only to establish that what is being suggested is possible. If we have the desire we will get there. But if we have to reach the goal we have to make a beginning. We are already late. The time to start is now!

Anil J. Sathe
Editor
levitra

The Year Gone By

fiogf49gjkf0d
Finally, the Lok Sabha has passed the Lokpal Bill, albeit with many deficiencies. This would not have been possible but for the continuous pressure exerted by Shri Anna Hazare and his team on the political class in general and the government in particular.

It is a general perception that the institution of the Lokpal under the Bill that has been passed by the Lok Sabha will not be sufficiently strong and independent. The appointment and the removal of the Lokpal are indirectly controlled by the Government. Doubts have been expressed about the constitutional validity of certain provisions. Apart from this, on the major objection to the Bill is that the government has retained control over the Central Bureau of Investigation (CBI). This is a legitimate objection. Every government has influenced the working of the CBI to suit its purposes. Without independence to investigate and prosecute, the CBI has lost its credibility as well as effectiveness. These views have been expressed by more than one retired Directors of CBI. They have, in no uncertain terms, stated that the CBI has to follow the orders of its political masters even in the matters of investigation, prosecution and filing appeals etc.

It is disappointing that the proposal of the government to give constitutional status to the Lokpal could not muster the requisite support.

In the Rajya Sabha where the government did not enjoy even simple majority the Bill could not be passed. The Government possibly deliberately avoided voting on the Bill. More than one MP stated that Parliamentarians were not ‘public servants’ and they should not be covered by Lokpal. Some of the MPs created ruckus, criticised Anna Hazare, tore the copy of the Bill and threw it on the floor of the House. Parliamentarians tell the citizens that the Parliament is supreme. But when MPs themselves create pandemonium and lower the prestige of the Parliament one is left wondering. We are back to square one without a Lokpal institution in place.

Disappointed Anna Hazare has ended his fast and also called off his proposed protest by masses courting arrest. Partly this retreat is on account of lack of expected crowd at the venue of the fast. This is not to say that there is no public support to the movement against corruption. However, it is difficult to sustain the kind of public participation that one saw in last April and in August. Also, there are many who feel that the approach of Team Anna in insisting that only the draft of the Bill prepared by them is acceptable is rather extreme and unacceptable.

There are lessons to be learnt by all from the events relating to the issue of Lokpal. Citizens have realised that if they strongly feel about something and voice that opinion through various forums the government cannot ignore it. The government and the ruling party should accept the fact that after all it is the citizens who are supreme and the Parliament is expected to reflect the opinion of the public. The educated urban middle class and youth are becoming aware and active; that constituency cannot be taken for granted. The opposition on the other hand should learn that they need to take a stand and make it public rather than sit on the fence and try to take advantage of the predicament of the government. The Civil Society should understand that in a functioning democracy one cannot expect or insist that only one view is right and that alone should be accepted. Let us hope that the movement against corruption continues and sooner than later we have a strong, independent and effective Lokpal.

The year 2011 is coming to a close. It is time to look back and ponder over the events of the year. The world saw change of guard in Egypt, the uprising in Syria. Dictator Gaddafi was killed in Libya with support from NATO, Kim Jong II another dictator died in North Korea while terrorist Osama bin Laden was killed in Pakistan by US forces. Economies of European countries as well as US are not in the best shape. Closer home, Indian economy has not been doing as well as one would like it to be. Interest rates have been consistently rising, the rupee has lost value in the recent months, and inflation has been only going up so also the trade deficit. The growth rate is lower than what was planned or expected at the beginning of the year. Industrialists attribute this lower growth in the Indian economy at least partially to ‘policy paralysis’, while the Prime Minister and Finance Minister blame the business heads for spreading the atmosphere of despondency. Huge scams rocked the nation and Tihar jail became a VIP hostel.

The year 2011 also saw audit reports of Comptroller and Auditor General making news. One must complement Mr Vinod Rai, the Comptroller and Auditor General for the excellent work done by him. He exposed major scams, inefficiencies, favouritism and faulty decision making. In spite of tremendous pressure and criticism, he went about doing his duty. He makes the profession of auditors proud. Recently, he has been appointed by the United Nations as the chairman of the panel of external auditors that audits and reports on the accounts and management operations of the United Nations and its agencies. The CAG has also shown how person occupying an office can make that office strong and effective. One experienced similar phenomena when T. N. Seshan became the Election Commissioner and Mr. N. Vittal became the Chief Vigilance Commissioner. Each of these individuals made an impact by their performance, courage and conviction while discharging their duties without getting perturbed by the limitations, criticism or pressure.

The year also saw the death of Pandit Bhimsen Joshi, Jagjit Singh and Bhupen Hazarika from the world of music, celebrated artist and painter M. F. Husain, Mario Miranda who brought smile to many faces with his cartoons, Dev Anand and Shammi Kapoor the two evergreen doyens of Bollywood, Satyadev Dubey from the field of theatre, Mansur Ali Khan Pataudi, the cricketer. Each of these individuals directly or indirectly touched the life of many Indians.

 In the ensuing leap year 2012 may India progress in leaps and bound.

Wishing you all a very Happy 2012.

Corruption is nature’s way of restoring our faith in democracy —Peter Ustinov

levitra

Accounting and Auditing Professional – Introspect and Act!

fiogf49gjkf0d
When this issue reaches the hands of readers, most of my professional colleagues would have completed one of the most onerous tasks of the year, that is of issuing a tax audit report. Every year, a month before the due date, there is a clamour for an extension and this year was no different. It is true that for this year, the problem was compounded by the government requiring the tax audit report to be uploaded in electronic format and an increment in the details to be furnished in the income tax return. An extension for uploading the tax audit form has been granted, but my colleagues term the concession as inadequate. This is for the reason that in a majority of the cases, the compiling of the data that is required for income tax return as well as the tax audit report has always been treated by the client /auditee as the responsibility of the tax auditor.

The problems created and the tension that my professional colleagues face is primarily on account of the fact that the division of roles and responsibilities between the client and auditor have not been understood and appreciated by both. Clients have always taken the view that compliance is the responsibility of the auditor. This attitude is prevalent amongst the small entities to large multinationals, with only the degree varying. Apart from clients, lawmakers and regulators have also started shifting the onus of verification of compliance with the provisions to Chartered Accountants. The profession has welcomed these moves as professional opportunities. The fact that this entails an additional responsibility is lost sight of. The role and responsibility of the client in this compliance process is also not emphasised and he is not educated about this aspect. Over the years, Chartered Accountants have accepted this position, without appreciating whether they are equipped to perform the tasks that they would be required to, and whether the remuneration is commensurate.

To appreciate the actual problem faced by professionals, one must understand the overall scene. As explained in the earlier paragraphs, the responsibilities on the auditor are continuously increasing. To illustrate, the Income-tax Act alone has 46 provisions which require either an audit or certification by a Chartered Accountant. The Companies Act and State laws would add to this list. In fact, the responsibilities the Companies Act, 2013, imposes on an auditor are so onerous that senior professionals believe that new entrants to the profession would be discouraged from joining it. These are the challenges at the micro level.

At the macro level, one wonders if this is going to be the scenario for Chartered Accountants, in practice, is there an adequate number of Chartered Accountants available and have they been suitably equipped. In the year 2000, the number of Chartered Accountants in the country was 92,960 and those holding certificates, numbered 65,843 constituting 71% of the total membership. In the year 2013 the figure stands at 2,17,119 with certificate of practice being held by 103,636 persons, constituting 48% of the membership. Clearly, the number of persons joining the auditing profession which is expected to carry out these tasks has dwindled. As a consequence, younger professionals who are better equipped to handle issues requiring use of technology and newer skill-sets are not entering professional practice. On the one hand, increasing demands are being made on the profession, while the number of those with the wherewithal to satisfy these demands is reducing. There is a substantial gap between demand for good professionals and their availability. This leads to entrusting the responsibility to those who are unable to discharge it. The result is a widening expectation gap and dissatisfaction and disillusionment on both sides. What then is the solution?

Clearly, no other profession is better equipped to handle these responsibilities. Given this situation, three things need to be done. Firstly, users of services, whether they be auditees, tax authorities, regulators or the public have to appreciate the scope and limitations of the responsibilities of the professional. This aspect of the matter has to be dealt with on a war footing, and the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) must carry out a continuous campaign in this regard. Secondly, lawmakers and regulators have to interact with professionals before they suggest changes in laws and regulations which require furnishing of a plethora of details by taxpayers which are required to be certified/authenticated by Chartered Accountants. There is no point in collecting a huge database when one does not have the ability to digest and utilise the existing data.

Finally, and not in the least, professionals have to continuously upgrade their skills. Many of my senior colleagues would do well to remember that, while the experience that they have acquired over the years is undoubtedly invaluable, it cannot be a substitute for new knowledge and skills. The world is changing quickly and if we do not act it will drive past us.

Apart from this, the profession must interact with clients, and apprise them of their role and responsibility. We must learn to say `no’ whenever it is necessary. If we do not do this immediately, the primacy of the ICAI, an institution which is more than six decades old, will be lost. As a corollary, the respect that the profession enjoys in society will gradually evaporate. There is an erroneous perception that the existing apparatus is unable to meet the expectations. The provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, empowering the Central Government to prescribe accounting standards, and the constitution of the Financial Reporting Authority, which will oversee audit performance, are examples of this perception. Those concerned must take note of these developments. The writing is on the wall. I only hope that the leaders of our profession have the foresight and the fortitude to read it!

Anil J. Sathe
Editor
levitra

Financial Sector Reforms

fiogf49gjkf0d
The last 45 days have witnessed several events that may have been of interest to the world of finance and have received considerable news coverage across the country. After years of political wrangling and months of rumours, India finally received its first tranche of FDI into the aviation sector when Jet Airways and Etihad announced their strategic partnership. The West Bengal based Saradha Group turned out to be yet another elaborate ponzi scheme that recycled deposits of vulnerable sections of the public. Worse, the financial institution went bust and cannot now return its investors’ money.

But one event of significance that went relatively unnoticed was the release of the report of the Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission (FSLRC). The Report recommends a paradigm shift in the regulation of our country’s financial system and is bound to evoke diverse reactions from different stakeholders. The FSLRC was headed by Justice B.N. Srikrishna (Retd.), who is a veteran of several key reports, and included several noted persons like Mr. Y. H. Malegam.

The present regulatory system has gaps, overlaps, inconsistencies and opportunity for regulatory arbitrage. The Report calls for several fundamental changes in the way financial sector is regulated in India. While some of these changes were long overdue, others are innovative and will require some debate before their acceptance. As noted by the FSLRC, financial regulators are unique in the sense that three functions – legislative, executive and judicial – are placed in the single agency. This concentration of power needs to go along with strong accountability mechanisms.

Unlike most commissions, the FSLRC’s Report includes a draft ‘Indian Financial Code’ that is the first step towards the consolidation of all existing regulations into a single piece of legislation. The Code proposes an equal regulatory environment that is non-sectoral and ownership neutral. This means that the same regulations would apply to all firms, irrespective of what sector they operate in, be it banking, securities or insurance. Further, all firms would be treated on par without regard to their ownership structure. So the regulator would not discriminate between private and public, Indian and foreign, private and government undertakings, or companies and cooperatives.

The Report recommends an overhaul of the existing regulatory agencies. This overhaul, though characterised only as “a modest step away from present practice” includes modifying the mandate for the RBI, setting up of a Unified Financial Agency (replacing SEBI, IRDA, Forward Market Commission and Pension Fund Regulatory and Development Authority), a Financial Sector Appellate Tribunal (replacing SAT), Resolution Corporation (replacing Deposit Insurance and Credit Guarantee Corporation of India), a Public Debt Management Agency, instituting a single unified consumer redressal mechanism comprising of a Financial Redressal Agency and giving statutory recognition to Financial Stability and Development Council. Other note-worthy recommendations in the Draft Code proposed by the Commission include legalisation of and bringing clarity to validity of non-exchange traded derivative contracts between sophisticated counterparties and an internal control system for all regulated firms that may involve compulsory reporting of some findings to the concerned regulator. FSLRC recommends setting up of Resolution editorial Financial Sector Reforms Bombay Chartered Acountant Journal, may 2013 7 editorial 139 (2013) 45-A BCAJ BCAJ Corporation to keep a check on the health and stability of financial firms and resolve swiftly problems arising out of the instability of one or more firms.

While the implementation of these path-breaking changes will no doubt address many of the problems and shortcomings of the existing regulatory regime, it will also have a cost. A large number of businesses have already been set up and transactions executed keeping in mind the existing regulations. Many of these may need to be reworked. Secondly, setting up of institutions staffed with qualified professionals is expensive. The present day RBI, SEBI and consumer fora are a result of evolution and years of institution building that required intensive investment into infrastructure and human resource development. This will have to be repeated all over again for the new institutions to be set up under the draft Code. Other non-monetary costs include the cost of developing new precedents and case-law on the new Code. The present legislations and regulations have been the subject of substantial litigation and it has taken years for the tribunals and Courts to clarify the scope, intent and interpretation of the various provisions of the existing laws. New laws will mean several rounds of long drawn litigation before the meaning of the laws become reasonably final.

The Commission recognises that its recommendations are ambitious and will require many of the Acts to be repealed or amended. There are also issues of jurisdiction, e.g. co-operative sector, chit funds come within the purview of the States. But these will also have to be regulated, being part of the financial sector.

The Commission has emphasised that piecemeal modifications to the existing system will not work and will not have the desired effect. The Finance Minister has indicated that no time limit can be set for taking action on the report. It is a mammoth work and a big exercise. If experience is any guide, change of such nature will take at least a few years before it sees the light of the day.

“The foundations of modern financial legal regulatory structures should be erected during peaceful times rather than wait for a crisis to unfold and then embark on a fire-fighting mode of institution building, which would be muddled and fragile”. – Report of FSLRC

levitra

Rethinking growth strategy

fiogf49gjkf0d
Whenever I hear a politician saying that his party will fight elections on issues of development and growth rather than those that divide society, one takes that with a huge bag of salt. Whenever the youth of this country talk of growth, one is touched by the sincerity in their voices and the dreams in their eyes .

The issue really is, what is the nature of growth that we want and what are the ways and means to achieve it? In this editorial I am placing my thoughts before readers. I must admit that inspiration for this piece was a series of essays titled “Reimagining India“ recommended by a dear friend.

The world appears convinced that India has the potential to become an economic superpower, but the tragedy is that Indians are drowned in self-doubt. We have huge untapped talent. Away from Indian shores, Indians excel in universities and corporations. In the USA, Indians are number one in terms of per capita income. We must therefore believe that we have the ability to be the best in the world.

Our diffidence probably arises on account of being constantly compared with China’s growth model. If we continue to do so, we will always label ourselves as laggards. India cannot afford to grow like China nor should that be its aim. Our democratic coalition governments cannot become as ruthlessly efficient as China’s politburo nor should they aspire to be. Though we may not realise it today, the social costs of China’s economic expansion are obvious. While it may showcase its Shanghai infrastructure, many parts of China suffer from a poor quality of life and rank extremely low on the happiness index. There is a simmering discontent among certain sections of the public. An authoritarian regime, like the one in China, in a country like ours with a religious, community and caste diversity can result in an explosive situation.

While we must not blindly ape the China model, we must admit that we have made many mistakes since independence and it is time that we rethink the future. We have in the first four decades post-independence followed a protectionism policy believing that we were a defenceless lot , while record shows that with a more open global competition Indians have fared far better.

Even after the Indian economy was unshackled, there has been excessive importance to the information technology  and software sectors without realising that these are tertiary sectors and their growth, has benefitted the white-collared employees while ignoring the blue-collar workforce which is in fact our strength. While GDP increased, its distribution was skewed. We did not pay adequate attention to primary sectors – manufacturing and agriculture. The emphasis must now shift. Liberalisation of labour laws and fast tracking agricultural reforms can give the Indian economy the requisite depth and breadth.

While I believe that one must guard against an undue socialist bias that our economic policies once had, one cannot ignore the importance of an equitable distribution of national wealth. While the government must get out of business it must actively invest and intervene in core sectors. For example, the government must give emphasis to infrastructure which would give impetus to business and increase spending on health and education which would improve the quality of life of the masses.

However in doing so, limited government resources must be spent with well-defined priorities. In infrastructure while it is important to have more and improved airports, the priority should be to build more roads, bridges and railway tracks. While the ultimate goal is that latest developments in the medical field should be available to the public at affordable rates, the emphasis must be on ensuring primary health care. In education while we must encourage top-class universities and technical institutions, the government itself must spend on primary education. The Right to Education Act is a beginning and not the end. While increasing spending in these sectors one must use leapfrogging techniques to accelerate the growth. It would be worthwhile to explore using the broadband to deliver educational content to villages rather than the brick and mortar method of increasing traditional schools.

Finally we must recognise the ground realities and our social ethos. Diversity is a unique characteristic of our country. Rather than attempting to iron out our differences we must attempt convert them into virtues rather than vulnerabilities. Rather than keeping power centralised in the fear that the States would go astray I believe that giving the States greater autonomy in economic policies may be advisable. If the States go their own way, competition will push the laggards to perform better. This will invigorate the States who will ensure that investment comes their way. The better performing States will attract resources. Shifting of Tata motors from West Bengal to Gujarat is a case in point. The Centre should aid the weaker States to overcome the infrastructure deficit and leave them to compete, with each other. For a long time the four northern States Bihar, Madhya Pradesh, Rajasthan and Uttar Pradesh were described as BIMARU. This is a thing of the past. Bihar is making great strides and Madhya Pradesh ranks very high in terms of  various growth parameters.

These are some of the growth strategies that we need to adopt if we are to become an economic superpower. The world is convinced about the India growth story. It is time that Indians believed it!

Anil J. Sathe
Editor
levitra

Precedent, Consistency, Limitation ……..Need for a Rethink

“I agree with you but I am bound by the actions of my predecessor”. This is a phrase that most of my colleagues would have heard in their careers from various authorities. With any forum be it judicial or administrative the weight of a precedent is enormous. The importance of precedent as a part of judicial discipline is well understood. The question is whether a precedent is a support or a millstone around your neck. Must the weight of a precedent force you to drown and then be rescued by a lifeline, or can one attempt to get rid of it and swim ashore? The doctrine of precedent is often misapplied either deliberately or through ignorance. One understands that in certain areas one must follow the decisions of a concurrent jurisdiction, for not to do so will result in anarchy. However, this principle cannot be used as a fortress to withstand the attack on the correctness of the decision of a predecessor.

Like precedents, we all swear by the principle of consistency. Undoubtedly, one must be consistent but such consistency must not be of mistake or inaction. The reason why precedent and consistency are treated as sacrosanct is that we tend to judge and evaluate the action of any person not on the touchstone of whether he acted diligently, correctly or reasonably, but whether he followed the past. Any departure from the past is looked upon with suspicion, with regard to the integrity of the person who takes a different decision. This results in an attempt by senior officers to fix responsibility on a junior official or pass the buck upward.

If an officer comes to a conclusion that his predecessor has made an error, he must not only be entitled to do what is required to rectify that error, but also be duty bound to not compound the mistake by repeating it. Such a departure should be evaluated based on the merit of the decision and it should not affect the careers of both these officers if they have acted bonafide. A system has to be evolved, whereby this can be achieved. Not only should one officer be required to rectify past erroneous action, the same officer should also be required to make a different decision from the one he made in the past, if he truly believes that it was erroneous and he must not be hounded for this if it satisfies the acid test of bonafide action.

Another aspect which needs reconsideration is the law of limitation qua certain events, actions obligations and claims. A striking example of this is that, for a citizen the period of limitation to claim a debt is three years while the State can raise a claim for taxes pertaining to a period from which 30 years have elapsed. Must we therefore accept that the government can function with only one tenth of the efficiency of a citizen? I am conscious that what I said sounds simplistic but the attempt is only to illustrate the stark contrast. If the State makes a claim which is three decades old, it must establish beyond doubt that the claim is valid and subsisting, and not shift this onus on the hapless citizen. Like the law of limitation for making a claim there must be a timeframe within which action, whether civil or criminal, ought be initiated. Further, there must be a limitation of time from an event, within which investigation must commence. No purpose will be achieved by investigating an event of 1984 and 1992 and utilise precious national resources in that activity. So much water has flown under the bridge that many of the perpetrators of the alleged crime as well as the victims have receded into oblivion. Investigation into events older beyond a certain period should not be started, for it is unlikely to unearth anything worthwhile. If an investigation for an event beyond the decided period of limitation has not reached a particular stage, it should be abandoned. Many would be critical of this suggestion as it will mean that certain criminals and fraudsters will go scot-free and unpunished. But for a nation with scarce resources, I believe, that the priority should be preventing crime rather than attempting to bring to book someone for an event which has faded from national memory.

We are a nation with a glorious past, living in a turbulent present. If we are to have a great future, for which we have the requisite potential, the principles, precedent consistency and limitation to which I made a reference, need a serious rethink.

Law will Take its Own Course

fiogf49gjkf0d
‘Law will take its own course’ – we hear this phrase whenever there is a serious law and order situation, a case involving a politician, a celebrity or a rich and mighty.

What does this phrase mean? For a layperson, it connotes that justice will be done – the guilty will be punished while a person who is not guilty will be not harassed and acquitted within a reasonable time. The law will treat all persons equally and equitably. Is this a utopian expectation?

When an ordinary person is accused of a wrongdoing, he is arrested immediately for investigation; for him getting bail becomes a nightmare; he or she has to spend days in jail. We saw this when two young girls were arrested for making a comment on the Facebook, we saw this when artists drew cartoons which were critical of the political system or politician. On the other hand, when MLAs allegedly thrashed a police officer within the precincts of the Legislative Assembly, one had to wait for the accused MLAs to surrender and the Home Minister declared that the CCTV footage is inconclusive. When politicians make a hate speech, the arrest has to wait till the enquiry is complete. So much for the law taking its own course!

Does the law take its own course? One wonders! In fact, often, the law does not have its own course at all. Law enforcing agencies and persons with political patronage can influence and drag the law on the course that they want or desire to suit their convenience. At times, law enforcing agencies are used by the government of the day to serve its political goals.

When somebody says that law will take its own course, possibly he or she actually means that after getting bail the law will be made to take a long winding course before reaching any logical conclusion, if at all it reaches any such conclusion. In fact, when a celebrity or a politician uses that phrase and expresses his great respect for and belief in the legal system in general and judiciary in particular, he actually expresses his ability to influence or delay the legal process; he believes in the proverb – ‘This too shall pass’. We have a film celebrity facing prosecution for hit-and-run accident and hunting of blackbucks. Both the cases are pending for over a decade while the celebrity is leading his normal life.

Recently, the Supreme Court gave its verdict in Mumbai Blasts case 20 years after the event occurred. Conviction of a large number of persons has been upheld. But the media focussed on only one celebrity convict. There is already a clamour for leniency and pardon for him on the ground that he has gone through mental torture all these years and that is a good enough punishment. A retired judge of the Supreme Court, the film fraternity and many others are pleading his case. We forget there are other convicts who have gone through similar agony, some of whom had unwittingly become part of the whole episode and the law took its own course in their case.

While often the law does not take the desired course, at times the law makers avoid enacting an effective law so that there is no question of law taking its own course. (We are still waiting for the law on Lokpal.) Then at times, the law makers enact the law that suits them and ensure what course the law should take. In the Income tax Act there are provisions (existing and proposed) to curb unaccounted money. If a person buys or sells immovable property or buys shares of unlisted company etc. at less than the prescribed value, the difference is charged to tax on the presumption that unaccounted money has exchanged hands. If a charitable trust receives anonymous donations, the trust is taxed on the premises that such donations are out of unaccounted money. In the Finance Bill, 2013 there is also a provision for disallowing deduction to the donor for cash donations made to political parties. But there is no provision to tax political parties for the anonymous donations received by them so long as the amount of each donation in the accounts does not exceed Rs. 20,000.

 According to a study conducted by the Association of Democratic Reform (working across the country for transparency in political and electoral system), a very substantial portion of the contributions collected as donations or `sale of coupons’ by political parties is in cash or anonymous. One has to only guess the source or nature of these funds. All such collections are exempt from income tax in the hands of political parties. Article 14 of the Constitution of India strikes at arbitrariness and ensures fairness and equality of treatment. But it also permits rational classification. And after all, political parties are a class by themselves!

Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

levitra

Accountability

fiogf49gjkf0d
The ancient Romans had a tradition: whenever one of their engineers constructed an arch, as the capstone was hoisted into place, the engineer assumed accountability for his work in the most profound way possible: he stood under the arch. (Quoting Michael Armstrong)

We talk of accountability of government and government agencies, public companies and NGOs. Then there is accountability of individuals – those working in a group or team as well as in their individual capacity. Accountability of an individual is not restricted only to his work but extends to his family and the social circle within which he moves.

At times accountability is fixed by law, rules and regulations. This can be considered as the statutory accountability. In every civilised society there are regulators appointed under various statutes which seek accountability from organisations and individuals. There regulators oversee that organisations and individuals remain accountable.

When it comes to governments and organisations (commercial or otherwise), transparency in their affairs often brings about better accountability. That has been the genesis of ‘Right to Information’. Generally, when governments and organisations have to disclose more, their policies, decisions and actions are such that they become more accountable. After all, sunlight is the best disinfectant!

It is also a fact that the scope of statutory accountability in various fields has been increasing. This is true of various professions, professionals as well as organisations. May be this is due to the fact that there is an attempt from those accountable to limit their accountability.

An auditor may feel that he is accountable only to the shareholders to whom he reports. But today, he is accountable, responsible and liable not only to the shareholders, but also to many other stakeholders like potential investors, lenders, employees of the company and many more.

When CAG questions decisions and actions of the Government, his powers and jurisdiction are questioned and thus avoiding accountability.

Political parties talk of being accountable to people, serving the people. But when it comes to being transparent about their affairs, these parties take shelter behind technicalities. All major political parties are united in opposing the recent order of the Central Information Commission holding political parties as ‘Public Authorities’ and ordering them to disclose information. There is even the talk of promulgating an Ordinance to amend the Right to Information Act to keep the political parties outside the purview of the RTI.

Often, there is a conflict (either perceived or real) while doing one’s duty when one is accountable in more than one way or to those whose interests may be conflicting. Such a conflict is not unique to one profession but it may arise in various situations. For example, a bureaucrat or a police officer is accountable to his political master, his colleagues and also to the public (not necessarily in that order). Given our system, one can imagine the plight of an honest government servant. This may happen to a lawyer, a chartered accountant, an independent director, or for that matter any person. These are tricky situations where one needs to reason, reconcile, muster courage and above all, listen to one’s conscience. Certainly, this is not easy.

Accountability of media – whether it is the print media or the electronic media – is another area which raises a lot of debate. No doubt, the media has played a yeoman role in drawing public attention to scams, corruption, and the plight of people who have suffered injustice. Media depends on news and at times on creating news, sensationalising events and conducting trial by media under the garb of debates. The controversy raised by Radia tapes which disclosed the role played by some senior journalists in government affairs or promoting certain industrial houses is still fresh in mind. Freedom of speech and expression is of utmost importance and media plays and has an important role in safeguarding that. It can do that only if the media itself is accountable and takes that accountability seriously.

Rules and regulations may impose accountability. But the true accountability is “the quality or state of being accountable; especially: an obligation or willingness to accept responsibility or to account for one’s actions”. (http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary/accountability) It is a state of mind, a sense of doing one’s duty with clear conscience.

In this Special Issue, we bring you articles from respected persons from various fields – Mr. S. E. Dastur, Senior Advocate, Padmashree Mr. T. N. Manoharan, past President of our Institute and Mr. Jaideep Bose, Editorial Director, the Times of India dealing with the issue of accountability and duty. My special thanks to each of them for sharing their thoughts. This month, the features – Namaskar, Accounting World and RTI also deal, directly or indirectly, with the issue of accountability.

With this issue of the Journal, I pass the baton to Mr. Anil Sathe who will take over as the Editor of this Journal.

levitra

Food for consumption……food for thought!

fiogf49gjkf0d
The National Food Securities Bill, 2013 is being hotly debated across the nation. It is an undisputed fact that the object of the Bill is entirely laudable. The real question is, will the much hyped Bill, achieve its objective? There is an obvious political angle to the timing of the Bill. The beleaguered UPA government probably believes that this Bill could be its saviour in the forthcoming elections in 2014. In order to ensure that the political advantage is not lost in the din in Parliament, the President has already promulgated an ordinance. However, one need not grudge the political mileage sought to be gained because in this regard all politicians across the political spectrum are of the same colour.

The aspect that requires to be addressed is that, why after 66 years of independence we still need such a Bill. There are three issues that come to mind, the first one being of principle. The Bill seeks to create a huge subsidy for food. However, the thinking of the Government now appears to be that subsidies are an inefficient way of delivering welfare measures. Consequently, in various areas subsidies are being done away with. The freeing of petrol and diesel prices from the administered price mechanism is a very recent example. Whether the step was advisable could be debated, but it reflects the thinking of the government in regard to subsidies. While these actions are being taken, the Government proposes to embark on one of the largest subsidy programmes in recent times.

The second question is that while it is absolutely true that the number of malnourished citizens, men women and children is large, the problem does not seem to be availability of foodgrains but the weaknesses in the distribution system created by poor policies and rampant corruption. It is well-known that India has a sufficient buffer stock of foodgrain; unfortunately, it does not have an efficient distribution mechanism to reach these foodgrains to the poor and needy. While action in this regard is necessary, the issue is of priorities. Agriculture has been a neglected sector for a very long time. Planners, lawmakers, politicians and bureaucrats have paid only lip service to this sector. Expenditure on fundamental research in agriculture has been extremely meagre and agrarian reforms have been painfully slow. Consequently, agricultural productivity has not increased significantly. If these issues are addressed, it would result in increase in purchasing power of the rural population. That would be a permanent solution rather than subsidies which are temporary.

The third aspect is whether this is the right time to introduce a bill which will create a huge fiscal burden. The figures that are being given by various persons are at substantial variance with each other. However, it is well accepted that if this program is to be really implemented, the funds required over the next 2 to 3 years are huge. The Government is already reeling under a fiscal deficit which has crossed the budgeted limits. While some of the reasons for this deficit can be attributed to the globalisation of the Indian economy, the inefficiencies and inactions of the Government are also major contributors. Therefore, funds required for such an ambitious programme will obviously have to be met from increased taxes or from diverting from other welfare spending. This in itself may slow down the growth further. The drop in the growth will reduce purchasing power in the hands of people, increase unemployment and all this will have a cascading effect. Therefore, assuming that the Government’s intention is absolutely genuine, this is perhaps not the right time to create further fiscal burden.

Finally, it has become increasingly apparent that the Government believes that the solution to all ills is legislation. When will we understand that the need of the hour is action, proper implementation of the existing laws and schemes rather than adding to the mass of legislation already existing. The Right to Education Act, 2009 is an excellent example of a very noble object being sought to be achieved through the wrong means. It is true that a substantially large number of children are being denied access even to primary education. The reason for the lack of enrolment in schools or a high school dropout rate is economic. It is because children are used as breadwinners that they are not sent to schools. The need was to administer the existing legislation in regard to child labour strictly. What needs to be ensured is that more children enroll in schools and do not dropout, rather than reserving 25% seats in private schools.

Only time will tell whether the Food Securities Bill will be passed and whether the political advantage really materialises. Even if the Bill creates more focus in regard to the problem of the malnourished sections of the society and results in some incremental action, it will have achieved its objective to a limited extent.

levitra

Colour of Money

fiogf49gjkf0d
At the time that he presented the budget, the
Finance Minister had promised a white paper on black money. He presented
the paper in the recently concluded budget session, one of the few
promises he has managed to keep. The paper was welcomed or criticised by
members of parliament depending upon which side of the political divide
they belonged to. I was amused by the title of the paper. As one
matures one realises that there is nothing spotlessly white or totally
black in life and there are only shades of grey. There was a great
temptation to comment on or analyse the white paper, but then I realised
that such an analysis, in the limited length of an editorial could have
been described by the same dress that the former finance minister used
to describe the white paper. I therefore decided to restrict myself to a
few observations and share my thoughts on a related topic.

The
paper describes money as white or black. Whatever the colour most of us
strive to possess it. Whether one likes it or not it is the driving
force, for individuals, families, and yes, nations as well. Recently I
read a book titled the “Ascent of money” by Niall Ferguson, British
historian. The book traces the financial history of the world. Money in
the form of currency as we know today is a creation not more than few
centuries old, but since its discovery it has pervaded human life. The
standard definition of money is that it is a medium of exchange. To
function optimally it has to be durable, fungible, portable and
reliable. Modern day money whether it is paper, plastic or electronic
has all these attributes except the last one; reliability. The book
quotes with approval Jacob Bronowoski who said that the ascent of money
has been essential to the ascent of man. Many would dispute the
correctness of that statement.

The singularly distinctive
quality of modern day money is its ability to be stored for any length
of time for future use and consumption. This may be the cause or at
least the catalyst for some of the problems that the world faces today.
To illustrate, in 2007, the year in which one of the worst financial
crisis that continues to plague the world commenced, the CEO of Goldman
Sachs received$ 73.7 million as remuneration. In the same year George
Soros, the veteran speculator made $ 2.9 billion. All this at a time
when more than 1 billion people around the world earned less than $ 1 a
day. In this scenario, is the development of money synonymous with the
development of the human race? It is a question that is difficult to
answer since financial scams and scandals occur frequently enough to
make money appear to be a cause of poverty rather than prosperity.

We
strive to give our next generation good health, the best education and
enhanced security. None of this can be bought with money. We teach our
children, ethics, morality and the innumerable sterling qualities that a
human being must possess but when the child steps out into the world
the singularly significant assessment parameter is the money he makes,
the money he would leave for his future generations. We make a
distinction between what we practice and what we preach and seek to
justify the same. We as professionals tell our students that there is a
great difference between theory and practice. There certainly is but
should that difference be as wide as white and black? While accepting
the exalted status that money has we must be conscious and make our
future generations aware of its most serious limitation that it is only a
medium. When society evaluates the financial health of a person, the
questions to be asked are “how” he earned money and thereafter “how
much”? The order should not be reversed.

Before readers mistake
this editorial for a philosophical discourse, let me make a few
observations on the white paper. The paper states that black money is
the result of two categories of activities. The first category is that
of crime, drug trade, terrorism and corruption. In the second category
which according to the paper is the more likely reason of generation of
black money is the intent to defraud the public exchequer. It is
difficult to agree to this categorisation. Undoubtedly hard core crime,
drug money and terrorism are social and political problems which give
rise to unaccounted money; they can be controlled or contained by an
intolerant attitude of the state and participation of all its
enforcement agencies. Corruption must fall into a different category.

The
real problem is the second category. We must decide whether we want to
equate avoidance with evasion. Those who avoid taxes remaining within
the corners of law cannot be treated as generators of black money. In a
majority of the cases it is post compliance harassment that forces
people to side step regulation. Archaic, multiple laws and regulation,
coupled with uncontrolled discretion and lack of accountability on the
part of the bureaucrats and politicians leads to corruption. There is
thus a vicious circle of evasion of statutory obligations, and enjoyment
of the largesses under the benevolent eye of the corrupt authorities.
In the first category, the “black” money generated by crime is
distributed, however inequitable the distribution. In the second the
proceeds of evasion of statutory dues and particularly corruption are
siphoned off. Often they are then laundered with the blessings of the
corrupt authorities.

In the first category the money generated,
will give rise to violence and will maim citizens and the country but
the second is like a deadly cancer that will cause total decay of the
moral fabric.

The white paper discusses various methods by which
to curb the menace of unaccounted money. In this regard the government
must consider three requirements essential to ensure success in its
endeavour. Firstly there must be total transparency in regard to
thinking of the government. If the authorities consider certain action
of business or industry as contrary to legislative intent it must make
this fact known expeditiously. Secondly it needs to integrate inter
agency and intra agency databases, before increasing reporting
requirements an aspect that the white paper recognises, but one hopes
there will be follow up action. Thirdly before introducing a measure
like NOC for real estate transactions which the white paper
contemplates, past experience must be analysed otherwise the measure
will have limited effect.

We need fair, simple laws fairly and
humanly administered. What worries the nation is not the fiscal deficit,
because that will hopefully be corrected, but the trust deficit. When a
representative of the government stands on the floor of the house and
makes a statement it should be treated with the sanctity that it
deserves. We all know that today “black” money dominates our economy.
The endeavour must be to see that the generation of black money reduces.
Along with deterrent punishment for violators there should be an
incentive for compliance. In any economy compartmentalisation of “black”
and “white” money is virtually impossible. It is also irrational to
believe that black money will disappear from the landscape. The attempt
must be to gradually change the proportion. The proportion is such that
today the economy is a chequered one. The proportion of black should
reduce so much that it becomes an adorable beauty spot on flawless
beauty!

levitra

Censorship by Didi

fiogf49gjkf0d
The Trinamool Congress (TMC) ended the 34-year-old rule of the Left Parties in West Bengal and came to power with a thumping majority. Chairperson of the ruling party Ms. Mamata Banerjee – Didi – is known for her simplicity and integrity. She is a poet and painter, and holds Rabindranath Tagore in great esteem. Her views on economic policies are controversial. One may argue and oppose the same, but she’s entitled to her beliefs in a democratic setup that India follows. As Voltaire said, “I may not agree with what you say, but I will defend to the death your right to say it.”

Bengal is considered to be the State of intellectuals. Kolkata has a rich tradition of culture, literature and art. Literature and art thrive when there is freedom – freedom to think and freedom to express. But, under the rule of the present government, it is this freedom that is under attack. It is against the spirit of democracy and the Constitution of India.

Recently, the West Bengal Government headed by Mamata Banerjee issued an order to various government and government-aided libraries, instructing them about the newspapers that could be subscribed to by the libraries. The order banned these libraries from subscribing to all newspapers, except a few which are reportedly controlled by supporters of the ruling party.

The role of media, including newspapers, in dissemination of information is vital. The press plays an important role in the formation of opinions. It is considered the fourth pillar of democracy. Ideally, newspapers should not have any bias. But one cannot ban newspapers having leanings towards certain political parties. It is only when various views, opinions and perspectives are freely expressed that the public can form its own opinion. Every individual has the right to express himself as well as to decide what he wants to read. The ruling government cannot decide what the people should read or think. But whenever there is concentration of power in any government or authority or individual, there is always a danger of attempt being made to curb the freedom of expression.

In 1986, the Queen’s Bench Division (R. vs. Ealing Borough Council, ex. p. Times Newspapers Ltd. (1987) 85 L.G.R. 316) quashed decisions by certain UK councils banning publications of Times Newspapers and News Group Newspapers from public libraries. The court held that the order banning the newspapers was abuse of power under the Public Libraries and Museums Act, 1964 of the UK. The principle applies equally in India. Any edict or order of the government, which curbs this freedom, needs to be opposed and struck down. It is patently against the right to information and freedom of expression.

A few days ago, a professor was arrested for circulating on the Internet a cartoon on TMC supremo Mamata Banerjee. The arrest was defended and justified by the authorities. Political opponents and media were blamed, alleging attempts to malign Mamata Banerjee. There were protests in various quarters opposing the arrest. The professor himself was physically attacked by supporters of TMC. The incident showed how the government is intolerant towards any expression or views, which are not in sync with the government of the day.

Partho Sarothi Ray, an eminent scientist, was arrested recently for allegedly participating in a rally, though he was not present at the venue. His offence – supporting the demand for compensation for the people evicted from slums on the eastern fringes of Kolkata. He had to languish in jail for 10 days before he was freed on bail. Both arrests created a huge public outcry amongst academicians and social activists. Partho Ray stated that his arrest was a clear infringement of the fundamental rights of freedom of expression and freedom to assemble peacefully.

TMC leaders have urged their party workers not to socialise with their political opponents, not even to share a cup of tea, visit their homes or marry a family member of their political opponents. In short, the cadre is directed to boycott political opponents socially.

This trend in West Bengal is bizarre and surely worrying. The state is trying to control what a person should read, what one should think, what one should do in his or her social life. Anybody with a different view and thought is considered an enemy. TMC in its manifesto has stated that its mission is to reconstruct Bengal with a positive attitude, creativity, empathy and always with a human face. The manifesto promised to end Cadre Raj and the party-centric model of governance.

But what we see today is a completely different approach. The attack on freedom of expression is possibly the result of arrogance that comes with power combined with a sense of insecurity.

All over the world, in democratic states, freedom of thought, freedom of expression and right to information are considered sacrosanct. In a civilised democratic society, it is important that people have freedom to think and express without fear. One may or may not accept the other’s point of view, but for a healthy democracy, it is necessary that each one is entitled to his point of view. The West Bengal government, under the leadership of Mamata Banerjee, is attacking just that. This attack, this censorship should end.

levitra

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal — History & Origins

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal

Editorial

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal
History & Origins


Gautam Nayak
Chartered Accountant

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal (or BCAJ as it is
commonly referred to), the flagship of the Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society
(BCAS), is today very much an integral part of the office & practice of most
practising chartered accountants in Western India, besides many others in other
parts of India. It is an institution which has always been around to guide and
help Chartered Accountants in their practice, by sharing knowledge and
experience of its members. Those of us who qualified after 1970 in particular,
have benefitted greatly from the BCAJ.

How has the BCAJ developed and what were its origins ? It
would be interesting to look into the past and to note the contribution of so
many professionals over the generations, which have gone into the making of the
BCAJ as it is today.

The BCAJ in a sense is a reflection of the activities of BCAS
— it has kept pace with the activities of BCAS. As the activities of BCAS have
grown and diversified, so have the contents of the BCAJ, to cater to the growing
needs of its members and the diversifying nature of a CA’s practice.

The origins of the BCAJ were in the form of a small beginning
made by BCAS soon after its formation in April 1950, by issuing cyclostyled
bulletins to its members at various times when there were amendments of interest
to members, such as at the time of the budget, when legislative amendments were
carried out, etc. At that time, the text of these various amendments, including
the Finance Bill, the Finance Minister’s Budget Speech, etc., were not so
readily available or as widely reported as they are today. These bulletins
therefore provided an essential service to practising chartered accountants.
From December 1962, the cyclostyled bulletins were converted into bi-monthly
printed bulletins. These bulletins contained the full text of Tribunal
decisions, which at that point of time were not covered by any tax reports.
However, lack of postal concession for a bi-monthly bulletin dictated the need
for a monthly journal.

From July 1967, the printed bulletins came out in a monthly
form, being the immediate predecessor of the BCAJ in its present bound form.

The beginning :

The first issue of the BCAJ in its present form was published
in January 1969, a year in which P. N. Shah was the President of BCAS. That
issue consisted of 40 pages and was available for an annual subscription of
Rs.18. Shri Sham G. Argade was the first Editor of the Journal and Chairman of
the Journal Committee, with B. C. Parikh as the convenor of the committee, the
other members of the committee being Haren B. Jokhakar, Homi M. Damania and A.
N. Lilani.

Given its origins, this first issue of the Journal was
devoted entirely to direct taxes. It carried the following contributions :

1. An article by D. D. Shah on ‘Is Honest Payment of Taxes
Possible ?’, a subject which is relevant even today;

2. The minutes of the meeting of the Direct Taxes Advisory
Committee, which discussed issues relating to interest on delayed refunds and
unnecessary fixation of hearings (which are problems which continue even 40
years later !);

3. The text of the address of the Chief Justice of India,
P. N. Bhagwati, at the inaugural function of the Gujarat Bench of the Income
Tax Appellate Tribunal;

4. The full text of three decisions of the Income Tax
Appellate Tribunal. This today continues as a feature ‘Tribunal News’, but
with decisions given now in a summarised form;

5. News about the activities of the Society in the form of
‘Society News’, a feature which continues even today; and

6. The text of various notifications and circulars.


The first decade — 1969 to 1978 :

Sham Argade, who had been the Editor of the bulletins, which
were the predecessors of the BCAJ, continued as Editor of the BCAJ throughout
its first decade. It needs to be kept in mind that in those days, in the absence
of computers and with printing not being as high-tech as it is today, the effort
that went into every aspect of production of the journal was much more than that
required today. One can only imagine the efforts put in by Mr. Argade, who put
the BCAJ on a sound and systematic footing during the first few difficult years
of its infancy. One understands that Mr. Argade was almost single-handedly
responsible for the production of the BCAJ in the initial years.

Right from the beginning, one aspect which has contributed to
the consistency, continuity and uniqueness of the BCAJ has been the dedication
and devotion of its regular contributors. Most contributors to the BCAJ have
been contributing regularly for over a decade.

In the issue of May 1969, P. N. Shah contributed his first
article to the BCAJ on the subject of ‘Computation of Income from Salaries,
House Property and Other Sources’. He continues to contribute regularly to the
BCAJ every year ever since then, over a span of 40 years. In fact, in the month
of June 1970, he contributed an article on ‘Amendments in Direct Tax Laws’,
analysing the amendments made to direct tax laws by the budget, a subject on
which he continues to contribute to the BCAJ every year since then. It continues
to be a must-read for every tax professional each year ! This must surely be a
record of sorts for any professional contributor to any professional journal !

Another regular contributor, Arvind H. Dalal first wrote on
the subject ‘Depreciation and Development Rebate’ in the BCAJ of August 1969. S.
E. Dastur also contributed an article on the subject of ‘Penalties under Direct
Tax Laws’ in the BCAJ of June 1970. Pinakin D. Desai first contributed an
article to the BCAJ in April 1977 on the subject of ‘Capital and Revenue’. Ashok
K. Dhere started his contributions to the BCAJ in November 1977, with a
compilation on stamp duties in Maharashtra.

BCAS recognises Challenges of change . . . . helps members stay ahead !

History

The Bombay Chartered Accountants’ Society (BCAS) has entered
its Diamond Jubilee year. Founded by seven visionaries 59 years ago, it is an
institution with a membership of around 8000 members, from the entire length and
breadth of the country.

During these six decades, India has been transformed, from an
impoverished nation after 150 years of the British Raj to being a country which
the whole world looks at as a global player. It is on the threshold of becoming
an economic super power. In the economic meltdown through which the world is
passing today, it is a country that will possibly be the least affected. In
these 60 years, the profession has faced many challenges. The Society’s role has
been to help members meet these challenges and remain ahead. This write up is
not an attempt to trace the Society’s history, for that would require a separate
publication; but the endeavour is to place before you how the Society has been
in sync with the theme of this conference ‘Challenges of change — always ahead.’

BCAS — An educational institution striving for excellence :

BCAS is an educational institution. It has to its credit many
firsts in the field of member education. It held its first seminar on taxation
in the year 1960. The Direct Tax refresher course, where participants heard
speakers on various topics of current significance was organised in 1968 where
400 participants enrolled.

Residential refresher courses :

BCAS is the first organisation that recognised that a course
where members would learn together in an informal atmosphere would not only
enhance learning but would create a bond between members. To meet this
objective, the Society, commencing from 1969, has organised 41 residential
refresher courses (RRC) to date. These have witnessed many new endeavours with a
record 610 participants for the 35th RRC, and a course wherein all papers were
with case studies as the concept. The RRC remains till date one of the most
sought after events.

The concept of learning and bonding has become so popular
that, the Society organises a separate residential course on international
taxation titled ‘International Tax & Finance conference’. With service tax
continuously increasing in its scope, the indirect tax committee also organises
a separate residential refresher course in the area of indirect taxes.

Journal :

The Bombay Chartered Accountant Journal (BCAJ) is the
flagship of the Society. It is a journal respected by every professional. Its
publication commenced in 1969, and is in its 40th year of publication. It has a
circulation of over 12000. It caters to every need of a Chartered Accountant. It
covers the entire gamut of taxation, corporate laws, and economic legislation.
Different features are added to the journal to ensure that it retains its
utility to the professional.

Referencer and Diary :

A chartered accountant has to advise his clients on a number
of laws and regulations. The compliance with these provisions is made by
different due dates. To enable him to discharge his duties, the Society brings
out a Referencer & Diary. It is the most sought after pub-lication and is used
by more than 10000 professionals.

Other publications :

The Society has over 250 publications to its credit, many of
them the first of their kind. When tax audit was introduced in 1984, the Society
published a Tax audit manual which was revised in 2004. Its audit checklist is
extremely popular with users. When transfer pricing came on the scene, it
published a transfer pricing manual which is now revised. As India emerged on
the global scene, it arranged with OECD to make their publications available to
its members. After service tax was introduced in 1994, it published a number of
publications on that subject.

Technology absorption :

The Society is deeply conscious that it is essential to
harness technology to cater to the increasing expectations of members. Paucity
of time and space has made the utilisation of information technology imperative.
The Society maintains a vibrant website. It has recently launched two e-learning
modules. Conscious of the need to have a working knowledge of information
technology, to update knowledge, the Society organises a course on computer
training for its senior members. It has made available to members its journal
for the past years on a CD, with search facility.

Long term duration courses :

It was recognised that in order to enable members to attain
the requisite expertise in emerging areas, knowledge imparted at lectures,
seminars and workshops was inadequate. The Society therefore organised,
structured long duration courses. The subjects covered were, internal audit,
business consultancy, arbitration and conciliation.

The concept of corporate governance required independent
directors on the boards of listed companies. Considering this opportunity, a
long-term course on independent directors was organised. The course was so
popular that a special programme for the armed forces was also arranged.

In the field of international taxation, a long-term course on
Double Tax Avoidance agreements is organised on a regular basis.

The primary objective of the Society has been the spread of
knowledge. Its programmes whenever felt necessary, are arranged also for persons
other than CAs. The Society has organised programmes for the Regional Training
Institute of Direct Taxes where training is imparted to income tax officials.

Realising that the training/knowledge imparted up to the
stage of graduation was insufficient, the Society designed a course titled
‘Professional Accountant’. The course is immensely popular and six such courses
have been conducted.

Research :

The Society has a permanent research committee, which has
also published a number of publications on off-beat subjects. Recently the
committee has decided to arrange a programme to guide chartered accountants
about how to obtain a PhD.

Initiatives for students :

The Society recognised early that students are the future of the profession. It has always strived to cater to their needs. In 1963, it had student observers during seminars, to introduce students to this method of learning. Since 1974 it started publishing a students’ diary. It holds a number of programmes for students, including a crash course to enable them to understand and appreciate the nuances of each subject. The course is organised jointly with the Western India Regional Council of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. In June 2008; it launched a students’ forum to make available a platform to students.

Making members better citizens:

The BCAS visionaries were  of the view that  it is not sufficient that a member becomes a competent professional, but it is necessary that he becomes a good citizen and a compassioriate human being. The Human resources development committee runs programmes with a goal to make members part of happier families. It arranges public speaking courses, leadership camps which aspire to make members complete human beings.

Service to general public:

The Society is always in the forefront in rendering service to citizens. Each year it publishes a lucid analysis of the finance bill in four languages, English, Hindi, Gujarati and Marathi. It makes representations to the authorities when any change in legislation is unfair or unjust to the citizens. Whenever administrative actions create hardships for the tax paying public, the Society interacts with the administrators in an attempt to mitigate those hardships. The Society published a booklet on Survey, search and seizure, with an emphasis on the rights of citizens during surveyor search.

Aware that social organisations are not easily able to avail of professional assistance, it runs a charitable trust clinic, where experts address the problems faced by charitable institutions and their trustees.

BCAS Foundation:

The BCAS is aware of the obligations that a professional has towards society, not as a professional, but as a citizen. It therefore started the BCAS foundation, an independent charitable trust. The foundation helped victims of the tsunami disaster. The endeavour is to launch many projects which will be of utility to the public.

Right to Information Act 2005:

The Society supports a clinic which guides the members of the public as to how the Act can be used to solve their problems. It runs a special feature in the journal on the Right to Information Act.

Conclusion:

The Society has always attempted to be an organisation with a difference. Many of its endeavours have been emulated by other organisations. The Society is happy that it has been able to bring into the public domain, a fund of knowledge and its efforts have helped members, students and citizens.

The goal of the Society in the coming years will be to spread an awareness of its activities so that more people can benefit from the same. For achieving its objectives the Society has been ever willing to change. The aim is constant improvement with the ultimate goal of perfection. The Society believes in what Winston Churchill said, “To improve is to change; to be perfect is to change often”.

Vote We Must !

Editorial

We are now well into the national election season with the run-up to the Lok Sabha polls, with the newspapers full of reports of alliances and break-ups between various political parties and groupings. Reading about these developments and actions of politicians with absolute disregard for ethics and principles, one wonders as to whose interests our politicians really have at heart — that of the voters whom they are supposed to represent, or their own. It is but natural that one feels revolted by the type of money-based or caste-based politics practised in India, and seeks to maintain a distance from politics. This disgust for politics ultimately gets reflected in our abstention from voting in the elections. Is this however the right approach for educated professionals to take ?

In India, one faces so many problems in day-to-day life — corruption, official apathy, violence, etc. — that one takes the easy way out, by trying to ensure that one does not have to face the issue directly. We tend to believe that so long as the issue does not directly impact us, we should ignore it, not get involved, but just carry on with our day-to-day lives. This tendency of most of us to isolate ourselves from the problems faced by our society and our refusal to tackle them head-on, has resulted in further aggravation of the problems. Most people now realise, after the recent terrorist attacks, that pretending that a problem does not exist does not make the problem go away or diminish — it only increases, till it ultimately threatens to engulf all of us.

If we wish to maintain or improve our lifestyles and those of future generations, if we cherish our freedom, we cannot function in isolation from the society that we live in. We have to contribute to ensuring that the principles that we cherish are protected. We cannot just be passive bystanders. As educated professionals, we owe it to ourselves and to our society to act as a catalyst for change. One of the essential action points for this is ensuring that we vote in elections.

Given the disgust of most educated people with politics, there have been many suggestions made to improve the quality of politics and the system of elections. One such suggestion has been the grant of a right to voters to cast a negative vote — i.e., a vote for none of the candidates. This, it is felt, would indicate to candidates that the voters are not satisfied with any of the candidates standing for election. While this would be a means of sending out a message to politicians, it would not be sufficient by itself.

 

Today, in any case, it is amply clear to politicians that the educated electorate is frustrated with the type of politics one witnesses of late in this country. Yet, one does not see any inclination from our existing bunch of politicians to mend their ways, because they feel there is no alternative to them. What is really needed is an alternative that voters can look forward to, an alternative based on principles and ethics, and an attitude of service to the country and to its people. Fortunately, this election seems to bring a ray of hope, as one sees professionals willing to take the plunge into the cesspool of politics.

Under such circumstances, it is essential that we exercise our rights as voters to show our support to candidates who are eager and willing to usher in change, who are not willing to sacrifice their principles for money, and who can help in stemming the rot that has set in into our political system. At the municipal level, in Mumbai in the recent past, we have seen some deserving candidates being elected with the aid of citizen’s groups interested in improving the governance of their areas. We need to take this forward, so that the entire country is run by politicians interested in improving the lot of the people, and who are accountable to the people.

It is also perhaps time that the manner in which ministers are appointed should undergo a change, so that meritorious persons can be appointed regardless of their political affiliations. This would however require major changes to our political system, which would be possible only when we have a majority of our politicians interested in a change for the better.

Normally, one witnesses mass voting by uneducated voters, organised by politicians. One hopes that this time one will witness mass voting by educated professionals and the business class, who wish to ensure a better future for their country and for themselves. Each one of us needs to take the small step of voting in this election towards this end. Only then do we have the right to demand a better future for ourselves and future generations.

Gautam Nayak

Tax Deduction at Source in THE Absence of PAN

Editorial

The 1st of April 2010 is not just All Fools Day. It is the
day on which section 206AA of the Income Tax Act comes into effect. This section
basically provides that in cases where tax is deductible at source and the payee
does not furnish his Permanent Account Number (PAN) to the payer, or where the
PAN furnished is invalid, or does not belong to the payee, tax would be
deductible at the actual rate of tax deductible at source (TDS) or 20%,
whichever is higher. This provision will have far-reaching consequences for all
businesses and taxpayers.

Firstly, this provision does not apply only to resident
payees, but also to non-residents and foreign companies which may not have a
presence in India. There are many foreign companies who are paid royalty or fees
for technical services by Indian companies, foreign companies otherwise not
having anything else to do with India. Even in such cases, the tax laws seem to
require such foreign companies to obtain a PAN, or else suffer a higher rate of
TDS. On a practical level, most foreign companies not having a presence in India
are reluctant to obtain a PAN in India, for fear of having to file tax returns
in India, or having further obligations on account of obtaining PAN, etc. Even
if they are willing to obtain a PAN, the procedural requirement of getting their
documents certified by the Indian consulate or embassy in their home country,
acts as a definite dampener and obstacle to their applying for a PAN.

Further, in many cases, the burden of the additional tax
would not fall upon the foreign companies but on the Indian payer companies,
since the foreign companies insist upon receiving their payments tax-free. One
understands that the purpose of ensuring that every payee has a PAN is to
facilitate tax credit under the electronic mode in the Tax Information Network.
In cases where the tax is borne by the Indian payee, is this purpose really
served or does it just add to the cost of the Indian companies?

So far as resident payees are concerned, the income tax
department seems to believe that everybody should have a PAN. In a way, the tax
department is seeking to counter its inefficiency in finding tax evaders through
this measure. Today, PAN is already rquired for most transactions, such as
opening of a bank account, opening of a demat account, subscription to mutual
funds above a limit, share applications above a limit, etc. However, there are
often cases where a person does not have a PAN, and he can give a declaration
instead. It is therefore possible that certain recipients may still not have a
PAN. In such cases, having a higher rate of TDS seems to be justified, to ensure
that such recipients of income are part of the tax net, and if they choose to
remain outside the tax net, they are penalised for it.

The problem however is in cases where the PAN is misstated,
and therefore appears to be of another person or to be invalid. Wherever human
efforts are involved, there are bound to be mistakes. Further, we have to accept
that a large part of our population is not yet fully literate or conversant with
English, and therefore unable to correctly provide the PAN. The presumption of
the tax authorities seems to be that every recipient of income is well trained,
knowledgeable and efficient. While this may be true in a large part for larger
businessmen in bigger cities, the same does not hold good for all depositors or
small businessmen in smaller towns or villages. Common errors can and should be
expected.

In such cases, the payee may be disproportionately penalised
for common clerical errors. While a taxpayer having taxable income can adjust
such excess deduction against his normal tax liability,
persons with income below the taxable limit may have to wait for their refunds,
and lose out in the process. The provision could therefore have the negative
effect of driving certain transactions into the black economy, to avoid these
problems.

The requirement of stating the PAN on all correspondence
between the payee and the payer also seems to be an overdose. Would it mean that
all businesses or depositors should now put their PAN on their letterheads?

Also, while the burden on the taxpayers and public is being
increased, the tax department has to realise that it does have a corresponding
obligation to improve the quality of its services. The process of giving tax
credit has to be improved and made error free, so that no person is deprived of
the legitimate tax payments made on his behalf. TDS payments lying in suspense
in the Tax Information Network have to be sorted out by follow up with the tax
deductor, and proper credit has to be given to the correct deductee. The process
of refunds has to be improved, and speeded up.

It may also be advisable for the tax department to restrict
the applicability of this provision only to resident payees, given the
underlying intention behind the provision. The documentation procedures for
obtaining PAN by foreign companies should also be simplified, so that obtaining
PAN is not regarded as a nuisance. A proper online facility needs to be provided
to all tax deductions free of charge to verify the correctness of the PAN. It is
only then that the provisions would work without causing undue hardship to many.

Gautam Nayak

Sons of the Soil — Bad Economics ?

Editorial

With this issue, the Journal enters the 40th year of its
publication. While we continue to update you on the latest developments relevant
to the profession, during the course of this year, we also intend to bring you
articles which would provide an insight into what the profession can expect in
the future.


The last couple of months have seen certain political parties
canvassing the ‘sons of the soil’ theory in Maharashtra, and violence being
committed against immigrants from certain other parts of the country. Similar
stands have been taken at times by politicians in different States as well. An
emotional appeal is sought to be made against immigration, on the ground that it
results in jobs being snatched away from locals by the immigrants. Violence is
certainly morally and legally indefensible, and needs to be condemned. Given the
fact that the immigrants are also Indians, and are entitled under the
Constitution to equal opportunities, such a stand is legally indefensible. The
short-term losses caused to industry and trade are clearly visible. The larger
question is — does immigration really adversely financially affect the local
people in the long run ?

It is now universally acknowledged that a country or region
which welcomes immigrants prospers. An expanding workforce facilitates faster
growth, since most immigrants are young and therefore productive.

The classic case of immigration facilitating prosperity is
that of the USA, which has had a high rate of immigration. A large part of the
US economic success is due to the inflow of migrants into that country over the
last couple of centuries. London has become the world’s financial capital,
helped greatly by its policy of welcoming migrants. Countries that take in
immigrants, such as Sweden, Ireland, the USA and the UK, have done better
economically than countries which do not.

The very economic growth of Mumbai itself can largely be
attributed to the influx of immigrants. What would the economy of Mumbai have
been today if it were not for the Parsis, the Marwaris and the Gujaratis, who
came from other places and set up their businesses in Mumbai ?

A United Nations Secretary General report of May 2006 on
International Migration and Development has important findings on the subject,
which equally apply to intra-country migration between different regions.
Growing income differentials have spurred migration. Advanced economies need
migrant workers to fill jobs that cannot be outsourced and that do not find
local workers willing to take up at going wages. As younger generations become
better educated, they are less willing to take up lower paid and physically
demanding jobs. Migration may reduce wages or lead to higher unemployment among
low-skilled workers; however, most migrants complement the skills of domestic
workers instead of competing with them. By performing tasks that either would go
undone or cost more, migrants allow natives to perform other, more productive
and better-paid jobs. They also maintain viable economic activities that would
otherwise be outsourced. By enlarging the labour force and the pool of consumers
and by contributing their entrepreneurial capacities, migrants boost economic
growth in receiving countries.

The report notes that for the full benefits of migration to
be realised, the rights of migrants must be respected. States have the
obligation and must take effective action to protect migrants against all forms
of human rights violations and abuse, and also combat all forms of
discrimination, xenophobia, ethnocentrism and racism. In turn, migrants, just as
citizens, have the obligation to abide by the laws and regulations of receiving
States. Migration policy needs to be complemented by strategies to manage
diversity and promote cross-cultural learning. Migrants have been and continue
to be indispensable to the prosperity of many countries. The leaders of those
countries have a responsibility for shaping public opinion accordingly,
especially through communication strategies that articulate and explain how
existing migration policies are consistent with society’s ability to accommodate
and integrate migrants.

Besides this, what the Government needs to ensure is that
migration is properly managed by ensuring that our public spaces are not
encroached upon by migrants (whether hailing from Maharashtra or outside) for
their stay.

Reservation of jobs for locals is also not the solution.
Reservation in any form is harmful, as it ultimately leads to favouritism,
corruption, suppression of merit and lower productivity. For obvious reasons,
our politicians seek to push through various types of reservations. For
sustainable growth, we must encourage merit, irrespective of the caste or place
of origin of the person.

The only form of help that a meritorious person from a
backward or disadvantaged background needs to come up in life is equal
opportunity and, if required, economic assistance to study — his merit and his
will to succeed will thereafter ensure that he comes up in life, and that the
country as a whole benefits. One hopes that the day is not too far off when
India will move in that direction, notwithstanding the best efforts of some of
her politicians to the contrary !


Gautam Nayak

Green Shoots ?

Editorial

As we finish another audit and tax return filing season, and
have a little time to relax after Diwali (scrutiny assessments permitting), we
get a little time to ponder on some broader issues of how the Indian economy and
business are faring, and their impact on our practices. It is now a little over
a year since the financial crisis struck, impacting economies and businesses
worldwide. Is the worst now behind us and can we expect better times?

If one reads reports of GDP growth, many economies worldwide
(including the USA and Europe) are now showing signs of positive growth, though
slow. Most economists seem to be of the view that measures taken by Governments
and Central Banks have had an impact of arresting the negative growth. Banks
which were in trouble, have been bailed out by infusion of fresh funds,
restoring public confidence in the financial system. Insurance companies with
worldwide operations indicate that credit insurance claims, which had peaked
towards the end of 2008 and early 2009, have abated to lower levels, though
still higher than the level prevalent before the start of the financial crisis.
Generally, the consensus seems to be that the bottom has been reached, and that
we can now expect a recovery, though perhaps gradual.

What we must however remember is that this recovery has been
based on money being pumped in by Governments by following an easy money policy.
Governments realise that an easy money policy has consequences in the form of
unsustainable deficits, higher inflation and bubbles in various markets, such as
stock markets or property markets. Cheap borrowing rates encourage investment in
stocks, properties or other assets, in the hope that the return from such assets
will exceed the borrowing cost. In India, the interest rates on savings were
lower than the consumer inflation rate, due to lower lending rates. We have seen
property markets starting to recover from the lows, and stock markets almost
doubling to nearly reach their historic highs. These inflated values seem to
have been fuelled by rising liquidity due to infusion of Government funds into
the economy, as well as inflow of foreign funds into an economy which was seeing
positive growth in spite of the slowdown.

The Reserve Bank of India has just announced an end to this
easy money policy, with a view to controlling inflation. This is bound to have
an impact, on interest rates on savings and lending, which are bound to rise, on
stock markets, which will see stocks being replaced by bonds in investment
portfolios leading to fall in stock values, and real estate prices, where
builders will find it difficult to hold on to unsold stocks of real estate with
higher borrowing costs. We may therefore witness an end to the high stock market
and real estate prices. One only hopes that the decline in both these sectors is
gradual, and does not cause major upheavals and pain that an abrupt fall would
trigger off.

Fortunately, India is still seen as an attractive investment
destination, notwithstanding the infrastructural, bureaucratic and taxation
barriers to growth. Therefore, the inflow of foreign funds should cushion the
economy to some extent from the impact of the end of the easy money policy.
However, we need to keep in mind the fact that many of our businesses are now
dependent on foreign markets for their growth, and these businesses would
continue to feel the impact of the worldwide slow growth. Our expectations need
to be tempered to understand that while we will surely witness economic and
business growth, such growth will be measured and steady, and will not be as
rapid and frenzied as witnessed during the boom preceding the financial crisis.

Our profession continues to enjoy a good reputation in India, notwithstanding
the battering that its public perception took in India over the last one year.
Given the economic scenario, one can therefore expect reasonable professional
growth. One hopes that the fall in standards of quality and integrity of the
profession that the recent scandals have pointed to, are arrested and reversed.
The important lesson that all of us need to keep in mind is that while earning
well from one’s profession is essential, such earning should not be at the cost
of relaxation of one’s professional or ethical standards. One can look forward
to enough professional work even while maintaining one’s professional and
ethical standards. With our increasing professional competence, worldwide
opportunities today beckon us. We need to gear up and be capable of grasping
these opportunities and growing in a sustainable and satisfying manner. The
current lull should be effectively utilised to hone or diversify our skillsets,
based on our individual perception of our professional drawbacks.

Gautam Nayak

 

Annus horribilis

Editorial

The year 2009 has been a year which most Chartered
Accountants in India would like to forget and put behind them as a bad dream.
Not only did the world economy and the Indian economy slow down, impacting
individual professional practices and careers, but the profession as a whole
suffered major blows to its credibility and standing, which plumbed new depths
during the year.

The month of January began with the arrest of a Council
member (possibly for the first time) along with his partner for abetting and
assisting in perpetration of a management fraud. The year also witnessed various
allegations against some office bearers and Council members regarding certain
actions and certain expenditures, and adverse media publicity for the Institute
in this regard. As if this were not enough, during the recent elections, we
witnessed frenzied voter wooing by candidates and electoral malpractices. How
much worse can things get for the profession ?

The image of the profession, which had a good standing in
public perception so far as compared to other professions, and had been built up
so assiduously over the years, has been badly dented in the course of events of
a single year. It is difficult to build up a reputation — it can be easily
destroyed overnight. Chartered Accountancy was one of the few professions of
which one could be proud to be a member of — all of us have joined the
profession because of its image. Today, even students talk about the untoward
happenings in the profession, and wonder what is in store for the future. As
professionals, is it not time for members to stop playing selfish politics and
combine together to rebuild the image of the profession ?

One can compare our profession with others and claim
superiority, or point out that the ills which plague the nation and Indian
society are bound to have an impact on our profession as well, instead of taking
corrective action. This is the easy way out, and will unfortunately lower the
status and dignity of the profession, which as a body of educated intellectuals,
should stand apart from the rest.

Our newly elected Council members have been elected with the
high hopes and expectations of the common members of the profession reposed in
them that they will act and take steps to stem the decline in standards of
public life in the profession. Image building cannot happen through mere public
relations and advertisements. It can happen only through principled decisions
and actions taken in the best interests of the profession, untainted by
considerations of personal impact. It calls for individual sacrifices for the
greater good of the profession.

The tasks ahead for the new Council are many and difficult.
Besides gearing up the members of the profession to meet the challenges thrown
up by introduction of IFRS, the Direct Taxes Code, GST and the new Companies
Act, the Council needs to usher in adequate transparency in the functioning of
the Institute. In this era of transparency, where the Right to Information Act
is invoked even in case of judges of the Supreme Court, no public organisation
can ignore the need for transparency. Can we introduce some manner of disclosure
for Council members to disclose their professional interests ? Can some form of
progress reports be given to the public at regular intervals in relation to
disciplinary proceedings which have a public bearing, so that the public is
aware and kept abreast of the reasons for delay in completion of proceedings ?
Today, it is not only important to take action, but as important to be seen as
having taken it.

It is also important that the rationale behind various
decisions is conveyed to the general membership, and that members are kept
abreast of the happenings at the Institute. Only then will members feel that
they are also an integral part of the Institute. After all, the Council members
are the duly elected representatives of the members.

There are many more changes which the profession is looking
forward to — follow-up of the amendment of the CA Act and the Companies Act to
permit functioning of CA practices as LLPs, electoral reforms and electronic
voting, amendments to the Code of Conduct — all these and many more items will
ensure that the new Council has its hands full throughout its term.

All of us offer our best wishes and support to the new
Council members in tackling the difficult tasks ahead. In their success as a
Council, lies our success as a profession.

I wish each one of you a happier and more professionally satisfying 2010.

Gautam Nayak

Churn and Changes in the Profession

Editorial

The year gone by was a significant one in many ways — one
witnessed the severe worldwide economic downturn, failure of large international
financial services institutions, and the terrorist attack on Mumbai. It has also
been a year which has witnessed significant acquisitions of established and
reputed medium-sized chartered accountancy firms by the Big Four worldwide
accounting firms in India. One hears rumours of considerations running into
multiples of the gross turnover being paid for the acquisitions.

Earlier, in the 1990s, one had witnessed significant
recruitment of individual practising chartered accountants by the Big Four. A
few large firms had joined the ranks of the Big Four. A large number of fresh
chartered accountants were recruited by them since then. Acquisition of
mid-sized firms has been a new trend in India. One also now witnesses the
practice of job hopping becoming common in the ranks of the Big Four, to such an
extent that whenever one meets a friend who’s part of the Big Four, one is
tempted to ask “With whom are you currently working ?”.

The changing trend of acquisition of medium-sized practices
indicates a trend of consolidation of the accounting profession. With practice
becoming even more demanding and challenging, the need to have skills in
different spheres of practice is becoming all the more imperative. The
significant influx of foreign companies in the industrial and services sectors
has increased client expectations from the profession regarding quality of
service and speed of response. Therefore, every accountancy firm, whether large,
medium or small, feels the need to have professionals with high level of skills
in different areas of practice. Given the shortage of such professionals,
obviously firms are willing to go to great lengths to acquire such
professionals. The larger the acquirer firm, the greater is its need and
willingness to pay better remuneration and acquisition consideration.

With many of the significant Indian firms having been
acquired, does such acquisition and consolidation signal the end of the road for
small and medium practices ? It is no doubt true that, given the appetite of the
Big Four for acquisitions and recruitment, many such medium and small firms are
finding it increasingly difficult to attract and retain good people. However,
the very high scale of fees charged by the Big Four makes the fees charged by
local Indian firms seem highly attractive to medium-sized corporates, which
desire value for money. The challenge for local firms is really to ensure the
quality of their service, while charging reasonably well so as to be able to pay
employees well, while retaining enough differentiation from the fees charged by
the Big Four, to attract clients.

The worldwide experience shows that the largest corporates
normally prefer the Big Four, at least for statutory audits. The fees charged by
the Big Four are also significantly higher than the fees charged by other firms.
The number of people employed by the Big Four normally exceeds the number of
people employed by other firms.

On the other hand, with the increasing need being felt for
segregation of the auditor and the consultant, there is now potential for
rendering non-audit services even to large corporates. Further, to some extent,
the personalised services which a medium or small firm can provide to a client
can give it an edge over a large firm. A niche practice will always have a good
scope.

One also needs to keep in mind that being a part of the Big
Four is not an unmixed blessing, with only high remuneration and high-quality
clients. It also brings with it pressures to perform, pressures to market one’s
services and bring in clients, etc. Burnout due to such pressures is also a
distinct possibility, with early retirement, even with the retirement age being
far lower than in other industries. To a great extent, being a part of the
practice of a Big Four firm requires one to have the attitude of an employee of
a business, rather than that of a traditional professional.

There are many of us who choose not to be a part of the
hectic life that being a part of the Big Four entails. With the Indian economy
still growing, though at a slower pace, there is potential for such
professionals as well. There is enough work available for accounting
professionals at all levels. It only requires a gearing up by each of us in
terms of quality, networking and knowledge sharing (and perhaps joining hands)
with other similar-minded professionals. The Society provides a platform for
such interaction to each one of us, which we should take full advantage of.

Wishing each one of you a happy and professionally fulfilling new year !

Gautam Nayak

Bogus Tax Refunds and Demands

Editorial

A recent news report of a fraud of Rs. 11 crores committed by 
issuance of bogus income tax refunds by the electronic mode comes as no surprise
to most of us. The fraud seems to have been facilitated by obtaining the
password of certain officials authorised to issue refunds. Such a fraud was
inevitable, given the lax systems and procedures followed by the Income Tax
Department.

The entire computerisation efforts have been pushed through
in a hurry, without creating the necessary environment for a robust, secure and
efficient system. Computerisation can be successful only if the personnel
involved are properly trained in the use of the systems as well as on the need
for security measures associated with the systems. Anyone who has visited an
income tax office is aware of the lack of security consciousness on the part of
the personnel of the Income Tax Department, particularly given the confidential
nature of the documents that they are dealing with. There have been instances
galore of details of income tax returns of various individuals and entities
being surreptitiously obtained from the Income Tax Department’s records by
rivals or enemies, though such information is being refused to be parted with
under the Right to Information Act. A proper retraining of the departmental
staff on the need for security and secrecy is, therefore, absolutely essential
to prevent future frauds.

The tragedy is that while such bogus refunds have been
siphoned off from the system, genuine refunds due to taxpayers are still pending
for more than a year; though it was promised that post-computerisation, such
refunds would be issued within four months of filing of the income tax returns.
While there is a significant improvement from the position that prevailed five
years ago, where one had to wait for almost three years for a tax refund, there
definitely is scope for improvement in the speed of processing of tax returns,
given the fact that such processing is now fully computerised. The only reason
that one can think of for not granting the tax refunds in time is the need for
tax authorities to show higher tax collections, to meet projected targets. One
only hopes that the pretext of the tax refund fraud is not used to further delay
the process of issuance of legitimate refunds due to taxpayers.

The system of unrealistic tax collection targets and the
pressure to meet these targets at all costs is detrimental to a taxpayer
friendly service. Such pressures result in large additions made during the
course of scrutiny assessment, whether justified or not, delays in clearance of
rectification applications, delays in passing orders to give effect to appellate
orders of the Tribunal and Commissioner (Appeals), besides delays in the
issuance of legitimate refunds. A large part of taxpayer grievances are on
account of the actions of tax authorities trying desperately, in whatever way
possible, to meet unrealistic targets set for them. Unless this problem is
tackled at the root itself, taxpayers would continue to suffer.

The enforcement of recovery of recently raised demands has
already begun in full swing, even while the appeals are being filed. All
demands, whether based on justifiable additions to income or not, are being
sought to be recovered. The CBDT has also recently clarified that recovery of
high-pitched demands should not be stayed merely because the addition is
substantial (see Spotlight on page xxx), and that instruction number 1914 would
apply to all recovery proceedings. One only hopes that a balanced view is taken
by the tax authorities while seeking to enforce recovery of demands. In the
pressure to meet collection targets, taxpayers should not be pressurised so much
that their business suffers on account of recovery of unjustified tax demands.
The government is seeking to stimulate the economy by reducing tax rates. Tax
authorities should not defeat that purpose of encouraging growth of business by
putting unwarranted financial pressure on businesses, just to try and meet
unachievable tax targets.

Tax authorities also need to keep in mind that instruction
number 1914 clarifies that appeal effects have to be given within two weeks from
the receipt of the appellate order and rectification applications should also be
decided within two weeks of the receipt of such applications. According to the
CBDT, undue delay in giving effect to appellate orders or in deciding 
rectification applications should be dealt with very strictly by the Chief
Commissioners or Commissioners. One hopes that these instructions would also be
followed by the tax authorities. After all, recovery and refund are two sides of
the same coin!

Gautam Nayak

Prime Minister, Sir, Crack The Whip

Editorial

“It is true that the government
that governs best governs least. Unfortunately, the same is true of the
government that governs worst” – Jane Auer.

This quote aptly describes the
current state of the Government of India. As I write this editorial, the media
is filled with reactions regarding an additional collector who sought to expose
the oil mafia being roasted alive. While one is shell-shocked by such gruesome
lawlessness in one of the country’s progressive states, it is even more
distressing to note that a majority of the people believe that things will not
improve. Governments both at the Centre and in the States have failed in their
primary duty to govern.

One remembers that, in the year
1991-92, a bold and pragmatic Finance Minister Mr. Manmohan Singh freeing the
economy from controls, regulations and what was known as license raj. He took
path breaking decisions which gave the much needed growth stimulus to the
economy. Our citizens responded magnificently and today India is a country that
the world looks at with respect in various fora. When he took over as the Prime
Minister, he was regarded as `a lotus in the muck’.

In two decades, he seems to
have come full circle. It is as if Manmohan Singh the Finance minister and
Manmohan Singh the Prime Minister are two different men. While as Finance
Minister he refrained from unnecessary governance, as head of the government
there seems to be lack of willingness, if not ability to govern. There may be a
number of reasons for this, but this is a perception many share, and not without
reason. Those who discharge their responsibility to govern enjoy the support of
the people. The states of Gujarat and Bihar should vindicate this statement.

The year 2010 concluded with a
number of scams. We had the Commonwealth Games expose, the 2G Spectrum allotment
scandal, at the Centre. In Maharashtra, we had the Adarsh scam, and
irregularities in Lavasa are being investigated now. The country, today, has a
Central Vigilance Commissioner with a charge sheet pending against him.
Corruption has always been there in public life; now, may be it has become a
norm.

What is of grave concern is
that all these scams have been exposed by diligent citizens, whistleblowers, and
media and are not, the result of investigation or verification by statutory
authorities. The govern-ment is seen to be reacting to these matters subsequent
to their surfacing, often only as a result of public interest litigation and is
not proactive in preventing such events from occurring. Often, the reaction
appears more towards shielding, rather than, punishing the guilty.

It is this lack of governance
that is disturbing. The CWG facilities were being created for for a period of
three to four years. The Adarsh building was being constructed for over seven to
eight years and Lavasa was conceptualised a decade ago. Why did the government
have to wait for the project to get completed, the illegalities and corrupt
practices brought out into the open and then think of remedial measures ?

The proactive aspect of
governance seems to be missing from all walks of life. Let us look at
legislation as such. The power of the legislature to enact laws that reflect its
intentions is well established. Yet, when the judicial authorities interpret the
law differently from its purported legislative intent, the government waits for
two decades, for the interpretation to attain finality and then, amends the law,
retrospectively. Apart from not respecting the judiciary in the true sense of
the term, it causes great hardship to the ordinary citizen. The need of the hour
is that government should not only be in control but also seen to be in control.

As a profession, we also need
to rediscover ourselves. When financial scams surface, the auditor is
responsible in the public eye. We all know the limitations within which a
statutory auditor functions. The report that a statutory auditor submits is a
post mortem. It only states what has gone by. It is like the CAG report where
the damage has been done and one is only to carry out a reporting job and fix
accountability . This is not to undermine the utility of statutory audit. A
statutory auditor definitely has a role to play which but it needs to be more
precisely defined.

If adherence to procedures,
processes etc. is ensured, when a project is being executed, it will give early
warning signals and reduce if not eliminate the cost of rectification. This is
one of the many roles that an internal auditor plays. In our profession,
internal audit has not received the attention it deserves. One hopes that this
will change. This issue of the Journal focuses on internal audit and its various
facets.

Internal audit is something
that the various organs of government must also lay emphasis on. If the
stakeholders are informed of non-adherence to regulations and norms, during the
progress of a project, or when an activity is being carried on, corrective
action can be taken quickly and effectively.

The Central Government is
headed by an honest and wise prime minister. One hopes that he will take back
the reins in his hands confidently and crack the whip. Things should then change
for the better. After all, hope and change are the only permanent aspects of
life!

Anil J. Sathe
Joint Editor

Time for Introspection & Action

Editorial

The Satyam fraud has rocked not just the entire Indian
corporate world, but has had its echoes worldwide. It has raised various issues
regarding the role of independent directors and auditors. Our profession, so far
seen as having a low profile, is the subject matter of heated discussion in the
media as well as in the corporate world. In the public perception, the rating of
our profession has touched new lows. Though all the facts relating to the fraud
are not yet fully out in the open (and the trial by the media does seem
premature), the fundamental issues raised by the very revelation of the fraud
cannot be swept under the carpet, and must be tackled head-on by our profession.
We need to do a significant amount of soul-searching, if we desire the
profession to retain the esteem that it has justifiably been held in so far.

Did the auditors follow the prescribed auditing and assurance
standards ? If so, are the auditing and assurance standards in need of
revision ? Advances in computer imaging technology have facilitated forgery. In
that light, do our auditing procedures need any change ? Are we laying too much
stress on adherence to standard procedures leaving no room for exercise of
judgment ? Are the auditing and assurance standards in existence only on paper
or are they being generally adhered to by the profession ?

If the auditing and assurance standards were not followed,
the concerned chartered accountants should certainly be taken to task. Given the
magnitude of this fraud, and its worldwide implications, it was imperative that
not only should action have been taken but that it should be seen to have been
taken swiftly and after a thorough enquiry. It appears that the Institute is
restrained from acting swiftly by its rules and regulations. Further, it seems
that the Institute, which grants the right to use a firm name, does not have the
powers to bring to task an errant firm, if its partners act in a manner contrary
to the prescribed procedures. The Institute is bound by the laws and rules and
regulations framed by the Government. Should the Government not remove the
fetters of the Institute by amending the laws and regulations governing it, so
that it can function more efficiently and effectively ?

The public expectations from an audit that it should be
capable of detecting any significant fraud, should provide warning signs of
collapse, etc., are quite different from what a statutory audit can really do on
account of the fact that there are inherent limitations in an audit. Have public
expectations from audit been raised to an unduly high level, to justify the
higher audit fees being charged ? If so, is the profession itself guilty of
misselling its services ?

Is it that the system of declaration of quarterly results by
listed companies, within one month of the end of the quarter, does not provide
enough time to carry out a proper and meaningful audit following all audit
procedures ? The audit of Satyam’s annual accounts was completed within 21 days
of the year end. Are we capable of resisting management pressures to declare
audited results within a short time span of the end of the accounting period ?

Are unethical practices seeping in our profession,
threatening the very existence of the profession ? If so, is our profession
taking any significant or meaningful measures to arrest such practices ? Is our
disciplinary mechanism strong and fast enough to act as a deterrent to corrupt
practices ? What other measures should be taken to tackle corrupt practices by
members ?

Is it that the auditors are being made a scapegoat for acts
done by the promoter in connivance with politicians, by twisting the facts in a
so-called confession ? If so, should attempts not be made by the profession to
bring the true facts out in the open at the earliest, so as to expose the
businessman-politician nexus ?

Is independence of auditors impaired by the fact that their
appointment and remuneration are de facto controlled by the management ? Should
appointment and fixation of remuneration of auditors be done by an independent
body ? Does consulting for an auditee affect the independence of an auditor ?
Should there be rotation of auditors every three years or every five years ? Or
should there be compulsory rotation of audit partners ? Should all companies
above a particular size have joint auditors ?

All these and many more issues can no longer be ignored or
brushed aside if we wish to continue to be members of a respected profession.
The Satyam episode should act as a warning to all of us that as a profession, we
have to act and act quickly, decisively and dispassionately in addressing all
these issues. While doing so, the public also needs to be made aware of such
measures taken, so that the confidence of the public, on which the very
existence of our profession is based, is restored and retained.

Gautam Nayak

US & Globalisation

Editorial

President Obama’s visit to India a few days back was against
the backdrop of the toughest two years that the United States of America has
experienced since the 1930s. Unemployment in the USA is at an alarmingly high
level and there have been protests against outsourcing of work to India. Just
before his arrival, the US President also suffered a setback in the mid-term
elections to the Senate and the Congress. The President was frank when he said
he needed to create jobs back home and that is why he was in India. But the
visit of the President was possibly more ceremonial and it offered little in
terms of path-breaking policy or new agreements.

Obama, in his address to the Parliament, endorsed India’s bid
for a permanent seat in the UN Security Council. While the statement pleased
everybody, one must not forget that Bill Clinton during his presidency had made
a similar promise to Japan. And Japan is yet not a permanent member of the UN
Security Council. It is also not out of place to mention that according to
Wikileaks, Hillary Clinton considers India as a self appointed frontrunner for
the permanent seat on the UN Security Council. So let us not get elated with the
promise of support to India. It is still a distant dream.

President Obama, at the Town Hall Meeting with students at
St. Xavier’s College, dealt with the issue of terrorism originating from
Pakistan. While we all commemorate the 2nd anniversary of 26/11, we need to
think about the point that the US President made when he mentioned that when
India is on the move economically, it is India that has the biggest stake in
Pakistan’s stability. We must appreciate that if Pakistan is stable, it has a
stable government, possibly the incentive to promote terrorism will itself be
diminished. It will help India to concentrate on issues of economic development.
Sometimes when we look at the problem from a different angle, it becomes
possible to find a solution. Certainly terrorism or support to terrorism in any
form is unacceptable, but can’t there be a novel way to tackle it effectively?

Another issue which Obama dealt with was how the USA looks at
globalisation. In the past, the USA was an extremely dominant player in the
world economy and it could set the terms while negotiating with others. It did
not matter if economies of other countries were not so open. Other countries
required goods and services from the USA and they could be obtained only on the
terms set by the USA. Today, things have changed. Now there is competition from
other countries like China, Brazil and India. This competition is perceived as a
threat by many in the USA. Today, the USA expects reciprocity from its trading
partners. It wants access to their markets. It wants India to open sectors like
banking, insurance, retail, etc. At the same time, today, the USA, which
advocates an open economy, is itself taking steps to protect its own industry
and Obama was justifying this protectionism followed by them. It is also true
that the President of the USA, like our own government, has also to consider
what is politically feasible and practical, which in terms of economic theory
may not be the best option.

So today, to get a good deal, whether as a nation or as a
private enterprise, we have to learn to understand our strengths as well as
weaknesses and negotiate well. It has become a matter of relative economic
strength, negotiating capacity and capability. Our mindset that Indians have to
sign on the dotted line while dealing with western countries has to change. At
the same time, we have to be efficient, quality conscious and professional in
our approach in our dealings. Let us hope we are able to make the most of the
opportunity that lies before the nation.

Indra Nooyi, Chairperson and CEO of Pepsico, who was one of
the important members of the delegation that accompanied President Obama to
India, explained the point made by the President subtly during the course of a
freewheeling interview to a television news channel. While stating that
globalisation was good and the process should not be reversed, she pointed out
that each country evolves a model that is right for that country. Each country
should evolve its own brand of capitalism but not retreat into protectionism.
She was frank yet subtle when she said that President Obama knows intellectually
that (big) business was very important. She was confident that the President
will be friendlier to business going forward. Similarly, while talking about the
need for India to develop its infrastructure, she said it was not the thought
that was lagging; it was the lack of will of the democratic system to make it
happen. The Prime Minister had to make sure he had to get it through the
political system.

The interview also gave some insight into Indra Nooyi’s HR
skills, her view of the world, how there is power diffusion from the
Judah-Christian world to the multi–religion world of the East and the Middle
East. She adroitly avoided giving a direct reply when asked if she would be the
next head of the Tata Group. Indra Nooyi, who was born and brought up in Chennai
and comes from a modest background, is proud of her Indian origin; but then she
also praised the USA for its incredible meritocracy. While she said she believed
in capitalism and as the CEO of a large multinational, advocated the opening of
markets, she also admitted that compulsions of a head of the government are
different. Running a country is far difficult than being the CEO of a large
corporate. Persons like her are in a sense, world citizens. They have a global
view, wide vision and a down-to-earth approach. They are intelligent and have
worked hard. But even they have to make sacrifices and lose out on the simple
pleasures of life to reach the position where they are today. And occasionally
that becomes obvious. One then realises that these persons are also ordinary
mortals like you and I.

Sanjeev Pandit

Introduction of IFRS

Editorial

Many centuries ago, Indian
saint and philosopher Dnyaneshwar said ‘Hey Vishwachi Maazhe Ghar’ i.e., this
entire world is my home. Today, in the era of globalisation the world has, in
fact, become an economic village. Free flow of capital between various political
and economic jurisdictions has become a reality. On this background, a set of
robust accounting standards that results in transparent and informative
financial statements which are applicable across various jurisdictions, will
bring about comparability of financial statements reducing attendant risks and
costs to the investors and others. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
of USA and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) have committed to
bring about convergence between International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)
and US GAAP. The European Union has adopted IFRS through the process of
endorsement.

India started opening its
economy over a decade ago. Consequentially, there is a substantial increase in
inbound and outbound investments. Considering these developments, India has no
alternative but to align itself with the developments in the field of accounting
in the rest of the world.

Towards this objective, the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI), in 2007, published a Concept
Paper on Convergence with IFRS in India. It decided to adopt IFRS
for public interest entities i.e., listed companies, banks, insurance companies and other large-sized
entities from accounting periods beginning on or after 1st April, 2011. It
proposed :



(a)
The Accounting Standards Board (ASB) should
determine whether each IFRS meets specified criteria set out in local
legislation/regulations;


(b)
ASB should endorse the IFRS in the form of IFRS-equivalent
Indian Accounting Standards. In rare circumstances, it may be necessary to
carve out certain IFRS requirements keeping in view the existing local
conditions in the public interest;


(c)
ASB should present the Indian Accounting
Standards so developed to National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards
(NACAS) for its approval for the purpose of Government notification.


The ICAI, in the Concept Paper
also proposed to formulate a separate standard for Small and Medium-sized
Entities (SMEs) based on standards that may be issued by the IASB for the SMEs.

Although, the present Indian
Accounting Standards are based on IFRS and are fairly consistent with them,
there are significant differences between Indian GAAP and IFRS. For example,
most Indian companies provide for depreciation at the rates prescribed in
Schedule XIV of the Companies Act. Under IFRS, depreciation is based only on the
useful life of an asset. AS 14 — Accounting for Amalgamations permits using the
pooling of interest method. It also permits accounting to be done based on the
treatment prescribed in the scheme approved by the High Court. This will not be
permissible under IFRS. Definition of subsidiary under the Companies Act is at
variance with the definition of subsidiary under IFRS. There is a conceptual
difference in AS 22 — Accounting for Taxes on Income and the corresponding IFRS.
Accounting for preference shares could also be different under IFRS.
Presentation of financial statements under IFRS is different from the form in
Schedule VI of the Companies Act. Concept of ‘Comprehensive Income’ is alien to
Indian GAAP.

Adopting IFRS will require
changes in the various laws, regulations and rules. The Ministry of Corporate
Affairs (MCA) needs to spell out its strategy in this respect. It needs to
clarify whether India would adopt IFRS and Interpretations issued by the
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) or it will
issue separate standards which converge with IFRS. The Companies Bill, 2009
proposes that a National Advisory Committee on Accounting and Auditing Standards
will be constituted to advise the Central Government on formulation and laying
down of accounting and auditing policies and standards. Effectively, the Central
Government will lay down the standards and ICAI will only be consulted by the
National Advisory Committee. Tax authorities need to consider the impact of
adopting IFRS and whether adoption will bring about further diversion between
the reported income and the taxable income leading to increased litigation in
the field of direct taxes. All regulators — SEBI, IRDA, Reserve Bank, MCA need
to deliberate on IFRS at the earliest.

IFRS themselves are not free
from criticism. IFRS are moving towards ‘fair value’ based accounting. In the
context of financial instruments, IFRS have come under substantial criticism.
There is a section that believes that valuation of financial assets at ‘fair
value’ or current market value aggravated the recent financial crisis. As a
result, very recently, the European Commission postponed the application of
first stage of IFRS 9 — Financial Instruments. European Central Bank and
European regulators believe that accounting rules should be a tool to ensure
economic and financial stability. Back home, the recent amendment to ‘AS 11 —
The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ permitting amortisation of
certain foreign currency fluctuation differences, is an example of using
accounting rules to attempt to ensure economic and financial stability. This
would not be possible once IFRS are adopted.

IFRS themselves are under the
process of revision. There are various projects undertaken by IASB which will
bring about further changes in IFRS. Thus, the goal of convergence or
harmonisation itself is like shooting a moving target. If MCA decides to issue
separate accounting standards that converge with IFRS, the process will be even
more difficult, but India will have retained the right to make changes in IFRS
as applicable in India, where necessary.

The International Organisation
of Securities Commission (IOSCO) has a significant influence in formulation of
IFRS. These standards are therefore not necessarily suitable for SMEs
considering the cost of compliance and sophistication involved. Realising this,
IASB has recently issued a separate standard for application by SMEs. MCA, ICAI
and other stakeholders need to discuss the desirability or otherwise of its
adoption in India.

In the whole process, the accounting and auditing profession should not be caught unawares. The Journal has been publishing articles on IFRS for some time now. BCAS is celebrating December as ‘IFRS month’. In line with that, this issue of the Journal focusses on IFRS with three articles on the subject.

Experience shows that the Government issues notifications making new regulations only at the last moment and when infrastructure is still not fully in place. However, considering the importance of and complexities involved in the application of IFRS, one hopes that MCA will bring clarity to the issue at the earliest and make the transition to IFRS as smooth as possible.

Accounts, Audit & the Companies Bill

Editorial

The Companies Bill has finally seen the light of day. By
virtue of the fact that it was introduced in the Lok Sabha, whose term will
shortly come to an end, it is likely to lapse, and would have to be reintroduced
in the new Lok Sabha. This Companies Bill has been debated and discussed for the
past five years, and therefore there were high expectations that it would
address the various shortcomings of the present Companies Act.


The Companies Bill does contain some wholesome provisions
relating to accounts. Consolidated accounts will now be required by all
companies having subsidiaries. The format of the final accounts will be
prescribed by rules.

The National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards will
also now advise the Central Government on the formulation of auditing standards,
with the standards issued by the Institute being applicable until auditing
standards are laid down by the Central Government after consultation with the
National Advisory Committee on Accounting and Auditing Standards. Effectively,
the powers of the Institute are being whittled down so far as they relate to
prescribing auditing standards for audit of companies.

Auditors are to be expressly prohibited from providing
certain services to an audit client, such as accounting, internal audit, design
and implementation of financial information systems, actuarial services,
investment banking services, outsourced financial services, investment advisory
services, etc., most of which are in any case prohibited today under the Code of
Conduct. Management services is however also one of the prohibited services.

The disqualification relating to indebtedness of the auditor
is being broadened, with even the minuscule limit of Rs.1,000 being sought to be
done away with. Therefore, any indebtedness (even of Re.1) would attract
disqualification. However, so far as shareholding limit is concerned, a
percentage beyond which shareholding is not permissible would be prescribed,
instead of an absolute prohibition. Further, this prohibition would apply not
only to holding of the securities of the company itself, but also to holding of
securities of its holding company, its subsidiary, its fellow subsidiary or its
associate company.


Unfortunately, the format of the audit report has been made
more complicated instead of being simplified, with mandatory reporting on
certain additional items. Further, a couple of the items seem to indicate a lack
of understanding of the subject — for instance, whether the financial statements
comply with the accounting standards


and the auditing standards.

Obviously the financial statements cannot comply with the auditing standards —
only the audit process and the auditor’s report can comply with such standards.
Also, one of the points to be reported is the observations or comments of the
auditors which have an adverse effect on the functioning of the company. It is
obvious that the observations or comments of the auditors cannot have an adverse
effect on the functioning of the company, but may amount to an adverse comment
on the functioning of the company. A residual point “such other matters as may
be prescribed” leaves the door open for complicating the audit report further.


The most unfortunate part of the provisions relating to audit
is the punishment that can be meted out to an auditor of a company for
contravention of any of the provisions of S. 126 to S. 129 (powers and duties of
auditors and auditing standards, prohibition on rendering certain services and
auditor to sign audit reports, attend general meeting). The punishment
prescribed is a fine of between Rs.25,000 to Rs.5,00,000. For knowing or willful
contravention, the punishment is imprisonment up to one year or fine between
Rs.1,00,000 and Rs.25,00,000 or both.

The provisions unfortunately do not draw a distinction
between major and minor contraventions. For instance, with so many auditing
standards, it is possible that one small aspect of an auditing standard may not
have been complied with by the auditor. Or the auditor may have been prevented
by circumstances from attending the Annual General Meeting, though he may have
had every intention of doing so. There could have been valid reasons for not
following a particular auditing standard. To penalise an auditor under such
circumstances seems rather unfair, particularly given the fact that promoters of
companies are rarely penalised for gross violations by companies under their
control. One wonders whether it is a classic case of a situation where just
because the real culprit cannot be found or punished, the nearest person found
available is caught and punished for the misdeeds of the other !

One hopes that these provisions are rationalised before they
are enacted. I am sure that the Institute and the BCAS would also take up all
these and other issues with the Government.

Gautam Nayak

National Pride

Editorial

I am privileged to communicate with you as the editor of this
prestigious Journal. It is a daunting task to keep up to the high standards for
this Journal set by Gautam Nayak and others in the past. It has been our
endeavour to bring you thought-provoking articles and features to keep you
abreast with changes occurring on the professional front.

Recently, the Government of India unveiled the symbol for the
Indian Rupee and the Rupee has become one of the few currencies along with the
Dollar, Pound, Euro and Yen to have a unique symbol. The symbol will distinguish
the Indian Rupee from that of other countries which have rupee or rupiah as
their currency. Amidst all the euphoria surrounding the new symbol, it should be
remembered that just a symbol for the currency will not have an economic impact
or the country will not overnight become an economic giant in the world. At the
same time it is true that today, India has come a long way since it faced the
balance of payments crisis in 1990-91. There is a greater confidence in the
Indian Rupee than at any time in the recent history. The symbol for the Rupee is
a reminder that we must work harder and in a disciplined manner to make India
economically a strong nation, a country that the world will look up to. It is
then that the symbol will have real significance in the financial world.

In the last few years India has made its mark in the service
sector, it has also become a hub for manufacturing many items. We are poised to
go up the value chain. At the same time we are one of the most corrupt countries
in the world, evasion of taxes is rampant, efficiency of our labour in many
fields is still abysmally low as compared to many developed nations, and many
citizens take pride in not working to their full capacity. Disputes amongst
states over borders and sharing of river waters raise their head with
regularity. There is a vast difference in economic development of various
regions. The divide between rural Bharat and urban India is a cause for concern.
On the social front, the country is divided on the basis of religion and caste.

Yet, today we have a chance; a chance to develop at a faster
pace and catch up with the developed economies of the world. But this will need
efforts and determination to work together. On this background, symbols like
that of the Indian currency, the Ashoka pillar, the national flag or the
national anthem invoke national pride and the awareness that India is one great
nation and all Indians are an integral part of it beyond religion, caste, creed,
community or the state that they belong to. Today, when the national anthem is
played in theatres, everyone, without exception, stands up in respect; many in
soft voice sing along. This may appear insignificant at first sight, but such
small acts have great potential in nurturing national pride, unifying Indians
and ushering unity in diversity. Efforts towards making each Indian a proud
citizen must begin right from childhood — in schools, homes and everywhere. If
national pride stems from within each citizen, it will be easier to tackle many
chronic problems such as corruption, anarchy in the legal system and communal
disharmony. Convergence of individual and national goals would lead to a strong
India.

While talking about national pride, one is painfully and
constantly reminded of peoples’ representatives, members of legislatures
behaving irresponsibly, creating a ruckus and destroying national property. MLAs,
MLCs and at times even MPs show scant respect to parliamentary democracy. The
recent free for all in the Bihar Assembly was not an exception. Microphones were
dismantled; chairs, desks and even footwear were hurled freely. A lady MLC
belonging to a national political party was seen on television throwing flower
pots around as if it was a discus throw competition. It is hard to believe that
these are the persons who make laws for us ! Marshals and security guards had to
be called in to evict these unruly MLAs. Some MLAs could be seen smiling as they
were being whisked away. Possibly, they were proud of what they had done or were
enjoying and basking in the attention that they were receiving. Several MLAs
were suspended for the rest of the assembly session. Some have submitted
resignations as MLAs to their party chief, which predictably will not be
accepted. All this was widely publicised in electronic and print media. The
world will have also watched all this drama with a chuckle.

Such incidences surely do not augur well for the national
pride. Every proud citizen of India feels sad and ashamed at such behaviour of
our representatives. Can there not be a more dignified way of protest ? Is it
not possible to make a point and still maintain the decorum ? Can any
provocation be a justification for such behaviour ? Is there no accountability ?
Who will pay for the damage to the state property ? We have rules of discipline
in schools, colleges and offices and these are by and large implemented.
Legislatures also have rules, yet one regularly sees events like this. Are
politicians above law ? Perhaps politicians in general and peoples’
representatives in particular need regular orientation and refresher courses on
acceptable conduct in the assembly and outside.

Incidences like this hurt our national pride. Do we deserve
such persons to be our representatives ? Are citizens not exercising their
franchise to vote correctly during elections or not exercising it at all and
hence we get this ? We need to think of solution to this on the eve of
Independence Day.

I wish you all a very Happy Independence Day. Let us be proud
Indians and work for a strong and vibrant India.

Sanjeev Pandit

Ordinary Taxpayers or Superhumans ?

Editorial

Our tax laws are replete with
instances where taxpayers are required to do acts which are near impossible,
which are beyond their powers, or for which they have to go to extraordinary
lengths. Not only that, failure to comply with such provisions attracts either
additional taxes, interest or penalties. Unfortunately, with the passage of
time, tax authorities tend to take the provisions at their face value and
compliance with them by taxpayers for granted. One hoped that the recent budget
would rationalise some of these provisions, but on the contrary, some new
provisions have added to the taxpayers’ burden.

Let us look at some of the
ridiculous provisions as interpreted by tax authorities :


  • A taxpayer is expected to accurately estimate
    his income for the year and pay taxes in advance even on unanticipated income
    which may arise towards the end of the year — else he has to pay interest
    thereon. Tax authorities interpret advance tax provisions as requiring even a
    new company set up towards the end of the year to pay advance tax even before
    it comes into existence !




  • A person required to deduct tax at source on
    behalf of the Government by provision of law, is supposed to obtain and
    mention the permanent account number (PAN) of each person to whom he is making
    payments subject to TDS, even though he has no statutory powers to force such
    person to disclose his PAN.




  • Taxpayers are expected to anticipate
    retrospective amendments many years in advance, such as the recent one
    relating to provision for diminution in value of assets for computing book
    profits under MAT, and compute their income on that basis. Else, they are
    liable to pay not only taxes due to such amendments, but also interest for
    non-payment of such taxes earlier.




  • Every year, each tax deductor is supposed to be
    aware of the daily actions of the President of India and ensure that the
    amended rates are applied from the very day that the President of India gives
    his/her assent to the Finance Bill !




  • Every foreign company or non-resident paying any
    amount of taxable income to an Indian resident (other than professional fees
    to lawyers or CAs) is expected to deduct tax at source from such payment, and
    for that purpose obtain a PAN, a TAN, file TDS returns, etc., even though such
    foreign company/non-resident may have no office or agent or any presence in
    India and therefore not even be aware of such provisions. Failure to comply
    could result in payment of interest, penalty or prosecution of the foreign
    company ! All this on account of having the misfortune of having had stray or
    even one-time transactions with an Indian resident !



Some of the additions made by
the recent budget to this list are :


  • Every individual or HUF buying an immovable
    property or shares and securities or a work of art should be a valuation
    expert and know in advance what the accurate ‘fair market value’ of such
    property is on the date of purchase (even though such value may be a mere
    estimate), should ensure that he buys the property or asset only at that
    price, and in case he is getting it at a lower price, he should either insist
    on paying the higher price or may have to pay tax on the discount that he is
    getting !




  • An individual or HUF agreeing to purchase an
    immovable property which is under construction, is expected to anticipate at
    the time of booking, the ‘fair market value’ of the immovable property which
    would be prevalent when the purchase is completed, and ensure that the
    property purchase price is fixed only at that amount. If the fair market value
    is higher when the property is completed and handed over, he may have to pay
    taxes on the difference between such value and his price determined at the
    time of booking.




  • Every business having a turnover of less than
    Rs.40 lakhs is expected to know in advance whether its turnover for the entire
    year would exceed Rs.40 lakhs or not. If it is fortunate in growing its
    business, and towards the end of the year its turnover exceeds Rs.40 lakhs, it
    would be liable for interest for non-payment of advance tax in the first two
    instalments, which it did not pay based on its anticipation that it was
    covered under the presumptive scheme of S. 44AD. Of course, it always has the
    choice of choosing to refuse to do additional business so that its turnover
    does not cross Rs.40 lakhs !




  • All small businesses, such as tuitions,
    hair-cutting saloons, commission agents, traders in derivatives or shares,
    etc., should ensure that their profit from such transactions is at least 8% or
    be willing to pay taxes on 8% of the turnover/receipts, or else bear the cost
    of a compulsory audit !




  • Developers of large residential projects need to
    ration out the flats that they sell to companies. If any company approaches
    them to acquire a large number of flats for staff quarters, even in such
    difficult times for the real estate industry, the developers have to choose
    between refusal to sell more than one flat to the company, and the tax holiday
    u/s.80-IB.



There are many more such
provisions, which are not listed here for want of space. One hopes that such
ridiculous provisions would not find a place in the new Direct Taxes Code.
However, going by experience in the recent past, it is more likely that more
irrational provisions will be added to the existing ones ! I would love to be
proved wrong in this forecast !

Gautam Nayak

Let’s not paint all bureaucrats with the same brush

Editorial

We all talk about corrupt and inefficient bureaucracy. How
many times do you think, talk or compliment those honest and efficient officers,
who against all odds try to do their job. It’s only when their life is lost or
comes in danger that these officers get recognition in the media and in the eyes
of the public.

In January this year, the additional collector of Malegaon in
Maharashtra was burnt alive when he noticed mafia stealing oil and tried to call
other government officials to the site. The gruesome murder made news. Till then
he and his work were unknown.

Just a few days back Krishna, an IIT graduate, who was the
district collector of Maoist hit Malkangiri in Orissa was abducted along with a
junior engineer. The 30-year-old IAS officer had reportedly done excellent work
in the area and had gained the appreciation, respect and confidence of the
locals. Fortunately, he and the junior engineer have been released, but not
before the State government conceded to the demands of the Maoists.

Few years back Satyendra Dubey, an engineer employed with the
National Highway Authority of India and working on the Golden Quadrilateral
Project was reprimanded, received threats to his life and eventually murdered
when he wrote to the Prime Minister exposing financial irregularities in the
Project.

These are only a few cases of officers who did their duty in
an environment where honesty and efficiency is often rewarded with their
resistance, reprimands, departmental enquiries, frequent transfers and in
occasional cases death. Such officers may be a minority, but they do exist and
in a good number doing their duty silently. So let us not paint all bureaucrats
with the same brush. There will be many officers who, given a chance and
motivation would rather be honest and efficient. We need to recognise this and
appreciate the good work of officers. Maybe that will encourage many more
officers to muster up the courage to resist corruption and opt for a different
path.

A few days back I had an opportunity to make a presentation
to young IRS recruits at the National Academy of Direct Taxes in Nagpur. These
young officers would be joining the field force in the next few months. Like
these young recruits, the youth joining various civil other services are a
bright and intelligent lot having passed a tough entrance examination after
graduation. They, in a sense, are the cream of the society. I see hope in them.
Let us endeavour to see that they don’t become victims of the system. If we
citizens while condemning corruption, also appreciate good work and honesty, we
will certainly have a better bureaucracy.

By the time this issue of the Journal reaches you, the Union
Budget 2011-12 and the Finance Bill will have been presented before the
Parliament. With the Direct Taxes Code and the Goods and Service Tax on the
horizon, one wonders if the Finance Minister will want to do substantial
amendments to the Income Tax Act or the law relating to the Service Tax. May be
there will be retrospective amendments, as usual, to nullify some court
decisions!

Following the Budget, there will be meetings, lectures,
seminars, workshops to analyse the provisions of the Finance Bill. At the same
time, the World Cup matches will also be on. Let’s see what the Finance Minister
does. Will he succeed in weaning the tax professionals and citizens at large,
from watching the World Cup matches?


Sanjeev Pandit
Editor

Budget 2010 – A Significant Change for the Better?

Editorial

This year’s Finance Bill was
unusual for most of us. We have now got so accustomed to encountering wholesale
changes in direct tax laws (normally, over 100 clauses), that on seeing only 55
clauses dealing with direct tax amendments, we were left wondering as to whether
we had gone through the full text of the Finance Bill or whether we had missed
out on some part. One feels that the Finance Minister, Mr. Pranab Mukherjee,
must be complimented for this.

However, when one realises that
this reduction in amendments was more on account of the fact that wholesale
amendments would come in shortly in the form of the Direct Taxes Code (DTC), and
not actuated by thought of the need for stability in tax laws, one realises that
perhaps nothing has changed in the attitude of the Finance Ministry.

This is brought home by the
fact that the bane of previous Finance Bills—retrospective amendments—still
continues. One sees many such amendments this year as well. One often wondered
whether the Government would be able to save much time and effort by just
inserting a provision in the tax laws that in case any decision of the Tribunal,
High Courts or Supreme Court takes a view adverse to that held by the Tax
department, the law would be deemed to have been amended with retrospective
effect from 1961 (or the date of the relevant provision) to clarify that the Tax
department’s view is the correct one. The one positive feature this time is that
some of the retrospective amendments result in correction of earlier drafting
anomalies or are in favour of the taxpayer. One hopes that this positive trend
continues instead of the usual one-sided retrospective amendments.

The reduction in the fiscal
deficit also seems to be a good thing, given the profligacy of the government in
the past. However, when one looks back at last year, one realises that last
year’s budget bore the brunt of the earlier year’s election year budget, and
contained certain expenditure such as arrears for government employees due to
implementation of the Pay Commission recommendations. Such expenditure is absent
in 2010-11. Further, divestment of public sector undertakings is also expected
to rake in sizeable amounts, along with the auction of 3G spectrum. Hence the
magic of
reduction of deficit is not something which can be sustained, but is more due to
one-time items. Nevertheless, it is a good beginning towards financial reform.

The one thing for which the
Finance Minister must be really complimented is for doing away with the
accounting jugglery of non-accounting for oil and fertilizer subsidies by issue
of bonds, which was being recognised as expenditure only in the year of
redemption. This is a long overdue reform, as the Government itself certainly
should not resort to such window-dressing of accounts.

This time, while the service
tax rate itself has remained unchanged, contrary to expectations, the service
tax provisions seem to be fairly harsh. To tax sale of residential houses, where
the inputs are already subjected to various taxes such as VAT and service tax,
does seem unjustified. It is obvious that builders will pass on the entire
additional tax burden to buyers, irrespective of the actual effective tax burden
on the builders—one more excuse to raise prices. The very fact that homes in
India are still unaffordable for the vast majority of us, is all the more reason
why such a tax ought not to have been levied. One hopes that this amendment will
be reviewed. When air travel has just become affordable to a large number of
people, taxing domestic air travel also seems premature. These amendments would
be more appropriate when the Goods and Service Tax (GST) is actually
implemented, so that the impact is not as much, due to the full set off on taxes
paid on inputs being available against the final tax payable.

With a fresh date of 1st April
2011 now being announced for both GST and the DTC, the same date as for
implementation of IFRS , and with the Companies Bill expected to be shortly
passed, we have to unlearn what we already know and gear ourselves up to go back
to our studies to learn the major part of our professional areas of practice
afresh. Maybe we should now ask for a practice holiday, like a tax holiday, to
enable us to equip ourselves through this relearning!

Gautam Nayak

The European Economic Crisis

Editorial

The recent crisis in various European countries (four of the
worst affected being commonly referred to as PIGS — Portugal, Ireland, Greece,
Spain) has again thrown the budding worldwide economic recovery into a spin. The
near default by Greece and the heavy cost of the bailout by the European Union
has had a huge effect on markets worldwide, and is bound to affect various
countries around the world. Italy is thanking its stars that the ‘I’ in PIGS no
longer stands for Italy but for Ireland, but the rest of the world is wondering
whether Italy too would go the same way as the others, given some of the common
economic parameters that it has with those countries.

This is the other side of globalisation that we see. The
Euro, the common currency for Europe, which was hailed as a significant step for
integration of the European economy when it was implemented, is now in danger of
having countries break away from it. It was a well-known fact that the European
Union consisted of diverse economies — some well-developed and economically
conservative, while others not so well developed but profligate in their
spending without having the economic resources to do so. Conservative Germans
are rightly indignant at having to bail out profligate Greece, but because of
the Euro, and the impact on their banks and economy, have no choice but to
support Greece. Greece has its hands partly tied in tiding over the crisis
because it is part of the Euro, and therefore unable to devalue its currency. It
naturally expected the European Union to bail it out.

India too has important lessons to learn from the European
crisis. India is similar to Europe in the sense that India too consists of
various states having a common currency, just as Europe consists of various
countries having a common currency. Each state has its own finances and
expenditure, just as each country in Europe has its own finances and
expenditure. Just as Greece merrily continued to spend, without the requisite
revenues, relying totally on the European Union to bail it out, in India too we
have various states which have launched various populist programmes without the
funds to sustain such programmes, hoping that the Central Government would bail
them out if they were to land in difficulty.

Perhaps the one major difference is that the Indian federal
revenues and the federal expenses are a far higher percentage of the total
Government revenues and expenses than the common revenues and expenses of the
European Union are to the total European revenues and expenses. Also, in India,
certain major economic decisions are taken by the federal government, which
decisions may be the prerogative of the individual countries in Europe.

The Greek crisis was caused by the fact that during the
economic boom, Greece did not use the opportunity to carry out much-needed
reforms. Tax evasion is still rampant in Greece, resulting in significant
leakage of tax revenues due to the government. The Greek government has been
merrily spending without regard to its revenues, thereby running large deficits.

In India too, the reforms agenda has been lagging of late.
Tax evasion is still fairly high, though it has reduced in recent times. The
Indian government’s increase in spending in recent times probably outshadows
that of Greece. The fuel subsidy, the fertiliser subsidy, the food subsidy, and
various other schemes have resulted in drastic increases in the government
deficit. The worry is that there does not seem to be any significant efforts to
reduce the deficit through reduced government spending. So far, the government
has been able to manage on account of one-time collections, such as
disinvestment of public sector companies, auction of telecom spectrum, etc. The
question is — how long can sale of capital assets continue to sustain government
expenditure ?

Sooner or later, the government will run out of options and
have to either increase taxes (which seems difficult under the current
scenario), improve tax compliance, or reduce Government spending (which again
seems unlikely, given the populist measures that are generally resorted to).
Improvement of tax compliance to boost tax revenues seems the only possible
realistic way. Such measures will be required, and we cannot bank on the fact
that since we are currently growing at a brisk pace as compared to the rest of
the world, and are a popular investment destination, we would be immune from
similar economic crises. It does not take long for business confidence to
evaporate, and it is far better that we take measures before we are forced to do
so.

We are fortunate that we have an economist at the helm of
affairs of our country in such times. However, given the fact that the current
government has to adjust to the whims and fancies of other political parties in
order to survive, the room for much-needed reform is practically limited. Can
our opportunistic politicians not cast aside their personal greed and agenda for
the time being, and act in the country’s best interest by supporting the
government in its economic reforms ?

Our economy is already feeling the effects of the European
crisis. Our stock markets have stumbled, the rupee has become volatile against
other currencies, and exporters to Europe will shortly start feeling the crunch.
Foreign capital may flow out from the Indian stock markets to safer assets.
Interest rates and inflation may move up. One does not know how long the problem
will continue and how much the European economy will worsen before things
improve for the better.

The silver lining in the crisis may be that the bubble in the
Indian real estate sector, which was primarily caused by inflows from abroad,
may deflate, causing real estate prices to return to reasonable levels. One
hopes and wishes that the Indian economy continues its steady growth without too
many hiccups.

Gautam Nayak

Indian Economy — A Victim of Bad Politics ?

Editorial

The recent budget (really a vote on account) was an
eye-opener for the Indian public. Unlike normal budgets, this budget was not
cluttered with the baggage of numerous amendments to various laws, and therefore
the focus was on the budgeted figures and the actual figures for the current
year. The budget was also in the focus on account of the fact that the world
economy is in doldrums, and people were keen to know the actual impact on India
so far.

A budget is supposed to be an estimate of and a guide to
future spending. In the corporate sector, employees are taken to task for
exceeding budgeted figures, which are regarded as sacrosanct. In the context of
the Government of India, budget figures of expenditure have always been
exceeded, though normally only by a small percentage. This year being an
election year, the budget seems to have been thrown completely to the winds.
According to the estimates, the revenue deficit as a proportion of GDP for
2008-09 will be 4.4 times the budgeted figure, while the fiscal
deficit will be double the budgeted figure.

This is only the disclosed figure. If one factors in the oil
bonds and fertiliser bonds issued, which are off-budget items in the year of
issue but show up only in the year of redemption, the actual deficit is much
higher. Is there any sanctity to the budgeted figures, or is it just something
put together for public consumption because it is required by statute ?

What does this reflect ? It reveals the lack of importance
our political leaders attach to the budget process, and their sheer disregard
for all consequences to the economy in an election year.

The profligacy of politicians in power in the last few years
has ensured that the advantages of buoyant tax revenues from the booming economy
have been frittered away in good years, without saving anything for the bad
times. Now that the economy is going through a bad patch and the time has come
for the Government to spend freely to revive the economy, the Government would
obviously find it difficult to find the funds to do so.

The problem has been compounded by the fact that from the
date the election schedule is announced, the Government is totally paralysed,
and prevented from taking any major policy decisions. Most economists are
unanimous in their view that a slowdown or depression of this nature calls for
swift and decisive action by the Government. The world over, governments are
taking drastic decisions almost every week to hold up their economies. A
recession of this nature calls for concerted efforts of all governments in a co-ordinated
manner. We have the double disadvantage of a Government taking decisions from an
election viewpoint, rather than from an economic perspective, followed by a
period of indecision. Further, it seems unlikely that the elections will give a
mandate to any single political grouping. So, even thereafter, the new
Government is likely to be swayed in its decision-making by political necessity
arising out of its alliances with different parties with differing views, rather
than by economic commonsense.

In that sense, one can say that if India continues to grow,
it would be in spite of its political leaders. Our growth and prosperity would
have been significantly higher if we had leaders of the right calibre, who truly
had the national interest in mind above everything else. One wishes and hopes
that the recent public awakening witnessed after the terrorist attacks, results
in emergence of a new and better political force, which, through the sincerity
and honesty of its purpose, could help this country achieve its true potential !

Gautam Nayak

Prosperity without Security ?

Editorial

The elections have thrown up a
pleasant surprise in the form of a relatively stable government. The stock
markets are booming in anticipation of a fiscal stimulus package and economic
reforms. It is almost as if the markets believe that the worst of the recession
is now behind us and that henceforward it is all smooth sailing for the country.
Is this really justified ?

With a stable government in
place committed to economic reforms, it is highly likely that India would not be
as badly affected by the worldwide recession as other countries, and would be
able to ride out the storm. The real problem facing the country’s growth however
lies elsewhere — in the stability of our neighbourhood. Growth is not
sustainable without stability.

In the last few months, we have
seen an internal battle being waged by the Pakistani Government against the
fundamentalist Taliban, and the threat being posed by such fundamentalist forces
to the very existence of Pakistan. The monster created by the Pakistani
Government now threatens to engulf the entire country. Such proximity to our
borders, given the attitude of such fundamentalist forces towards India and the
violent methods being used to achieve their ends, is bound to create security
problems within India, endangering the prospects of growth. The very thought
that Pakistan’s nuclear weapons may fall into the hands of such fundamentalists
is a cause of great concern.

On our northern borders, Nepal,
which had so far not posed a problem to India’s security, is facing serious
internal problems. The Maoists who had given up their violent tactics to join
the Government, had to quit. India is being blamed for their plight, and the
Maoists are unlikely to take things lying down. Their making common cause with
China is bound to create security issues for India. Whether the Maoists are in
power or out of power, Nepal is likely to be a thorn in India’s security for the
next few years.

On the eastern front, though
relations with Bangladesh have improved for the time being, the politics of
Bangladesh being what it is, one wonders how long this improved relationship
will last. India’s border debate with China remains unresolved, with issues
suddenly raising their heads from time to time.

To top it all, many Indian
States are facing violent tactics of Maoists and Naxalites. All in all, India
seems to be situated in the most dangerous location worldwide, so far as the
safety and security of its residents are concerned. The top priority of the new
Government should therefore be to take measures to improve the internal and
external security of the country.

This involves not merely the
strengthening of internal security forces and the armed forces, but also making
the right moves in respect of our foreign policy. Economic reforms can take a
country far, but security of life and property is essential for the business
sector to flourish. Over the past decade, India has been seen as an attractive
investment and business destination on account of its comparatively peaceful
atmosphere. To some extent, this image has taken a beating due to the series of
recent terrorist attacks.

No country can hope to be
regarded as an attractive place to do business unless peace prevails there. Take
the cases of Vietnam, Ireland, and so many others. Once ravaged by war or civil
war, these countries were then regarded as death-traps. Today, these are
considered as investment destinations worldwide, on account of the peace and
stability that they have enjoyed for over a decade.

The biggest challenge before
the new Government is to take steps to ensure that peace and internal stability
are maintained, notwithstanding the developments in our immediate neighbourhood.
Our arms purchases, our expenditure on defence and police, should not be victim
to party politics or corruption, but should be regarded as an essential
expenditure for national growth. Our foreign policy should be guided by
long-term considerations of peaceful co-existence and not by short-term
prejudices of the party in power, nor by ambitions of becoming a super power.
This is an opportunity for this Government to show that right approach can make
a difference. Only time will tell whether our hopes will be realised or not !

Gautam Nayak

Taxing Charity

Editorial

The recent amendments to the Income Tax Act carried out by
the Finance Act 2008 in relation to taxation of charitable trusts reflect very
poorly on the Government, and raise serious doubts as to its intentions. It
seems to be part of a disturbing trend to punish all for the transgressions of a
few.


On the face of it, the amendment seems innocuous. The
definition of charitable purpose has been amended to provide that one of the
limbs, any other object of general public utility, shall not include the
carrying on of any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business, or any
activity of rendering any service in relation to any trade, commerce or
business, for a cess or fee or any other consideration, irrespective of the
nature of use or application or retention of the income from such activity.

The ostensible reason for such amendment given by the
Government is that it desires to deny the benefit of exemption to purely
commercial and business entities, which wear the mask of a charity. A very
plausible reason indeed !

However, the amendment goes far beyond the stated reason. It
not only covers such business activities, but also activities which are
rendering services in relation to trade, commerce or business. The term ‘in
relation to’ being a very broad term, would rope in various activities carried
out by charitable trusts genuinely to raise funds for their other charitable
activities.

To illustrate, some of the charitable activities which may be
impacted include activities such as micro-credit, sale of greeting cards with
designs painted by the handicapped, sale of products manufactured by handicapped
persons, issue of certificates of origin by chambers of commerce, organising of
seminars, trade fairs and exhibitions, etc. These are all activities, which are
part of the objects, but are subservient to the main object. Carrying on any
such activity could result in complete loss of the exemption. Fortunately, pure
fund-raising activities may not be impacted.

Today, charity is not restricted to traditional activities of
education, medical relief or relief of poverty. Most NGOs carry on activities in
different spheres, which help improve the life of the general public. Be it
protection of the environment, eradication of corruption and promotion of
transparency in Government, improving the lot of tribals or other disadvantaged
groups, promotion of art and culture — all these are equally charitable
activities, though there may be some involvement of business for fund-raising,
assistance, etc.

No less a person than the former Prime Minister Rajiv Gandhi,
as well as his son (and heir-apparent?) Rahul Gandhi, have acknowledged that
only a fraction of funds spent by the Government for welfare of the downtrodden
actually reach the intended beneficiaries, and that NGOs can provide a far
superior delivery mechanism. In such circumstances, should the Government not be
promoting the activities of NGOs, rather than seeking to transfer funds from
NGOs to itself ? Ultimately, Government is supposed to exist for the people.
Should the need of and benefit to the general public not be the paramount
guiding factor in such matters ?

The Finance Minister has gone on record to clarify that
genuine charitable organisations will not in any way be affected, and that the
activities of Chambers of Commerce and similar organisations rendering services
to their members would continue to be regarded as “advancement of any other
object of general public utility”. If that indeed was the intention, what
prevented the Government from reflecting such intention in the provisions of the
law itself ? Are we to believe that the Government is incapable of expressing
its intention through precise wording of the law ? And that too when we have an
eminent lawyer at the helm of the Finance Ministry ?

We are further told that the CBDT, as usual, will come out
with an explanatory circular containing guidelines for determining whether an
entity is carrying on any activity in the nature of trade, commerce or business
or any activity of rendering any service in relation to any trade, commerce or
business. Of late, it is noticed that such circulars do not provide any guidance
on debatable issues, but merely parrot the provisions of the section. One hopes
that at least this time the circular will really be explanatory !

Such circulars explaining provisions of the Finance Act are
generally issued by the CBDT only in December. Do charitable trusts have to keep
their activities on hold till December to find out whether their activities are
permissible or not, or to know whether they are liable to pay advance tax or
not ? One hopes that one is proved wrong for once, and at least on this aspect,
a circular is issued immediately. Not to do so is to do grave injustice to
charity and cause a severe loss to the general public !

Gautam Nayak

Professional Growth

Editorial

It has been my privilege over the past 3 years to communicate
with you as the editor of this prestigious journal. I have enjoyed interacting
and sharing my thoughts with so many of you on various issues impacting us as
professionals. It is now time for me to hand over the reins to my Joint Editor
of the past two years, Sanjeev Pandit.

As has been the practice for the past couple of years, this
year too, the July issue of the journal contains certain special pages. The idea
behind the special issue was that on the anniversary of the Society’s founding
every year, we should take stock of the direction that the profession is taking
and of the environment in which it is functioning, and look at what we should be
doing as professionals in the future.

In the special pages in this issue, we have the views of
Justice Ajit P. Shah, retired Chief Justice of the Delhi High Court, on various
aspects of the law and the judicial and legal framework in India, which affect
our clients, and us both as professionals as well as citizens of this country.
Based on discussions with him, one is left with the distinct impression that
there is so much to be done to improve the judicial and legal framework, to
ensure that justice is done to all. One hopes that the Government gives as much
importance to the improvement of the judicial and legal framework, as it gives
to the improvement of infrastructure in our country. Proper laws and proper
interpretation and enforcement of such laws is one of the crucial factors
facilitating growth of business and industry, as much as a proper infrastructure
is a factor, besides being essential to ensure that all citizens enjoy their
constitutional rights.

In the special pages, we also carry an article by Shri T. N.
Manoharan, past President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India,
who has recently been awarded the Padma Shri by the Government in recognition of
the sterling role played by him in the rescue of Satyam as a
Government-appointed director. He shares with us his views on the various
developments which can have a significant impact on us as professionals, whether
in practice or in employment.

An interesting point which he makes is the need for us to
consolidate into larger firms by taking advantage of the provisions for limited
liability partnerships (which will hopefully soon become a reality for us
chartered accountants) and multidisciplinary firms. This is something which each
one of us needs to seriously look at, as it is becoming almost impossible for
one person to understand and specialise in different areas of practice, given
the rapid developments in different spheres. I am sure that this will be brought
home to all of us in the next couple of years when we will simultaneously see
the new Direct Taxes Code replacing the Income Tax Act, the Goods and Services
Tax replacing VAT, excise duty, and service tax, International Financial
Reporting Standards replacing the current accounting standards and the new
Companies Act replacing the current Companies Act. There would be serious
consequences of any errors on our part in not understanding these new
provisions, and therefore it makes sense for us to focus on a few areas rather
than try and do whatever work comes our way.

If one wants to capitalise on the fact that our clients
require a variety of services, larger firms with like-minded professionals
focussing on different areas of practice make sense, as one is able to provide
variety as well as quality. Limited liability partnerships restrict our
liability to our own deeds, removing one of the significant barriers to
formation of partnership firms. Of course, a partnership (whether an LLP or
otherwise) does involve some amount of give and take from each partner. One has
to understand that the advantages of a partnership far outweigh the sacrifices
that one is required to make in a partnership, provided that one has like-minded
partners.

Quality is one aspect which many of us have chosen to ignore,
but can continue to do so only at increasing risk. Even a professional indemnity
policy cannot provide us total protection from risk, as one has to ensure that
one has taken the necessary precautions and not acted in a negligent manner.
Focus on quality rather than quantity is one of the best methods in which one
can contain risk in one’s practice. In fact, doing this may make one realise
that it is far more rewarding to focus on lesser work carried out with greater
quality services, rather than try and do much more work at the cost of quality.
Clients ultimately realise the quality of work that is being provided to them,
and in the long run, are willing to pay better for services of a higher quality.
Of course, there will always be clients who will try to belittle the services
provided, to avoid paying higher fees. We must realise that we are better off
without such clients, and focus on retaining only those clients who appreciate
the services provided to them. This is something that may call for sacrifices in
the short term, in the form of losing some clients or spending more time on
updating one’s knowledge and in providing the same services, but will yield
significant rewards in the long term.

I am sure that the Society, and the journal in particular,
will continue to facilitate your quest for increasing your knowledge and
improving the quality of your services as it has done in the past. Personally
for me, the past 3 years have been highly satisfying due to the feedback
received from so many of you appreciating the improvements made to the journal.
I would like to thank each one of you for your feedback and support over the
past 3 years, and I am sure that my successor will also continue to enjoy that
support.

Gautam Nayak

The changing profession

Editorial

In this 40th year of publication of the Journal, the Society
enters its 60th year. Obviously, this calls for a celebration, and what better
way to do it than by stepping back and taking stock of changes in the social and
economic environment in which the profession functions, and various developments
in the CA profession in India and the world over, and do some crystal-ball
gazing, so that each one of us can gear up for what the future holds in store.

To help us understand the changing scenario, we have invited
4 eminent and widely respected professionals to contribute to this Special
Issue, giving us their thoughts on the direction that the profession is heading
during the 21st century, and on the skills, practices and qualities that a
professional needs to inculcate to succeed. These successful professionals — Mr.
Y. H. Malegam, a past President of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of
India and an authority on accounting and auditing; Mr. Sohrab E. Dastur, eminent
tax lawyer; Mr. T. V. Mohandas Pai, Director of Infosys Technologies Ltd.; and
Mr. Deepak Ghaisas, CEO of i-flex Solutions Ltd. — bring us their perspectives
both from the viewpoint of professionals as well as industry.

The CA profession is comparatively young, having really come
into its own in the 20th century. Over the years, it has been quick to adapt to
the changing environment, leading to a wider variety of services being rendered
by an increasingly larger number of professionals.

Recent years have seen a substantial churn in the profession.
Most newly-qualified CAs now seek employment in industry, but at the top end,
one also sees many CAs from large firms joining industry, while industry
veterans leave industrial employment to try their hand at consulting. Many CAs
are also giving up their individual practices, either to join the Big 4, or to
join industry. Can one discern some trend behind these happenings ? What does
this portend for individual and small practices ?

One also notices a greater emphasis in the profession on
marketing (witness the recent relaxation on advertising by CAs) and human
resources. Are smaller firms at a disadvantage and how can they level the
playing field? In the larger firms, one sees all services other than statutory
audit and certification being rendered through corporate entities. Is the
distinction between the profession and business increasingly getting blurred ?
Due to corporatisation and in the rush to squeeze out maximum efficiency from
our practice, and in seeking maximisation of revenues, are we losing sight of
the principles which set a professional apart from a businessman ? Or are we
acting like ostriches, by sticking to our principles, ignoring the impact of the
changes taking place all around us in society ?

Accounting concepts and standards are becoming increasingly
complex, while auditing practices and procedures are also constantly evolving to
keep pace with developments in the corporate world and the expectations of
society. Is it realistic to expect so many professionals to learn increasingly
complex concepts throughout their lives — learning, unlearning and relearning
all the time ? Are we chasing a mirage hoping to meet the public expectation, or
do we risk becoming irrelevant if we do not adapt ? Have we projected ourselves
on too high a pedestal, and become victims of our own projection ?

Are the skills that we learn as CAs really valued by
industry, or do we need to undergo a reorientation before we can be absorbed by
industry ? Does our training prepare us sufficiently to meet the challenges of
the real corporate world that we aspire to scale ?

All these issues have been addressed by these 4 eminent and
successful professionals, giving us some guidance on the path that we need to
traverse.

The message seems to be that :

— we risk losing our distinct identity as a profession and
the high respect and public esteem that we command by compromising on our
principles;

— we risk losing public confidence in our core function of
auditing if we do not maintain our quality and integrity;

— smaller firms also can grow to compete with the larger
firms through consolidation and networking;

— changes in accounting and auditing are inevitable, if
public confidence in the accounting and auditing process is to be sustained;

— the wide variety of skills that we possess ensure that
there will always be a valuable role for us to play in any industry;

— we need to put our heads together to work out ways to
make life simpler not only for us, but also for shareholders and regulators,
for whose benefit we have evolved all these complex standards and concepts.


In this scenario, the 21st century seems to hold even greater
potential for the CA profession than in the 20th century !

Gautam Nayak Editor

 Ashok Dhere Editor, Special Issue

Improving the effectiveness of Tax Laws

Editorial

As I write this editorial, the Union Budget for 2009-10 is
yet to be presented, but will be in your hands before you read this (since this
Special Issue is being released at the AGM on 10th July). Expectations from this
budget are running high, particularly as the newly re-elected Congress
Government is no longer constrained by pulls and pressures from its allies.
Perhaps the public expectations are running too high, given the constraints on
Government finances and the worldwide economic recession. Also, the short time
between the swearing in of this Government and the presentation of this budget
leaves very little scope to actually carry out any major changes. This Budget is
therefore more likely to express the intentions of the Government to carry out
further changes over the next five years, rather than actually effect any
immediate major changes.

On the taxes’ front, as usual, various rumours of expected
changes are doing the rounds, ranging from drastic changes such as abolition of
Fringe Benefit Tax to minor changes such as restricting allowability of
depreciation to Charitable Trusts. We have got so used to numerous amendments to
tax laws carried out through the Finance Act each year, that we take such
changes for granted.

The Government has been talking of simplification of tax laws
for the past several years, and has been deleting various incentive provisions
every year with this stated objective. The justification for simplification of
tax laws is that it will improve compliance on account of better understanding
of tax provisions. Does simplification really serve this purpose ?

A recent research paper on Behavioural Economics and Tax
Policy presented at the National Tax Association’s 2009 Spring Symposium in USA
by two researchers from the Brookings Institution and a Professor at Harvard
University does raise some doubts about such claims. This paper points out that
the standard economic assumptions about individual behaviour are not accurate,
and that behavioural economics shows that people do not act rationally, that
they are not perfectly self-interested and that they hold inconsistent
preferences. Using these findings of behavioural economics would lead to more
effective tax policy, from the perspective of welfare consequences of taxation,
use of the tax system as a platform for policy implementation and using taxes as
an element of policy design.

Tax efficiency depends on the elasticity of the response to
tax rates. Since elasticity is really a parameter derived from a behavioural
response, and behavioural economics shows that how people respond to taxes is
less straightforward than what is normally presumed, the rationale for tax
simplicity needs to be re-examined.

Normal policy dictates that the recipe for good taxes is that
they should be simple, they should impose low rates on wide bases, and in case
of taxes on goods, they should be imposed on goods for which the demand is
relatively inelastic. Simplicity is associated with efficiency. The view is that
low tax rates on large bases are simpler as compared to taxes with many
exemptions from income, which leads to smaller bases and higher tax rates.
Complex taxes increase the cost of tax compliance and administration. Provisions
complicating the tax laws are often seen as being more politically motivated,
than economically justified.

Behavioural economics shows that individuals respond to tax
rates not as they are set, but as they construe them. Complex or obscure taxes
may not be perceived accurately or may be ignored. Therefore, the elasticity to
such taxes is low, making such taxes efficient. For example, sales tax which is
a part of the commodity price, is often ignored by taxpayers. Similarly, if a
separate tax is raised for a specific purpose, though it complicates tax laws,
behavioural economics shows that taxpayers associate that particular tax with
the intended benefit, leading to better compliance.

Balancing tax complexity with tax fairness is another area
where behavioural economics can contribute. The fairest tax code is normally not
the simplest. Adding fairness to a tax system adds to the complexity, but
taxpayers generally prefer an equitable or fair tax system though it adds
complexity, as behavioural economics shows that they care about the welfare of
others and are not perfectly self-interested.

Behavioural Economics also shows that implementation of
non-tax policies along with tax laws is easier, since the process of filing of
returns and payment is almost automatic compared to other government procedures.
It is therefore far easier to implement such programmes through tax laws, rather
than have a separate procedure for such programmes.

Another area where behavioural economics is of help is by
showing that tax reductions structured as bonuses are more likely to be spent by
taxpayers, than if structured as tax rebates. Similarly, a reduction in tax
deduction rate is more likely to be spent by taxpayers, rather than a lump sum
reduction. This understanding facilitates structuring of reduction in taxes by
the Government, where the intention is that the tax savings should be spent by
taxpayers in order to boost the economy.

This study serves as a beginning to understand the nuances of
taxpayer attitudes to tax laws, which are not as rational as made out to be so
far. This certainly raises many more questions in relation to the current
perceived wisdom, particularly as to whether simplification of tax laws is
desirable if it is at the cost of fairness.

Gautam Nayak

Radia Tapes

Editorial

Over the last few months, the Radia tape leaks have created a
sensation. Telephone lines of Ms. Niira Radia, a corporate lobbyist, were tapped
and her conversation with many prominent personalities was recorded at the
behest of the Income Tax Department.

Two magazines published the transcripts and put the leaked
audio tapes on their websites. This left many embarrassed and red faced. Hearing
the taped conversations, many wished their lips were taped instead. These
included politicians, industrialists, bureaucrats and prominent journalists.
Nobody has denied the contents of the tapes. Few persons have expressed regrets
on what they spoke. The tapes have raised many questions.

The period during which the telephone lines were tapped
included post election days when the Union Government was being formed and also
the period after the judgment of the Hon. Bombay High Court in the matter of
dispute between two industrialist brothers.

The conversations that Ms. Radia had with some of the
prominent journalists give an impression that these journalists played an active
role as go-between the political parties, promoting or otherwise a person to be
included in the government as a minister.

The tapes also include a conversation which indicates that
after the decision of the Hon. Bombay High Court in the matter of dispute
between two prominent industrialist brothers, Ms. Radia could prevail upon a
respected journalist to write an article with the aim of serving the interest of
one of them, but which, on the face of it, dealt with the national resources of
the country.

Politicians, industrialists and media have tremendous power.
They influence economic policies that affect the nation as a whole. When these
three come together for their own interests and not for those of the country, it
is a cause for worry. One starts doubting even the news that one reads in the
newspapers or watches on the TV. It is not uncommon for a journalist or a
newspaper or TV channel to be inclined towards a particular political party. But
when journalists appear to be doing a fixing job rather than collecting news,
one is left wondering about the purpose behind it. Independence of media is as
important as independence of the judiciary.

In recent times, the media has played an important role in
raising many issues of public importance. This included molestation of Ruchika
Jaiswal, the Jessica Lal murder case, unearthing of the CWG scam, etc. The
success of media gives it the power to influence opinion. But this power needs
to be exercised with responsibility. It is therefore important that media is
independent and is also seen to be independent. This image is shattered when one
reads the transcripts.

Equally surprising is the influence that Ms. Radia wielded
over the politicians, bureaucrats, journalists and industrialists. It is common
and even legitimate for any industry, interest group to lobby for favourable
policies. In a democratic set up, lobbying has a role to play. NGOs, industry
organisations, industrial houses have to lobby. In a sense, it serves the
purpose of letting the government know various points of view. Per se there is
nothing wrong with it. But the line between what is legitimate lobbying and what
is not is rather thin. When one reads the transcripts of the tapes, somewhere,
one gets a feeling that on occasion, the politicians and journalists were
getting fed at the hands of the lobbyist, leaving their own judgement and
objectivity aside. While the lobbyist may do his/her job, the journalists,
politicians and bureaucrats have to apply their own mind. But when they fail to
do so, one doubts the legitimacy of the lobbying, one feels there is something
more than what meets the eye. One wonders if there is quid pro quo.

The next point is how today, technology has completely
destroyed privacy. Possibly even George Orwell (the author of `Nineteen
Eighty-Four’ who coined the phrase `Big Brother is watching’) will be surprised
how our every action is open to prying eyes. Whether it is social networks like
Facebook, telephone lines or emails – all of these are far less secure than what
we would like to believe. This is surely a cause for concern. Just as Right to
Information is important, so is the right to privacy. There has to be a balance
between the two.

In case of Radia’s tapes, the conversations that have come
into the public domain made people aware about how things happen behind the
curtain. In this particular instance, the leaks served a public interest. At the
same time, many, as individuals, have been left acutely embarrassed because of
the opinions which they expressed which became public. Partly it was only loose
talk, partly genuine opinions. In either case, these were not expected to become
public. It is here that the Right to Privacy is important. One must be assured
of privacy. News, merely to create sensation, is not acceptable. Every person,
whether a common man or celebrity, is entitled to privacy and the media has a
responsibility in this regard. The matter of Right to Privacy is already before
the Hon. Supreme Court.

The government, for special reasons, may tap phone lines,
review mails. But then it has the solemn duty to use the information only in the
larger public interest. With this background, the leakages of the tapes to media
by government agencies is a serious lacuna in the system. The government has
ordered a probe into the leakage. One wonders if it will reveal anything. But
the system needs a thorough review to avoid such leakages. It is one thing to
get information under RTI and another to get the information through
illegitimate sources. The latter may encourage corruption. A weak system may
lead to leakage of vital information, adversely affecting national security.
Even investigative journalists need to draw the line while sourcing information
and news. Ends do not justify the means in any field including investigative
journalism.

Last but not the least, while the Radia tapes created a
sensation, the media—both print and electronic—had very little comment when
discussing the role of journalists in the whole episode. Media, when it comes to
politicians, bureaucrats etc., is so vocal but when it concerns their own clan,
has been rather silent. This silence speaks volumes.

As we enter the New Year, let us hope that India comes out
stronger and less corrupt from the scams of the year gone by.

Wish you all a Happy New Year!

Sanjeev Pandit

Direct Taxes Code

Editorial

The Finance Minister has kept
his word and released the draft of the Direct Taxes Code for public comment
within the promised time — in fact, one week in advance. It is now time for us
to study the code in detail, understand its implications and make
representations to the Government. The question that we need to ask is — at
first glance, has the Direct Taxes Code really lived up to the expectations ?

Undoubtedly, significant
efforts have gone into drafting of the Direct Taxes Code and into simplification
of complex provisions. The language of the Direct Taxes Code is definitely a
significant improvement on the legalistic and convoluted language of the Income
Tax Act. Unnecessary complications such as the concepts of previous year and
assessment year, which made understanding of the income tax provisions difficult
to most laymen, have been sought to be eliminated. To that extent, the
Government certainly needs to be complimented for its efforts.

Most individual taxpayers have
been enthused by the significant proposed reductions in individual tax rates,
with taxes at the Rs.10 lakh and Rs.25 lakh levels coming down from Rs.2,10,120
and Rs.6,73,620 levels to Rs.84,000 and Rs.3,84,000, respectively. However, one
aspect which most people have not realised is that their taxable incomes would
also be much higher under the Direct Taxes Code, on account of taxation of
withdrawal of provident fund monies, taxation of insurance monies, taxation of
capital gains on sale of equity shares at normal rates of tax, etc. Tax
exemption schemes would effectively be replaced by tax deferment schemes under
the EET method.

There are quite a few other
fundamental changes to the tax laws which are being made through the Direct
Taxes Code. Minimum Alternate Tax (‘MAT’) would no longer be based on book
profits, but on the gross assets of the company. The entire rationale behind
introduction of MAT, to tax companies which showed book profits and paid
dividends but paid no taxes, is therefore now being tossed aside, and MAT sought
to be justified by the rationale of need for productivity. Would MAT on gross
assets really increase productivity of companies, or just further hamper
loss-making companies ? The Government seems to believe that companies choose to
make losses, even when they are capable of making profits ! By that logic, the
day may not be far off when norms for productivity of different industries would
be laid down, and any company not meeting the norms of profitability would be
taxed on the income which, in the Government’s opinion, it ought to have earned.

The reduction in corporate tax
rates is being neutralised by MAT and changes in incentive provisions. Incentive
deductions for various industries, such as infrastructure, power, etc., are
being replaced effectively by accelerated depreciation, which is really not a
substitute for the profit deduction which has hitherto been available. Would
such an incentive be sufficient to enthuse companies to undertake such priority
activities ? It may perhaps be better not to have any such incentive at all, but
to ensure speedy project approvals and clearances to encourage such activities.
Unfortunately, we may end up with the worst of both — a poor tax incentive, as
well as delays in project approvals.

The general anti-avoidance rule
being sought to be introduced has the maximum potential for misuse by tax
authorities. Given the approach of tax authorities, who view every transaction
with a jaundiced eye, regarding it as having been entered into for tax
avoidance, such a provision should have inbuilt effective safeguards, if at all
it is to be introduced. Otherwise, the amount of litigation being seen in
relation to transfer pricing would certainly be dwarfed by litigation which
would be unleashed by such a provision. One thought that the objective behind
the new code is to reduce uncertainty and litigation, not encourage it. Such a
provision is therefore inconsistent with the objectives of the new code.

It is not only domestic
taxpayers who would end up with difficulties under the Direct Taxes Code. Though
all existing tax treaties may be renotified to override the Direct Taxes Code,
the general anti-avoidance rules, the provisions relating to rectification,
reassessment and revision on the basis of any order in the case of any person,
could see tax proceedings dragging on without finality.

All these provisions would
certainly mean plenty of work for chartered accountants and tax lawyers. But I
think no self-respecting professional would like such additional work if it is
at the cost of difficulties and uncertainties caused to the business community
and to taxpayers in general. One hopes that the Government will at least really
pay some heed to the representations which would be made, and not enact such
provisions which would offset the good work done in the Direct Taxes Code
.


Gautam Nayak

ICAI and Its (Student) Members

Editorial

In the month of July, results of the CA final examination
were announced. Only about 3.5% of students passed both the groups in the old
course, while the corresponding percentage in the new course was a little better
at 6.5%. There is great anguish amongst the student community on account of such
dismal results. Details of the recent results are given in the feature `ICAI and
its Members’ in this issue of the Journal. If the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India were to publish statistics of students passing the final CA
examination within five years from the date of their enrolment to the course, it
will certainly be an eye-opener.

It is time that all of us take a closer look at the CA course
– its structure, entry requirements, education, training, examination system and
other aspects.

Over the last few years, many changes have taken place;
examinations have been renamed and eligibility criteria for the students
changed. CPT was introduced to attract young talented students to the course,
just as students take up engineering, medicine or law after passing the Higher
Secondary Examination. On one hand, we are asking students to join the CA course
after Higher Secondary level, while on the other, we seek recognition for the CA
course as equivalent to master’s degree for the purpose of doing PhD. One really
needs to decide whether the CA course should be placed as an undergraduate
course or a post-graduate course. Today, it is neither.

When CPT was introduced, it was expected that students will
give up their college education (or opt for a correspondence degree course) and
concentrate on CA. But that expectation has been belied, possibly due to the
uncertainty of passing CA examinations. So today the students attend (do they
really?) college, coaching classes and office and are also expected to study for
the examinations.

The International Federation of Accountants (IFAC), of which
our Institute is a member, through the International Accounting Education
Standards Board (IAESB), issues International Education Standards (IES) and
other documents on training for professional accountants. IES1 `Entry
Requirements to a Programme of Professional Accountant Education’ in paragraph 2
states, “The aim of this IES is to ensure that students hoping to become
professional accountants have an educational background that enables them to
have a reasonable possibility of achieving success in their studies, qualifying
examinations and practical experience period. To fulfil this requirement, member
bodies may require certain entrants to take pre-entry proficiency tests.” Does
CPT or the commerce education that is imparted today at the undergraduate level
ensure that the students have a fair chance of passing the final examination
within a reasonable period? The answer is in the negative.

Often, students choose their career based on the cost of the
course and monetary prospects rather than their aptitude. In courses which have
tougher entry points, generally only students with the right aptitude and
calibre enter and ultimately most of them taste success. An easy entry and
subsequent difficult examinations reminds one of Abhimanyu in Mahabharat, who
had the expertise to enter the battle formation of `Chakravyuha’ but did not
know how to exit. This is an injustice to students who join the course in a
herd, but even at the end of five years, are unable to clear the final
examination. It creates a large pool of disheartened and disillusioned youth
whose qualification is ‘CA fail’. This does not augur well either for the
society in general or students and the profession in particular.

Coming to the course content, one wonders if the syllabus has
become too unwieldy for the students to handle. Even if one presumes that
students do not refer to the bare text of various laws, accounting and auditing
standards, the amount of reading that is required is voluminous. A student
passing IPCC in the first attempt appears for the final examination within a
period of about 2 to 2½ years. During this period, he is serving articles and
possibly would have appeared for college examinations as well. Even with the
maximum available leave, can a student acquire the level of knowledge that is
expected to qualify as a CA?

Most professional courses have a semester pattern with
evaluation spread over the duration of the course. This may not be possible for
the CA course, but can we think of permitting appearing only for one group at a
time or modular examination with say two papers at a time? That may reduce the
burden on students. By giving an option of appearing for both the groups at the
final examination, we are abetting failure.

At the final examination, a large number of subjects require
expert level knowledge. Does the education and training imparted ensure that?
Even in the best law schools in India, what the students get is a solid
foundation in law to understand and interpret legal issues with core knowledge
of basic laws. While it is absolutely necessary that standards of the course
should consistently remain high, we need to be clear in our mind as to what we
mean by high standards. A student passing the final examination must have
knowledge of core subjects, analytical capability and high ethical standards;
and last but not the least, he/she ought to have developed the capacity to
learn. Framework to IES, in paragraph 21, states, “In a constantly changing work
environment, both learning to learn and a commitment to lifelong learning are
integral aspects of being a professional accountant.”

Today, for a chartered accountant, there are a large number
of career options apart from the traditional areas of taxation and auditing. One
may consider permitting choice of subjects at the final CA examination rather
than expecting the student to have expert knowledge in a large number of
subjects. In fact, many years back, the final examination consisted of three
groups and for one group, a student had a choice of selecting from three
combinations.

There are few things that students need to keep in mind.
Success in any examination requires comprehension of the subject, retention of
knowledge, recalling and applying the same and finally, the presentation. Most
students rely heavily on retention without giving adequate emphasis on the other
aspects. While retention is essential, it is certainly not sufficient.

At the same time, one wonders whether in an era where
information is just a click away, can we have open book examinations in some
subjects that will test the students’ analytical capacity and application of
knowledge? When Late Jal Dastur, CA, wrote papers consisting of case studies for
conferences, he would cite all the relevant sections of the Company Law and yet,
the case studies would be so interesting and challenging.

Students, today, have lost the habit of writing and therefore, the capacity to express themselves in the written form. Also, due to extensive use of computers, there is hardly any occasion for the use of a pen between two examinations. As a result, students are unable to complete the paper. Maybe, in future, some of the papers will be in the nature of multiple choices or online tests requiring little writing. But it is also a fact that in the commercial world, written communication has its own importance, whether one is making submissions to the tax authorities or writing a report in the corporate world. The scheme of Sunday Test Papers, with all its drawbacks, gave students practice of writing answers, kept the students in touch with the syllabus and ensured regular evaluation. It was in the interest of the students.

Students who take up engineering, medicine or law have the benefit of classroom training. Even qualified CAs need to attend CPE programmes. Is it fair to expect CA students to gain expert level knowledge with only self study? Examination results have demonstrated that coaching classes have not helped the students. However, we have done precious little to provide a substitute. With the advent of information technology, we should be able to provide students with structured online training and facilities to resolve doubts and queries quickly through the medium of the Internet and toll-free numbers. A modest beginning has been done with the launch of the CA Shiksha portal.

One aspect that has been ignored is the timely mentoring of students. All the principals have this duty toward their students. It is important that mentoring should include advice to move to an alternate career option at an appropriate time and not after valuable years have been lost after futile examination attempts.

I leave these thoughts with you.

Scrutiny of Income-tax Returns

Editorial

The scrutiny of Income-tax returns for the assessment year
2006-07 is on in full swing, given the deadline of 31st December 2008 for
completion of assessment proceedings. The large number of cases selected for
scrutiny has resulted in most chartered accountants and tax practitioners
running around, trying to cope with the spate of assessment proceedings, and
assessing officers wondering whether it would be possible to complete such a
large number of assessments within the limited timeframe. Given the
inconvenience caused to such a large number of taxpayers in the form of
compiling substantial data and information, the question which really arises is
— Is selection of such a large number of cases for scrutiny really justified ?
Do such assessment proceedings really result in any significant tax collection ?


If one analyses the number of cases selected for scrutiny,
one notices that the overwhelming majority of cases consists of high net worth
individuals who have disclosed significant incomes, and who have also made
significant investments or purchased or sold properties. These cases seem to
have been selected under Computer-Aided Scrutiny Selection (CASS) on the basis
of information received through Annual Information Returns (AIR) regarding
investment, purchase and sale of property, etc. Given the fact that there was no
provision or place for declaration of such investments or purchase and sale of
property in the Income-tax returns for assessment year 2006-07, the Income-tax
Department seems to have blindly selected all these cases for scrutiny, even
though the income for that year may be far in excess of such investments. Most
of these cases result in nil or negligible addition to the assessed income,
yielding no additional tax revenue to the Government.

One reads press reports that as against 3.2 lakh returns
scrutinised in 2007-08, the tax authorities intend to scrutinise about 5 lakh
cases during the current year. Given the fact that most assessing officers in a
city like Mumbai had almost 300 cases to handle last year, it seems that they
would be handling almost 450 cases each in the current year — a Herculean task
indeed !

Even this would be manageable if the assessments were taken
up earlier and the assessing officers followed the CBDT instructions issued last
year, that in cases selected for scrutiny by the computerised process on the
basis of AIR information, only the transactions relating to such information
should be verified with the tax returns, to ensure that such payments are made
out of taxable income. Unfortunately, for most officers, old habits die hard and
they tend to burden themselves with unnecessary details called for from the
assessees, hoping to find scope for some addition or the other, though unrelated
to the AIR information. For the tax authorities to then plead shortage of
officers for carrying out its other functions in time, is totally unjustified.

Take the simple job of issuing refunds for the assessment
year 2007-08. It would be interesting to ask the tax authorities whether any
such refunds have actually been issued so far, though more than one year has
elapsed since the date of filing returns, and the tax authorities claim to have
fully computerised their processes. Almost all taxpayers are still waiting for
the tax authorities to get their act in order, and complete the simple process
of issue of their tax refunds. Obviously, the tax authorities would claim that
their hands are too full with handling scrutiny assessments and selecting cases
for scrutiny for the assessment year 2007-08.

A CBDT press release issued in mid-July 2008 stated that the
Tax Department has taken several steps to expedite processing and scrutiny of
tax returns. This includes doing away with the requirement of filing TDS
certificates and launch of a refund banker scheme, which is claimed to be
currently under implementation in six regions, including Mumbai. Under the
scheme, refunds are to be credited directly to the bank account of the taxpayer.

Unfortunately, the ground reality is quite different. So far,
the Department keeps on sending letters asking for bank account numbers, though
the bank account number may have been mentioned in the return. For months
thereafter, there is no sign of any refund. One therefore wonders as to when the
CBDT talks of ‘under implementation’, at what stage it is ! Would one have to
wait for a few more years for the Tax Department to resolve its own internal
problems and finally grant one’s legitimate refunds ?

The said press release says that the Government has
sanctioned 7051 additional manpower in November 2006 and that recruitment of
additional manpower will be completed by 2010. Do we have to wait till then ?

So many tall claims have been made by the Tax Department in
the past, that when one reads of any such claims or plans, one takes these with
a pinch of salt. In the same press release, the CBDT claims that the CASS system
has been further refined to focus on quality selection of cases with revenue
potential, rather than selecting large quantity of cases. Do the facts bear this
out ?

One can only pray for the day when the actions of tax authorities match their
words !

Gautam Nayak

Backdoor Taxation ?

Editorial

One often hears claims by tax
officials that India has one of the lowest tax rates in the world for
individuals, that the effective taxes paid by companies in India as a percentage
of their profits is very low as compared to that paid by companies in other
countries, etc. Are such claims really true ? Do such claims take into account
the real effects of our tax system on taxpayers ?

What one needs to keep in mind
is that the taxes as per the rates found in the Finance Act are not the only
taxes that a taxpayer ends up paying. MAT, wealth tax and FBT add to the tax
burden. The provisions of our tax laws ensure that a taxpayer ends up paying
taxes not only on his real income, but on various other items added to his
income for non-tax reasons. To illustrate, salaried employees pay taxes on
retirement compensation (which is really a capital receipt), on stock options
which may not fetch any return, etc. Businessmen pay taxes on delayed payments
of provident fund, taxes, duties and fees, on cash expenses exceeding certain
limits, on expenses on which tax is not deducted at source, and on penalties
incurred in course of business. Most people pay taxes on capital appreciation on
sale of assets, though at current prices they may be worse off, since cost
inflation index neutralises only 75% of consumer inflation. Over the years, one
has learnt to live with such unfair provisions, which result in more tax than
the fair tax on one’s income.

In recent years, one sees a new
dimension being added to such backdoor taxation. Let us look at some
developments :


  • Software used for processing of income tax
    returns is defective, computing wrong amounts of tax in respect of long term
    capital gains, giving rise to incorrect demands and lower refunds.




  • Online system of TDS is started, and the
    return-processing software gives credit only on the basis of the online tax
    credit as per the TIN system, which is normally less than half the amount of
    TDS claimed. Demands are raised and refunds refused on basis of such non-grant
    of tax credit (TDS). Applications for rectification remain unattended to, in
    spite of all relevant TDS certificates being filed. There is no provision for
    speedy redressal of such grievances.




  • Banks are asked to upload tax payment details
    online into the TIN system. Invariably, bank clerks make errors, on account of
    which the taxpayer does not get credit for taxes paid. The taxpayer has to
    approach the Assessing Officer a number of times to get credit for each such
    payment incorrectly entered by banks. Wrong demands are raised and refunds
    refused on account of credits not granted.




  • Even before the TIN system has stabilised, and
    while thousands of crores of taxes paid by way of TDS and advance taxes are
    lying unadjusted against the correct taxpayer PAN, TDS credit rules are
    amended to provide that credit shall be given not on the basis of TDS
    certificate, but on the basis of quarterly e-TDS statements filed by the tax
    deductor. No provision is made for any method for the deductee to ensure that
    his PAN is quoted correctly by the deductor. The deductee is now therefore
    left at the mercy of the TIN system and the tax deductor for getting credit of
    TDS.




  • E-filing and centralised processing of tax
    returns are introduced ostensibly to speed up the processing of tax returns.
    It is then realised that the e-filed returns cannot be processed by the
    software, which is not yet operational, and that the whole process of refunds
    will get held up.




  • No effort is made to ensure that rectifications
    and appellate effects are speeded up.



Taking each of these happenings
in isolation, one can understand that these could be due to teething problems.
However, when one sees that no efforts are being made to sort out past problems,
that existing problems are sought to be kept under wraps, and that new problems
are being created without a care for taxpayer difficulties, one wonders whether
there is more to this than meets the eye.

Computerisation of the tax
system was supposed to make the whole process of tax payment and recovery more
taxpayer-friendly. In reality, the system is being experimented with at the cost
of the taxpayer. Given India’s famed skills in software, the computerisation
efforts should not have caused so much difficulty to so many.

The least that the CBDT can do
to dispel taxpayer doubts is :


  • Admit the problems being faced and share with
    taxpayers the progress being made in resolving the problems on an ongoing
    basis;




  • Set up alternative mechanisms to deal with
    computerisation/software defects & failures, so that taxpayers do not suffer
    due to such defects; and


  • Ensure that in future, computerisation of processes by taxpayers is not made
    mandatory unless the software and systems are ready, tested, and found to be
    mistake-proof and reliable.